Home

Mifos: HowToRunReports

1. Notice the following fields Under Due Collections the short names of each loan and or savings product appear Under them are the amounts due for this collection period For loan accounts this is the amount of the payment due For savings accounts this is the deposit due Under Issues Withdrawals the short names of each loan and or savings product appear Under them are the amounts expected for withdrawal if it is a savings account or disbursal if it is a loan account Check all data for today s collection f the amounts match the amounts already in the boxes you do not need to type anything Type new amounts only if these have changed In the Due Collections section type any money you collect In the Issues Withdrawals section type any money that is being withdrawn or paid out disbursed for loans The numbers in the Total Collections Total Issues Withdrawals and Net Cash sections update accordingly In the Attn list click the appropriate code for client group attendance pen NEN I NN absence When you have typed all collection data click Preview to review your work All values that you changed from their expected amount appear In red If you need to make changes click Edit Data make the changes and click Preview again When you are satisfied with the collection data click Submit 237 62 HOW TO CREATE MULTIPLE LOANS BULK LOAN CREATION You can create loans of the same type at the
2. Number Of Children Citizenship v Ethnicity Education Level Select v Activities Select lv Poverty Status Select Y Handicaped Select Y Photo Browse First Name Middle Name Second Last Name Last Name Fo f Spouse Father Name Relationship Select Y 105 Bi 106 Enter information using the descriptions in the following table note that some fields may not appear or may have different choices depending on how Mifos is configured for your MFI Mr Mrs etc In Mifos the system Z gt lt m O 2 X lt m o HP m z 8 N 2 g O O OT administrator can define more salutations Aber MENU Second Last Can be Government ID or National ID or Social Security Number T his is not editable after a client N 001 enters Active state Some external IDs might have characters associated with them EN Gender Salutation Middle Name National ID Date of Birth Marital Status The total number of children the client has maximum level of education the Education Level the client s business If this field is present check whether there is a handicap or not If this field is present click the appropriate status forthe client if known Activities Handicapped present click the appropriate monthly income for the client if known
3. Select Question Group HAI LUUS PAKISTAN2009 KENYA2008 GHANA2010 Submit HONDURAS2010 PALESTINE2010 MALI2010 KENYA BRAZIL2010 INDIAO1 INDONESIA2009 GUATEMALA2010 PERU2009 MALAWI2009 INDIA2008 NEPAL2009 SOUTHAFRICA2009 MEXICO2009 ETHIOPIA2009 I 4 Click Submit to save the selected question group or Cancel to return to the Administrative tasks page If Submit is selected the question group is added to the Create Client workflow and the user returns to the Administrative tasks page The changes are reflected on the View Question Groups page Home Clients amp Accounts Reports Admin Activate Question Group Activate Question Group Select the Question Group and click Submit Click Cancel to return to Admin screen Select Question Group _ Submit Cancel 5 On the Admin tab click View Question Groups under Manage 288 Questions 6 In the View Question Groups page that displays click the newly added question group Home Clients amp Accounts Reports Admin View Question Groups View Question Groups Click on a question group below to view details and make changes You can also define a new question group Create Client ENDA UAT Test 1 Minactive PPI Nigeria 2008 Minactive Additional Fields Create Client ll inactive PPI Mali 2010 B inactive PPI Mali 2010 PPI Nepal 2009 PPI Vietnam 2009 PP
4. 28 results for li in All Branches 1 Client Client 1 ID 0009 000000083 Status M Active Loan Officer Loan Officer1 Savings Account 000100000000262 Loans Account 000100000000555 2 Client Client 2 ID 0009 000000084 Status M Active Loan Officer Loan Officer1 Loans Account 000100000000279 Account null 0000000526 Account I 4 Client Livia Alvarez ID 0002 000000037 Status M Active Loan Officer Lorenz Guzman Savings Account 000100000000050 Loans Account 000100000000439 Account 000100000000571 Account Also See Pasay Branch Barangay 01 Marcelo Group 4 Client Client Mary Asanti ID 0004 000000017 Status M Active Loan Officer Jenna Barth Loans Account 000100000000226 Account 000100000000435 Account t Also See Parafiaque Branch Center3 Group3 e Under Account Information select Loans next to Open new account Mandatory Remove remove remove remove remove t Order v 299 Pasay Branch Barangay 01 Marcelo Group Livia Alvarez Livia Alvarez WActive System ID 0002 000000037 Loan officer Lorenz Guzman Activities Micro Enterprise Account information Loan IGL 1 Acct 00010000000057 1 Outstanding balance 28400 0 Amount due 3526 0 Standard Client Loan Acct 000100000000627 Standard Client Loan Acct 000100000000628 Standard Client Loan Acct 000100000000629 e In the L
5. Error loading file file name gt File is not in xls format Error in row lt gt Column column name 1Mandatory field is not defined in the file Empty mandatory field 14 Error in row lt gt Column column name gt 1lf there are no active Loan Officers in Branch to No active loan officers in office value which Client will be imported Not enough input cells If file doesn t contain enough number of cells or rows Not enough input rows Error in row lt gt Column column name 1lf specified Office short name does not match Office value does not exist any Office short names in Mifos 115 39 HOW TO CHANGE A MEETING SCHEDULE FOR A CENTER Meeting schedules are set when you create a center If you ever need to change the schedule follow these instructions 1 Click Clients amp Accounts 2 In the Search box type the center name and click Search In the list that appears click the link for the correct center Click Edit Meeting Schedule 4 Change the schedule according to the instructions in How to create a center 5 Meeting Schedule changes take effect the day after the changes are made After changing the meeting schedule all associated clients and groups with that center will have an updated meeting schedule the next day If loan schedules are tied to meeting schedules loan repayment schedules will also be updated UJ 116 40 HOW TO VIEW AND CHANGE DETAILS FOR CEN
6. Income 200 m User can upload a photo which will be a part of the client details page and may be edited after client s creation The maximum allowed size is 300kB and required formats are jpg gif or png Other formats and Photograph sjze overthan Cimicrofiniphotosismith01 gif 300kB are not accepted and error message Is displayed Click Choose File browse your computer for the photograph file and double click it so that the filename appears next to the box Spouse Father Name Relationship a edn spouse or Jane Smith Spouse father Names of the and Second Last Name and Last Name The next section is for the address of the group Address Address 1 Address 2 Address 3 City District State Country Postal Cade Telephone 4 Enter information using the descriptions in the following table name Address Address 1 3 city state P O Box 2223 Stanford Address country postal code California 94305 1650 Telephone 271 2450 5 The next section are Attachments It is possible to attach any file to client details page pdfs word docs etc 107 Attachments Max upload size 2 MB File Browse Description Add file To attach file to client s details page please select appropriate file you can type directory manually or click on Browse button and choose file It is also possible to
7. 0009 000000250 You can enter a system ID number into the search box to access Group details which also include a Groups account and performance data View Group details now Suggested next steps Create a new Group account The group details page might look like this Pasay Darch raramen 2 Group GA Group 5A Edt Group status EMU Sysiem ILU JUU2 0JJUUULZ 3 Lesni officer Salte Magalang Clienre assigned adc C Click on a Cliant be ow das Ihe Cliant Tatar e Francire rex Ratt hhe Madeline Frau Account information Opan nav account Loan Savings Macie p je A d Zasrce 567 3 ap char ges View dalalz Amar ove 00 Yew al dosed accounts Group Information Euil rears mornan Goup approval dato 1 220777238 Exe zi IL Retrated By Selly Wayslar y Training status Tralaad on 12 27 2008 Official titles assiqned Addi ess Naditional information in Mectmg details amp Center member ship Edit Canter remberzhia Maslrigs Pesur every 1 Weeki o Sslur dir Cantar Office Barangay 05 Hew charce lec From the group dashboard you can do the following Parformance history of octhvs Clerc 3 ena of ise Group Lew 50 0 xs no dod Loon size 3 Tots Lown potfo 0 92 0 Forrita ns 1 II Tata Savings 23537 Loan Cycles per P o3uzt rma lbid d bw 3 Samad Crcu Lear Surveys Altach a swscy Saw i inem Racemi nares 11 07 2408 App oven TESTA CCCUNT Do face Craw AF Ser of renee Ade omi
8. Business Reference 1 j E Business Reference 1 Comments Business Reference 2 Comments Business Reference 2 E Client Neighbor Reference 1 Current Loan Cycle Misc remove Question Name Mandatory Area Business Growth Rate Do all children in the family of ages 6 to 14 go to school Do any family members have salaried employment 6 Check the appropriate radio button to indicate whether an existing and or new question should be added to the section 7 Select the desired question or create a new question 8 Click Add Questions to post the question 9 After the question is completed user may e Remove the question by clicking the Remove link e Add another question by following steps 4 6 e Click Submit to save the changes e Click the Clients amp Admin tab e Enter a Client or Group name and click Search Remove remove remove remove remove Order a 305 ts amp Ac Ult MOEDEFEEUEDORN OS Search for li All Branch Offices v 28 results for li in All Branches 1 Client Client 1 ID 0009 000000083 Status M Active Loan Officer Loan Officer1 Savings Account 000100000000262 Loans Account 000100000000555 2 Client Client 2 ID 0009 000000084 Status M Active Loan Officer Loan Officer1 Loans Account 000100000000279 Account null00000000526 Account I a Client Livia Alvarez ID 0002 000000037 Status M Ac
9. Groups Yes lt Status All Centers Yes gt Status All 7 PROCEDURE STEPS Some procedures like creating a loan account have several steps In those situations a bar across the screen tells you which step you are in It might look like this o Select customer gt gt HOW TO GO BACK TO A PREVIOUS PAGE You can always press your browser s Back button to retrace your steps within Mifos You can also see the path you have taken near the top of the screen just underneath the tabs This path is sometimes called a breadcrumb trail Click anywhere on this path to return to that section EDITABLE AND NONEDITABLE FIELDS Depending on the choices you made during configuration and on your role within Mifos you may not be able to edit some fields If you try to type something in these fields you see an error message like this e You do not have permissions to perform this activity Contact your system administrator to grant you required permissions and try again In addition some fields may appear gray or dim this is another sign that you may not change those fields 10 DATA ENTRY All data entry screens in the system behave in the same way Note the following e You can type data into a text field A text field requires typing or scanning as in the amount and interest rate fields in the above page e Ina pull down list or drop down list there is a predefined list of values the use
10. Note During uploading administrative document chose appropriate Type and Show when Status because it will have influence where documents will be displayed and available to download Loan Agreement for each loan If you want to download print Loan Agreement you need to first upload previously prepared in Pentaho Report Designer document as an administrative document You can also use sample file which can be downloaded from here Loan Agreement is displayed while status of Loan is changed to Application Approved so on Upload Administrative documents page from the box Show when status you need to select Application pending approval status and type Loan Administrative Document Once document is uploaded you will see the Loan Agreement every time when you change status of Loan from Pending Approval to Application Approved as it is shown below 268 ConfPayment 000100000001063 Change status Current status Application Pending Approval Select from the status options below Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to Loan accoun Status Partial Application Application Approved Cancel When cancelling a Loan select an explanation from the dropdown list below v Note Administrative documents Template Details of the account If you want to download print the details of the Loan Savings account then you need to first upload previously prepared in Pentaho Report Designer documen
11. n Term of the loan in periods Length of a period fraction of a year ie 1 12 1 month 14 360 bi weekly Interest rate per period r P 1000 r 5 100 6 2 n 2 1 0 025 EMI 0 025 1000 I 14 0 025 2 Declining Balance Interest with equal principal installment The exception from the EMI computed in the first column is that interest is calculated using equal principal installments The client pays equal installments of principal for the duration of the loan and the interest is calculated on principal that has not been paid for the loan period Formula Interest P Pp r n Where P loan amount Pp Principal paid r rate of interest n term of loan Flat Interest Rate Flat interest refers to charging interest on the full original loan amount rather than on the declining balance This is the most common calculation used in Grameen Style MFls most MFIs Interest P r n Where P loan amount Initial amount r rate of interest n term of the loan Examples EMI 518 83 The way to apply payments is as follows Calculate interest in the principal due If balance 1000 and i 0 025 interest is 25 Calculate the amount to principal which is the monthly payment minus the interest due 518 83 25 493 83 Calculate the principal remaining which is the previous principal remaining minus
12. Current Month Closing date 03 07 11 Change to 241042011 zi Month closing blocks following transactions Apply payment Apply adjustment Repay Loan Make deposit withdrawal Collection Sheet Entry 62 24 HOW TO USE USER INTERFACE FOR CHART OF ACCOUNTS CREATION Chart of Account creation amp mapping is core of any MIS amp financial accounting system Previously configuration and customization of COA was only available by editing xml file This way was not effective and not easy to manage New version of Mifos brings functionality which allows to add new modify and remove accounts directly from the Mifos User Interface It Is possible to modify remove only those GL Codes which were not previously used in the system Four main categories ASSETS LIABILIT IES INCOME and EXPENDIT URE cannot be removed or modified Note Initial version of Chart of Accounts xml file still needs to be added to Mifos before first start of Mifos Follow the steps below to see how to manage Chart of Accounts directly from Mifos Ul 1 Open Admin tab and click on Manage Chart of Accounts link Accounting Month Closing o Manage Chart of Accounts Manage Imports and Exports o Undo imported files Import transactions o Import client data o Import Loans o Import Savings o View accounting exports o REST API Approval System Administration o View System Information o Shutdown o Batch Jobs 2 On Manage Cha
13. Interest Fees Penalty Total Principal Interest Fees Penalty Total Installments paid 1 04 Jun 2012 31 May 2012 53 8 0 155 216 58 7 0 0 65 Future Installments 2 11 Jun 2012 29 4 0 0 33 3 18 Jun 2012 29 3 0 0 32 HOW TO REPAY OVERDUE INTERESTS FIRST First you need to set different payment order in your Mifos configuration file and add following row OverduelnterestPaidFirst true If you enable this option then all overdue interests will be paid first before principal amount You can see result of setting OverduelnterestPaidFirst option by following those steps 1 Open loan account with couple of due Installments 2 Click on link View repayment schedule Number in bracket shows amount of interest which has already been paid No Due date Date paid Principal Interest Fees Penalty Total Installments due 1 23 Oct 2012 86 37 8 63 0 0 0 95 2 30 Oct 2012 87 20 7 80 0 0 0 95 3 06 Nov 2012 88 03 6 97 0 0 0 95 4 13 Nov 2012 88 87 6 13 0 0 0 95 5 20 Nov 2012 89 72 5 28 0 0 0 95 6 27 Nov 2012 90 58 4 42 0 0 0 95 7 04 Dec 2012 91 45 3 55 0 0 0 95 8 11 Dec 2012 92 32 2 68 0 0 0 95 9 18 Dec 2012 93 21 1 79 0 0 0 95 10 25 Dec 2012 92 25 1 75 0 0 0 94 3 Click on apply payment and pay for example amount 10 Running balance No Due date Date paid Principal Interest Fees Penalty Total Principal Facilitation Fees Penalty Total Cost Rate Installments paid 1 23 Oct2012 28 Dec 2012 0 8 63 0 0
14. Is response editable Section Heading Misc 5 Check the appropriate radio button to indicate whether an existing and or new question will be added to the section 6 Select the desired question or create a new question co N Click Add Questions to post the question After the question is completed the user may e Remove the question by clicking the Remove link e Add another question by following steps 4 6 Select Questions Misc remove Question Name Area Business Growth Rate Do all children in the family of ages 6 to 14 go to school Do any family members have salaried employment 3 Make the desired changes changes Select from list of existing questions Asad Business Reference 1 Business Reference 1 Comments Business Reference 2 Business Reference 2 Comments Client Neighbor Reference 1 Current Loan Click Submit to save the changes or Cancel to discard the Add new question Mandatory remove remove remove remove Order 295 e f Submit is selected the changes are saved and the user returns to the Administrative tasks page I he changes are reflected on the View Question Groups page e f Cancel is selected the changes are discarded and the user returns to the Administrative tasks page None of the changes are saved Notes When a question group is cr
15. Open new Loan Account Open new Savings Account Enter Collection Sheet Data From the Clients amp Accounts left navigation panel click Create Loan Account 137 Clients amp Accounts Tasks From the Clients amp Accounts main panel click a Branch Office from the list on the right to narrow down the search for the customer To review or edit a Client Group or account Search OT Select a Branch Office Search by name system ID or account number Bangalore branch1244723261188 Bangalore branch1244724101456 Branch 1 Brata Search chennai ve E chennai Alandur E a i 4l All these methods ask for the name system ID or account number for a group or client When you type this information and click Search you see a list of all possible choices for your search information Click the correct one or if you don t see the customer you were expecting try retyping the search information carefully and then click Search again Once you see the details page for a customer group or client the procedure is the same This example shows how to create a loan for a client Note By default repayments are due on center meeting dates If you have specified an LSIM arrangement during configuration you will see a box in which you can specify a repayment day that is different from the meeting day of the client s center See Loan schedule independent of meeting for information about LSIM A screen shows details abo
16. Parameters marked with are required gt Select Branch Pasay Branch Enter Date DD MM YYYY 03 04 2010 C ok cance v 2 All reports ask for different information For this report follow the next steps 3 In the Select Branch list click the branch whose progress you want to see a summary of 4 In the Enter Date box type the day XX month XX and year XXXX that you want the report to give information for 5 Click OK The report appears in PDF form You can then download it and print it Reports Welcome to mifos reports area Click on a report name below to view the report Client Detail Performance o Collection Sheet Report o Financial Indicators o General Ledger o ram Performance Indicators o Membership IDs o General Ledger o Subsidiary Ledger o rpt o Kay s 1 o SEM report o asdf o ENDA Reports o Customer Summary o New Fin Indicators Status Analysis o Loan Portfolio Agin o Branch Cash Confirmation Report o Collection Sheet Report 21Sept o Branch Progress Report o test o PCFC o MIFOS 2746 Fonts Issue o testreport1 o Ryan Test GL o jbProgress o financiallndicatorsMod 1 o Detailed Aging Portfolio At Risk o test collection sheet report Client Report Tracking Report o ModifiedBCC o Overdue Collection Sheet o Test Unicode Kompanion o Test 266 68 HOW TO MANAGE ADMINISTRATIVE DOCUMENTS e How to upload administrative documents e How to view and edit administrative docume
17. of missed payments 0 Account summary View repayment schedule Days in arrears 0 Original Amount paid Loan balance Loan maturity date Loan Question Groups Principal 20 000 0 20 000 Interest 1 842 0 1 842 Attach a Question Group Fees 0 9 o Recent notes Penalty 0 0 0 Total 21 842 0 21 842 No notes available Add a note Edit account Account details jra Interest rules Interest Rate Type Flat Interest rate 40 APR Interest deducted at disbursement No 2 Then while account is still in Pending Approval state click on Edit account status link to approve Loan 162 Greater Accra Branch Office Accra Center Accra North Group Richard Brown ClientWeeklyFlatLoan ClientWeeklyFlatLoan Edit account status 000100000000081 E Application Pending Approval Disbursal date 02 07 2012 Purpose of Loan Account summary View repayment schedule Original Amount paid Loan balance Loan Principal 20 000 0 20 000 Interest 1 842 0 1 842 Fees 0 0 0 Penalty 0 0 0 Total 21 842 0 21 842 Edit account Account details nicematicn Interest rules Interest Rate Type Flat Interest rate 40 APR Interest deducted at disbursement No Apply charges Performance history of payments 0 of missed payments 0 Days in arrears 0 Loan maturity date Question Groups Attach a Question Group Recent notes No notes available Add a note 3 Select Application Approved status fill notes and click on Preview button Gr
18. 7 Click Add Questions to add a new question Below you will see a list of questions which you added 8 After the question is completed the user may Remove the question by clicking the Remove link on the question list Add another question by following steps 6 8 If you completed with all questions click Submit to save changes and add Question Group to Close workflow ASSOCIATING QUESTION GROUPS TO DISBURSE LOAN WORKFLOWS 304 Remove remove remove remove remove Order t a To associate a question group with a Disburse workflow perform the following actions 1 On the Admin tab click Add New Question Group under Manage Questions Manage Questions o View Questions Add New Question o View Question Groups Add New Question Group o Activate Question Group 2 In the Add Question Group page that displays Question Group Title Applies To Is response editable Section Heading Misc 3 Enter a question group title in the Question Group Title text box 4 In the Applies To text box select a Disburse workflow 5 If the response should be editable indicate this by clicking on the checkbox Leave it unchecked if the response should not be editable 6 Keep the default section heading that is displayed in the text box or enter a new section heading Select from list of existing questions Add new question Select Questions Asad
19. Area Business Growth Rate Do all children in the family of ages 6 to 14 go to school Do any family members have salaried employment 308 Select from list of existing questions Add new question Asad Business Reference 1 Business Reference 1 Comments Business Reference 2 Business Reference 2 Comments Client Neighbor Reference 1 remove rem remove remove 17 HOW TO LINK QUESTIONS It is possible to connect separate questions so the question may be dependent on different one If questions are linked some of them may not be displayed if there is no such need To link questions there is a need to specify following parameters ield ource question ink type Not equals equals Alphanumeric drop down Value depends on question type Follow instructions below to link questions 1 Go to Admin page and click on Add question group link 2 Select existing questions or add new ones that you want to have in your question group 3 Now you can link questions Question links section looks like following Question links Source question Select zl Link type R eS zl Value Applies to 9 Question Section Affected question Select gt 4 Specify Source question it is the question that linked ones will depend on In drop box there is a list of questions that you may choose 5 Choose Link type You may choose option Equal or N
20. Checkthe Check to Revert the Last Payment box if you want to adjust full amount Note You may also adjust only part of amount If you want to do so do not check the Check to Revert the Last Payment box and specify Amount value which you want to adjust 3 Date of transaction is set on the current day but you may change it to any date and make adjustment not only of the last transaction but also of transactions made in the past 4 Choose Mode of payment from the drop down list 5 In the Notes box type information describing why you made this adjustment 6 When you have made the adjustment click Review Adjustment to review your work and click Submit Note Partial adjustments are not available for declining balance with interest recalculation method and savings accounts you may only specify amount and make adjustment for the last transaction HOW TO REPAY A LOAN You can repay the entire remaining loan balance at once using the Repay Loan link After following these instructions the status of the loan will change to Closed Obligation Met 180 Date of transaction is automatically set as current date but you change it If you forget to record the loan repayment on the day of the center meeting you may may specify a backdate of the repayment of a loan up in Date of transaction field but it can not be earlier then date of the last payment or last meeting date Note You will be able to write off loan with backda
21. ChniD Chent Name Government ID Loan amount Loanpurpose 0002 000000012 Stu1233266299995 Chent1233266299995 1 000 LoanPurposes 0002BuftioPurchase 0002 000000013 u1233266306851 Clienti 233266309851 2 000 LoanPurposes 0002BuftyioPurchase 0002 000000014 tu1233266319760 Chent1233266319760 4500 LoanPurpeses 0003GoaPurchase Collateral details Collateral type Collateral Notes External ki Administrative documents Recurring account fees One time account fees 8 Individual repayment schedule for every member of the Group Loan will be displayed after disburisng the loan To do that you need to first change Group Account status Click Edit account status link Actual Group Loan status is Application Pending Approval so you need to change it to Application Approved Type an appropriate note Click Preview gt Submit Onthe Loan Group details page you should see Application Approved status In some situations there can be a need to back date transactions and record disbursements that have happened in the past To do that just enter the past date which can be before creation date and then approve account Disbursal would still follow the rule that it must happen on or after the date of the approval NOTE To be able to approve loans in the past Back date approvals and BackDatedA pprovalsAllowed option should be enabled in Mifos configuration file After that You will see a screenlike following WeeklyGroup
22. Error in row 4 Column 9 Invalid date 2012 09 23 gt The disbursement date is invalid Disbursement date must not be during a defined holiday gt The disbursement date is invalid It must fall on a valid customer meeting schedule gt Date of transaction can not be a future date 6 Click Save button to save imported rows if any of them were parsed successfully 173 5 HOW TO MAKE TRANSACTIONS FOR A LOAN ACCOUNT How to apply payments How to apply adjustments How to repay a loan How to apply charges and fees How to remove recurring account fees How to record and clear overpayments How to Apply Principal Pre payment How to repay overdue interests first Regardless of whether the loan is held by a client or a group the process of making transactions is the same In any Search box type the name of the client or the group or the number of the loan account if you know it If you type the client or group name a list appears with all clients and groups having that name Click the link for the correct one and from the details page that appears click the link for the correct loan account Then follow these instructions for the transaction that you want to make HOW TO APPLY PAYMENTS 174 1 In the Transactions box at the upper right of the screen click Apply Payments A screen like the following appears Suarez Group Apply payment Fields marked with an asterisk are required vans aate 0
23. In the Note box type the note 3 Click Preview to review your work If you want to make changes dick Edit make changes and click Submit The note now appears in the Recent Notes section 233 BULK TRANSACTION PROCESSING 61 HOW TO ENTER COLLECTION SHEET DATA 62 HOW TO CREATE MULTIPLE LOANS BULK LOAN CREATION 63 HOW TO IMPORT TRANSACTIONS 64 HOW TO APPROVE MULTIPLE LOANS BULK LOAN APPROVAL 65 HOW TO IMPORT M PESA TRANSACTIONS USING KOPO KOPO 234 61 HOW TO ENTER COLLECTION SHEET DATA T he collection sheet is set up to make your collections easy After you type in the information for the branch loan officer date and mode of payment you see a form that already includes all payments and deposits that are expected on that date Fields that have changed such as missed payments and absences from meetings display in red so that you can see them immediately If you have appropriate permissions you can enter the data for collections from clients and groups Follow these instructions 235 1 UJ Click Clients amp Accounts gt Enter Collection Sheet Data A screen like the following appears Bulk entry Select Centre To select choose an Office from the list below Then select the loan officer and the Centre Click Cancel to return to Clients amp Accounts Fields marked with an asterisk are required Branch Office Pasay Branch 1 Loan officer Sally Magalang Centre
24. Loan Officer Select v Type Loan v Current Status Select Y _ Search Enter information using the descriptions in the following table Field Field Description Example NE cssc NUN branch where these E loans are created Loan Officer T he loan officer in charge Sally of these loans Magalong ype Loan category Emergency loan 1 Current Click Application Pending Status Click Search A list like the following appears unt 5000 0 29 03 2010 Client a Acco Application 000100000000628 Cherry San Pending Pietro ID Approval 0002 000000003 Loan Officer Sally Magalang Pasay Branch Barangay 01 Suarez Group B Account 5000 0 29 03 2010 Client Application 000100000000629 Maria Pending Cipriano Approval ID 0002 000000004 Loan Officer Sally Magalang Pasay Branch Barangay 01 Suarez Group New roved 44 Status Approved v Note At the top of the list next to the Current Status column heading check the box to select all pending loans at the same time At the bottom of the list in the New Status list click Approved In the Note box type any information explaining the circumstances of this approval action Click Submit A confirmation box appears like the following 249 Change account status confirmation The following account status has been successfully modified Account 000100000000628 Ac
25. Then click Preview Click Cancel to return to Loans Product details without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Loans product details Product instance name Short name Description Product category Start date End date Applicable for Include in Loans cycle counter Can waive interest on Prepay loan Cris produto consignado z 17 DD 02 MM 2011 YYYY BRJ 01 DD 01 MM 2015 YYYY Clients v w 4 Click the Preview button to check if the changes have been made The Can Waive Interest on Prepay Loan field should now read Yes Cristiano Preview Loans product information Preview the fields below Then click Submit Click Cancel to return to Loans Product details without submitting information Loans product details Product instance name Cristiano Short name Cris Description produto consignado Product category BRJ Start date 17 02 2011 End date 01 01 2015 Applicable for Clients Include in Loans cycle counter Yes Can waive interest on Prepay loan Yes Calculate Loan Amount as Same for all loans 5 Click Submit The next section deals with the amount of the loan If you have multiple currencies configured for loan products you can select the currency that the loan product applies to Loan Amount Calculate Loan Amount Same for all loans 8S oan Cycle O By last loan Amount O By Min loan amount Max loanamount
26. View closed accounts Edit MFI information Edit or remove group membership Edit personal information View summarized historical data View the change log View performance history View and attach surveys View and add notes View uploaded files Check the appropriate chapters of this manual for information on each of these 37 HOW TO USE DASHBOARD WITH METRICS Since Mifos 2 6 0 version it is possible to use Dashboard with metrics All metrics are displayed on Mifos Home page in a table called Dashboard Screen below shows how dashboard looks like Dashboard Total borrowers 202 Total borrowing groups 0 Active Centers 6 Active Groups 7 Active Clients 305 Facilitations waiting for approval 1 Facilitations in bad standing 205 Facilitations to be paid in current week 2 Following metrics statistics are currently available Total borrowers Total borrowing groups Active Centers Active Groups Active Clients Loans waiting for approval Loans in bad standing Loans to be paid in current week Each metric is a link which redirect to the list of metric details Click on the link to see details Near the link there is a value of metric which is automatically updated after providing any change in the system 12 3 a HOW TO IMPORT CLIENT DATA e How to import clients from Excel file e Common errors which may occur during import clients data Mifos provides a functionality to create a larg
27. and a corresponding value in the Paid In column Disbursals will have the Transaction Type of Business Payment and a corresponding value in the Withdrawn column HOW TO CANCEL OR CORRECT ERRORS DURING IMPORT If there are errors during import Mifos displays an appropriate error message he screenshot below shows the error message displayed when the file is uploaded with no valid rows Import transactions Review amp submit Review the information below Click Submit if you are satisfied or click Editto make changes Click Cancel to return to Admin page without submitting information Import information Import format ke co safaricom MPesaXlsImporter Import file name test mifos xls Import Status No valid rows were found The following row s contain errors and will not be imported No rows found with import data Editlmport information T he screenshot below shows the error messages displayed when rows with import data are found and they are not properly validated You ll notice that the total amount of transactions to be imported is listed as 0 0 because all transactions have errors When the total amount to be imported is 0 0 you will not be allowed to submit See below for a list of common errors and steps to resolve them 245 Import transactions Review amp submit Review the information below Click Submit if you are satisfied or click Editto make changes Click Cancel to return to Admin page without subm
28. gt gt Voucher MPESA E Remove fee Repayments voucher Cash Cheque Add gt gt MPESA MPESA ZAP Remove Savings Withdrawals Cash Voucher Add gt gt Cheque MPESA ZAP Remove Deposits Cash Voucher Cheque Add gt gt MPESA MPESA ZAP Remove 3 Click Submit Take note of the following points while configuring the plug in e Make sure the M PESA plugin has been installed in the proper directory T he plugin a jar file has to be copied into MIFOS CONF plugins folder detailed in the install instructions available here e he file generated by Safaricom cannot be used as in by Mifos Only Excel formats will be accepted by the system To convert the Safaricom file to Excel open the file in Excel and save it with xls extension How to define order to apply transactions In the properties file called ke co safaricom MPesaXlslmporter lmportTransactionOrder specify the default order of transactions This can be done by specifying all required product names separated by comma Accounts to which repayments and deposits are made will be applied to in the order specified here when importing a row While specifying the order of transactions make sure that there is only one savings account at the end If the default order of transactions is not specified in the properties file you will have to manually specify which the short name of the loan product in which to apply payments to in the T
29. o Loan Insurance Loan o loan processing fee Loan o OneTime15 Loan o Periodic Loan Fee Loan Real Asset Stamp Duty Registration for Security Loan o SBS Loan o Upfront Loan Fee Loan Client Fees o AAAA Client B Inactive o BBBBB Client o currency fee Client o FEES Client o Group Startup Fee Group o Kay s Periodic Client fee Client o New Client Fee Client o one time monthly center fee Centre o periodic monthly center fee Centre o RF All Customers o TASA LIMA CENTER Centre o tax All Customers o test client fee Client o Training Fees Group HOW TO CHANGE A FEE 1 From the View Fees screen click an existing fee to see its details 2 Use the information above to decide how to change the details for this fee Click Preview to see a summary of the fee details 4 When you are satisfied click Submit to save the new fee gt 28 14 HOW TO APPLY FEES CHARGES Your MFI can charge fees for any service such as membership and loan processing These fees and charges can be collected from centers groups and clients and assessed on loan accounts To apply charges follow these instructions 1 If the fees are for the services provided to a center group or client in any Search box type the name of the center group or client and click Search In the list that appears click the link for the correct one In the details page
30. we present several helpful tips that we and our users have found to make operation of Mifos easier You may find other helpful tips under the FAQ section of this manual GLOSSARY T he glossary in this manual see the appendix explains some finance terms and some terms that are used by MFls for their work It also includes definitions of terms used in Mifos DOCUMENT CONVENTIONS These are the rules for how information is presented in this manual e All names of items on the screen Ul elements have initial capital letters For example View Product Mix e Any message from the Mifos software is surrounded by quotation marks as in the following Please select the Product Type Please specify the Category Name e he names of commands and buttons that you click are shown in boldface type e tems in Mifos that must be clicked in order to navigate to a particular spot look like this Click Admin gt Define New Holidays T his means click the Admin tab and in the screen that appears dick Define New Holidays 4 HOW TO LOG ON AND LOG OUT 1 Open a browser and navigate to the URL for Mifos provided by your system administrator 2 The login screen appears Login Welcome to mifos Username Password Login 3 In the Username box type the username provided for you on Mifos 4 In the Password box type the password provided for you and dick the Login button 5 The main Mifos window appears
31. 1 Double click Mifos Transactions Detail from lefthand folder repository 2 Select a date range to display the transactions will select a small time frame choosing 2010 03 02 for the From Date and 2010 03 05 for the To Date 3 For Branch Office selected office 2 4 Based on my Branch Office selection the Personnel field will be populated with staff from office 2 chose user 10 for this example 5 For Transaction Type can select a single value for any type of transaction processed by Mifos or can leave it ALL For this example selected ALL Balance Outstandin amp 3 Balance Outstandin Mifos Transactions 6 S au From Date To Date Branch Office Personnel M Ios 2011 05 03 2011 05 06 office 2 v user 34 Transaction Type Mode of Payment Output Type Select One Select One PDF M Select One EID Adjustment CustomerAccountRepayment CustomerAdjustment Deposit Disbursal DisrbursalAmountReversal Fee Interest_posting LoanRepayment LoanRescheduled LoanReversal LoanWrittenOff MiscellenousFee MiscellenousPenalty Payment Penalty SavingsAdjustment WValveOffDue lt 6 For Mode of Payment can choose from Cash Cheque Voucher whatever the payment types are that you ve configured in Mifos selected Cash 7 Choose EXCEL for Output Type Balance Outstandin 3 Balance Outstandin Cj Mifos Transactions gw
32. 1301 USA AUTHORS Centers groups and clients overview O Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 anita Anderson 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Sonia Lyris 2010 Credits O adam hyde 2006 2007 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Data entry O Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 anita Anderson 2010 Kris Mani 2010 Glossary Edward Cherlin 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 anita Anderson 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Mike Dash 2010 How to apply fees charges O Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 anita Anderson 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kris Mani 2010 Van Mittal Henkle 2010 How to approve multiple loans bulk loan approval O Ed Cable 2010 Modifications Adam Feuer 2010 anita Anderson 2010 Kay Chau 2010 Mike Dash 2010 326 Tracy Mehoke 2010 How to attach administrative documents Ed Cable 2010 Modifications Adam Feuer 2010 Adam Monsen 2010 anita Anderson 2010 Kay Chau 2010 Sonia Lyris 2010 How to attach and collect surveys Ed Cable 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 anita Anderson 2010 Mike Dash 2010 Tracy Mehoke 2010 How to calculate the EMI anita Anderson 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Kay Chau 2010 Kris Mani 2010 Sonia Lyris 2010 How to change the status of approve close loan accounts Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Feuer 2010 Adam Monsen 2010 Clytie Siddall 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kay Chau 2010 How to change your pas
33. 800 18 36 82 0 0 837 4 20 Jul 2012 800 18 36 82 0 0 837 5 27 Jul 2012 800 18 36 82 0 0 837 6 03 Aug 2012 800 18 36 82 0 0 837 7 10 Aug 2012 800 18 36 82 0 0 837 8 17 Aug 2012 800 18 36 82 0 0 837 9 24 Aug 2012 800 18 36 82 0 0 837 10 31 Aug 2012 798 38 37 62 0 0 836 157 47 HOW TO CHANGE THE STATUS OF APPROVE CLOSE LOAN ACCOUNTS HOW TO APPROVE OR CLOSE A SINGLE LOAN ACCOUNT Before loans can be disbursed they must be approved by someone with the appropriate permissions The same procedure is used to cancel loan applications T he following table explains the meanings of the statuses that a loan can have When you configure Mifos you can decide which of these statuses is available for use See the Configuration guide for information Save the loan account in this status when he information entered is not complete or Is required by the MFI as part of the loan approval process or Want to save it with this status for the time being Most loan account attributes can be modified when the account is in this status Use the Save for later button when saving the loan account his is an optional status showing that loan account information is complete information This status allows the MFI to execute offline process with regard to the loan account before approving it in the system roval e PP he loan account can be cancelled when it is in this status Use the Submit for Approval button when savin
34. 999 e Mifos should have the LSIM feature turned ON LSIM stands for Loan Schedule Independent of Meeting and if this feature is enabled repayment schedules and loan disbursals no longer need to coincide with meeting schedules LSIM is set at the database level In other words when the LSIM feature is ON and the selected interest rate type is other than declining can configure variable installment checkbox will get disabled How to configure variable installments when defining a new loan product 1 Under section Repayment Schedule check the Can configure variable installments checkbox 2 The following parameters will be displayed Repayment schedule Can configure variable installments 7 Minimum gap between installments 40 days Maximum gap between installments days Minimum installment amount Minimum Gap between Installments This is the minimum gap in days that is required between two consecutive installments This is a required field Maximum Gap between Installments This is the maximum gap in days between installments This value is optional Minimum Installment Amount The minimum amount that needs to be repaid at each installment This value is optional Compare with Cash Flow settings Mifos provides MFls the option to compare loan installments with customer s cash flow This option allows MFls to specify conditions with regard to customers cash flow and loans are created in acco
35. Allowed values are Canceled Active Closed Partial Application Pending Approval Values are not case sensitive Cancel Flag Reason for canceling account Reason Allowed values are Withdraw Blacklisted Rejected Values are not case sensitive Savings Amount Savings deposit amount Savings Balance Savings balance amount If you have prepared Excel file with savings accounts you can start importing them into Mifos 1 Open Mifos and go to Administration page Admin Home Borrowers amp Accounts Reports Admin 2 Click on link Import Savings link under Manage Imports and Exports section Manage Imports and Exports o View imported files Import transactions o Import client data o Import Loans J U o View accounting exports o REST API Approval 225 3 System open new page Import Savings Import Savings Enter file information Complete the fields below Click Cancel to return to Admin without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Select import file l LRewiew Cancel 4 Select document with savings data XLS Document and upload it to Mifos server 5 System parses uploaded document and shows to you how many rows were parsed successfully and which rows were not Each row with errors has an explanation Import Savings Review amp submit Review the information below Click Submit if you are satisfied or click Edit to make changes informati
36. Barangay 01 oaza m SEEN AUD Date oftransaction 14 DD 3 MM 2010 YYYY Mode of payment Voucher 34 Receipt ID Receiptdate DD MM YYYY Continue Cancel Enter information using the descriptions in the following table Branch office he appropriate branch office Loan officer Loan officer of accounts for this collection sheet he default is today s date If you need ransaction to change the date type over the existing dates Mode of he appropriate type of payment Payment Receipt ID he number of the recelpt if any he date that the receipt was issued if any Click Continue A screen appears summarizing all the accounts at this branch whose collections fall on the day you specified It might look like the following Bulk entry Enter data Enter data and click Preview Click Cancel to return to Clients amp Accounts Centre Barangay 01 Date of transaction 15 03 2010 Branch Office Pasay Branch Mode of payment Voucher Loan officer Sally Magalang Receipt ID Receipt date Due Collections Client Name EDUL HIL SCL FSA GSA ISA MS1 EDUL Suarez Group Cherry San Inzm 1 azzan azan Pietro 25 0 15540 1540 Maria Cipriano Ana Flores Group account 40 0 Group Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 0 40 0 155441 154 0 0 0 236 Issues Withdrawals A C HIL SCL FSA GSA ISA MS1 Collections 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Attn p 2 31
37. Category o LINE OF CREDIT o Loan o Micro Loan o Property Loan o shares loan o SHG Loan o Standard Loan Savings o Compte Courant o Compte Epargne o Depos o D p t Terme o savings o Standard Savings 2 To see the details on any category click its link From the screen that appears you can click Edit Category Information to make changes as in the procedure above HOW TO VIEW AND CHANGE THE LATENESS DEFINITION AND THE DORMANCY DEFINITION If you have the appropriate permissions you can decide how long to wait after nonpayment of a loan before Mifos automatically changes a loan account s status from Active in Good Standing to Active Bad Standing T he default Lateness value is 10 days and you can change this value Mifos moves the account back to the Active in Good Standing status when the total amount overdue has been paid the complete principal overdue interest overdue fee overdue penalty overdue You can also decide how long after a period of no deposits or withdrawals dormancy in a savings account to mark the account as On Hold The default value is 30 days You can change these definitions again at any time Follow these instructions 74 1 Click Admin gt View Lateness Dormancy Definitions A screen like the following appears Set Lateness Definition Loan Specify the number of daysof go non payment after which status of Loan account is changed to In Arrears by the sys
38. Centre Enter a Centre name and click Search Click Cancel to return to Clients amp Accounts without submitting information Centre name suarez 2 In the Center Name box type the name of the center or branch that this group will belong to and click Search All centers with that name appear in a list 3 Click the correct center A screen appears for group details starting with this section Group details E Recruited By Sally Magalang gt Trained M Trained on 02 DD 0 MM 2010 YYYY s Useful if necessary to cross reference a client within a External Id system used prior to Mifos 4 Enter information using the descriptions in the following table Group Name The name of the group which must be Hope and Effort Group unique Formed By Type the name of the person who Venkatesh V facilitated the formation of the group Trained Check the correct box for if a group has Yes been trained or not The date the training was administered 0112 2002 External ID Used to link Mifos group with another GRP 001 system This value represents the group identifier in another system 101 The next section is for the address of the group Address Address 1 Address 2 Address 3 City District State Country Postal Code Telephone Group address Address 1 3 City Stat Country Postal 154 Wheeler Road Cooke Code T elephone Town B
39. Default amount 300 1000 500 Enter information using the descriptions in the following table Description Example Calculate Loan Amount calculated 80 The way the loan should be Same for All Loans Same for All Loans The loan amount does not vary and the loan history is not taken into consideration By Last Loan Amount T he loan amount depends on the amount of the last loan this client or group received After a successfully repaid loan the amount of money available for the next loan increases By Loan cycle T he loan amount depends on the experience of the borrower prompt or late repayment for example with previous loans The larger the number of successfully repaid loan cycles the larger the amount of money available for the loan Min Amount The smallest amount that a loan of this type may be granted for Max Amount The largest amount that a loan of this type may be granted for Default The typical amount that a Standard loan of this type may be Amount granted for The next section deals with interest rates he loan product sets up a range of interest rates a manager can specify a rate within this range for an individual loan instance Interest rate Interest rate type Declining Balance Max Interestrate 8 0 999 Min Interest rate 3 0 999 Default Interest rate 5 0 999 Enter information using the descriptions in the following tabl
40. Flow Clients Summary Center Collection Sheet Group Collection Sheet M PESA Groups Information Loan Ageing Report Loans Pending Approval Loans to be Disbursed Mifos Transactions Detailed Mifos Transactions Summary Overdue Mature Loans Written Off Loans Balance Outstanding DW Balance Outstanding By Source Of Funds DW Due Vs Collected Branch DW Due Vs Collected Center DW Due Vs Collected Officer DW Loan Classification Product DW Loan Officer Detailed DW Loan Officer Performance Summary Cumulative DW Loan Officer Performance Summary Period DW Management Aging Summary Closed Loans Closed Loans Summary per Branch Dormant Clients Summary Client Exit Funds Movement DW MFI Progress DW Please note that reports with DW are reports based on Data Warehouse and ETLReportDWT askJob batch job should be run first in order to see the changes in the generated report ACCESSING MIFOS BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE SUITE REPORTS Once Mifos Business Intelligence is installed follow these instructions to select and run reports 256 e log in to your instance of Mifos Business Intelligence Suite in your internet browser Pentaho User Console Login x gt C demo mifos org pentaho Login F di E di y 3 User Name Password Launch in new window e Switch to the Browser View to access a folder hierarchy listing of reports this will not displayed the first time you log in DE HD GNLTNNNNN
41. How to redo a loan disbursal You can disburse a loan to the borrower starting on the day specified in the loan account When you search for the loan the date of disbursal appears near the top of the screen for this particular loan jbLoan1 Edit account 000100000000537 status E Application Approved Disbursal date 19 01 2010 Purpose of Loan Equipment Purchase Follow these instructions 167 1 In the loan account screen for the client or group in the upper right corner click Disburse Loan A screen like the following appears jbLoan1 000100000000537 Disburse Loan Fields marked with an asterisk are required Disbursal Date 1 DD 01 MM 2010 YYYY Receipt ID Receipt Date 1 DD 01 MM 2010 YYYY Disbursement details Loan Amount 3434 0 Mode of payment Voucher Payment details Amount 0 0 Mode of Select payment Review Transacion Cance 2 Enter information using the descriptions in the following table Disbursal Date T he date the loan is being paid 19 01 2010 out can be also past date if Loan was approved with backdated date If you are providing receipts the 40500 identification of this receipt he date the receipt was 19 022010 provided to the borrower he total amount of the loan 3434 0 Cash cheque voucher or a Cash custom mode set by your MFI Amount of any loan fee U If there is a loan fee the way it is paid cash cheque voucher or a custom mode set by your
42. If there is a center it determines the meeting schedule if there is one for all the groups contained in it Otherwise the branch does this Groups include clients they can sometimes act as a unit as in the case where a group has a savings or loan account and all clients in that group contribute to it Clients can act on their own with individual savings and loan accounts or they can act as part of a group 96 34 HOW TO CREATE A NEW CENTER A center is a collection of many groups It is associated with a branch office A center can have a savings account like a group or a client Groups or clients associated with that center can make deposits to and withdrawals from such an account and the center can also pay fees for accounts Follow these instructions 1 Click Clients amp Accounts gt Create New Center A screen appears that might look like this Create a new Center Choose Branch Office To select click on a Branch Office from the list below Click Cancel to return to Clients amp Accounts without submitting information Branch Office Mifos HO o Pasay Branch o Bukit Timah Branch o Patonq Branch 2 From the list of branches click the branch that this center will be associated with A screen appears showing the branch office you chose T he first section might look like this Create New Center Enter Center information Complete the fields below Then click Preview Click Cancel to return t
43. LATEST RELEASE NOTES T he release notes for each release of Mifos are here Read them to find important information about the latest release including known Issues INSTALLATION GUIDE The installation guide gives you all the instructions you need to install Mifos CONFIGURATION GUIDE The configuration guide includes instructions on all the operations that must occur before you starting working with Mifos DEPLOYMENT METHODOLOGY T he deployment guide includes tips and advice for deploying Mifos independently through community with support via our mailing lists MAINTENANCE AND POST DEPLOYMENT PLANNING T he maintenance section of the Mifos knowledge base includes information on maintaining Mifos and on planning for future releases 3 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL Table of contents Using links Searching for information Tips and techniques Glossary Document conventions TABLE OF CONTENTS T o read any of the sections listed on the left click the section name USING LINKS Any text in blue is a link click it to open a Web site For example the Mifos configuration guide is stored on a Web site and you may need to refer to it or change some of its details SEARCHING FOR INFORMATION All information in this manual is indexed by Google If you go to the Google com site and type words or phrases in the search box this manual will be searched for those words or phrases TIPS AND TECHNIQUES In this manual
44. LOAN PRODUCT Overview Often times MFls face the need to tailor loan disbursement loan repayment recovery and loan maturity to suit the cash flow patterns of the borrower This is especially true of products like agricultural loans where clients repayments can be quite volatile T he volatility arises due to increased vulnerability of the agricultural industry to factors like inclement weather Consequently returns in such sectors are seasonal unpredictable and often lower than those of the regular commercial enterprises for which MFls disburse loans T his necessitates the need for MFls to have customized loans products which allow for more flexibility with the installment schedule The Variable Installment Loans feature of Mifos enables MFls to accommodate this flexibility by specifying different gaps between installments as explained in the sections below Configuring variable installments when defining a new loan product To configure variable installments the checkbox Can configure variable installment must be enabled Can configure variable installments For the checkbox to be enabled the following two conditions must be set e he loan product must have a Declining balance or Flat selected in Interest rate type drop down list 193 Interest rate Interest rate type Declining Balance 4 Max Interestrate 8 0 999 Min Interest rate 3 0 999 Default Interest rate 5 0
45. Note T he first time you log on Mifos will show a screen to change your password immediately to one of your own choosing See the How to change your password section for how to change your password after this To log out click the Logout button in the upper right corner of the screen 5 HOW TO CHANGE YOUR PASSWORD 1 In the upper right corner of the Mifos screen click Your settings A list of all current settings appears 2 Click Change password I he following screen appears Change Password Enter current password and then choose your new password Click Submit when you are done Old Password New Password Confirm New Password Cancel In the Old Password box type your current password 4 In the New Password box type the new password It must be at least 6 characters long letters and or numbers It cannot be longer than 20 characters 5 In the Confirm New Password box type the new password again 6 Click Submit En 6 HOW TO NAVIGATE WITHIN MIFOS Tabs Left navigation panel Opening screen Searching Procedure steps How to go back to a previous page Editable and noneditable fields TABS T he tabs near the top of the screen show you the main sections of Mifos Click any of these to move to that section For example if you click the Admin tab this screen appears Administrative tasks Welcome to mifos administrative area Click on a link below to begin Manage org
46. T he example used here is for a center Center workers can ask the question groups directly from the computer screen or they can print a copy of the question groups and take it directly to the client If they use a paper copy of the question group they must enter the answers in the computer later To create a new question group follow the instructions in How to create a new question group When you are ready to use the question group online or to enter question group data from the printed copy follow these instructions 127 1 2 B 6 7 128 In any Search box type the name of a center group or client and click Search In the list that appears click the link for the correct center group or client In the Center Details screen click Attach a Question Group A screen like the following appears Jeevan Group Attach Question Group Select a question group from the list below Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to client details without submitting information Select a Question Group Cancel In the Select Question Group list click the Question Group you want to enter data for and click Continue You can see only the QG that are available for this center The online form of the QG might appear like this screen center123 Enter question group data Sec 1 Date dd mm yyyy Ed question 3 dd mm yyyy EF question 4 Q yes O no Sec 2 DateQuestion dd
47. There are individual member accounts and Group loan account for information purposes During the Group loan creation also individual accounts are created for every member of group loan Group loan account is a sum of member s accounts It is possible to access every individual member loan account so is a possibility to repay every individual account or close it and information about that is immediately visible on Group loan account While applying payment to the entire Group loan amount will be divided automatically into Group Loan account members but there will be also possible to modify exact payment amount of every member This new approach is more flexible than previous version HOW TO ENABLE NEW A GLIM OPTION To enable new Group Loan Account creation new GLIM there is a need to setup in configuration file following line Accounting Rules GroupLoanWithMembers true Note If you had previously enabled old GLIM Group loan with individual monitoring GLIM Yes than you should disable this option To disable old GLIM use following instructions 1 Login to MySQL 2 Type config key value set configuration value 0 where configuration key loanlndividualMonitoringlsEnabled 3 You can check status of old GLIM in Admin Tab gt View organization settings link 339 a 6 HOW TO CREATE LOAN PRODUCT FOR NEW GLIM Loan process creation with new GLIM enabled is almost the same as for old GLIM T o be able to create new loan ac
48. account Cancel NOTE You can always change beneficiary account by using Select different account button 6 Check all transfer details and on Submit button to confirm the funds transfer w w w o Review amp submit Transfer funds Review transaction Credited account 000100000000045 ClientVoluntarySavings Account balance 100 385 68 Beneficiary Jack Gray Beneficiary account 000100000000065 ClientMandatorySavings Account balance 0 Date of transaction 29 06 2012 Amount 2 000 Receipt ID Receipt date _Edit transaction cane 7 You can check that Savings account balance has been reduced as it is shown below 230 ClientVoluntarySavings Edit account status 000100000000045 B Active Apply transfer Close account Account balancel 98 359 37 i Total amount due on 06 07 2012 0 Performance history Date account opened Recent activity View all account activity 14 05 2012 Date Description Amount Total deposits 100 000 31 07 2012 Interest Posting 1 237 31 Total interest earned 1 359 37 30 06 2012 Interest Posting 122 06 Total withdrawals 3 000 A Attach a Question Grou Account details Recommended amount for deposit 0 Edit Account Recent notes Information Type of deposits Voluntary 14 05 2012 note mifos Max amount per withdrawal 0 Interest rate 15 See all notes Add a note NOTE Funds transfer from one account to another is possible only when user has assigned permission Can transfer f
49. account are listed Click Remove for the fee you wish to remove The fee is now gone from the Account Details section and is no longer associated with the loan account HOW TO DO AN EARLY REPAYMENT OF LOAN After a loan is disbursed a client can make repayments at any time The date of repayment need not necessarily be on the date the amount is due The repayment can be either partial or a full repayment of the total amount outstanding Depending on the type of loan repayment whether full or partial one of the following repay options is used in Mifos e Repay Loan e Apply Payment Difference between Repay Loans and Apply Payments Apply Payments 182 This is used in case of partial repayment of loan amount where the repay amount is not equal to the amount due on a specific date In this case details of this transaction can be recorded into the Mifos system by modifying the default amount and entering an amount less than the expected amount Before processing and saving the transaction details Mifos performs the following validations e Date of transaction should be between the last payment date and current date e Amountentered is not greater than the total amount outstanding on that account Repay Loans After loan disbursal the client can at any time repay the entire loan ina single payment To record a total repayment the Repay Loans option is used The system calculates the total amount due as of the current date a
50. area Shutdown status Not planned Schedule in 600 seconds _Startshutdown 00 Refresh Active sessions 1 sr finance ltd TEST ACCOUNT Do Not Change MFI 15 03 10 18 07 load success pages application admin jsp sysinfo jsp The Shutdown Status shows whether a shutdown of the system is planned or not The Active Sessions section shows you the names of all system users logged on their branch office and the action or page they are involved in in Mifos When you start a shutdown of Mifos all active sessions will see a notification at the top of their screens indicating that a shutdown Is imminent 2 To be sure that you are seeing all active sessions of Mifos click the Refresh button 3 In the Schedule In box type the number of seconds delay until Mifos shuts down 4 Click Start Shutdown In the specified number of seconds all active sessions of Mifos will have to complete their work and no new sessions can be started If you need to cancel this operation click Cancel Shutdown Active users will then be able to continue their sessions and new users can log on Now that all sessions have shut down the Mifos administrator can stop the entire Mifos application 08 89 3 HOW TO DEFINE AND CHANGE SAVINGS PRODUCTS e How to change savings products Before you can create individual savings accounts you must define a savings product All savings accounts are created from these products and inherit
51. column is ignored Must conform to values defined in Mifos fund Must conform to values defined in Mifos Collateral Must conform to values defined in Mifos Collateral Must conform to values defined in Mifos notes External ID Must conform to values defined in Mifos If your excel file is prepared then you can start importing loan accounts 172 1 Go to Administration page Admin 2 Click on link Import Loans link under Manage Imports and Exports section Manage Imports and Exports o View imported files Import transactions o Import client data Import Loans o Import Savings o View accounting exports o REST API roval 3 System opens new page Import Loans Select file Import Loans Enter file information Complete the fields below Click Cancel to return to Admin without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Select import file Review Consi 4 Select document with loans data XLS Document and upload it to Mifos server 5 System parses uploaded document and shows how many rows were parsed successfully and which rows were not Each row with errors has an explanation Import Loans Review amp submit Review the information below Click Submit if you are satisfied or click Edit to make changes information Import information Import Status 1 rows parsed successfully The following row s contain errors and will not be imported
52. document as an administrative document You can also use sample file which can be downloaded from here Payment receipt is available to download print after you apply payment So during document upload you need to select type Payment Receipts and from Show when status box you need to select Loan Repayment Once document is successfully uploaded you will see additional checkbox Check to print payment receipt option on Apply payment page as it is shown below LoanFLgroupW Apply payment Fields marked with an asterisk are required Date of transaction 17 DD 0c MM 2012 YYYY Amount ooo Mode of payment Bank Audi sal v ReceptID Receipt date DD MM YYYY Lj Check to print payment receipt Review transaction Complete all mandatory fields and click on Review transaction and then Submit If payment is done correctly you will see additional page which allow you to download receipt in PDF format and print it Home Clients amp Accounts Reports Admin ess You have successfully applied payment Now you can print receipt for this payment Repayment receipt _Retum To Loan Account Details Click on document link in this case Repayment receipt to download and print receipt 270 QUESTION GROUPS AND PPI FORMERLY SURVEYS 69 INTRODUCTION TO QUESTION GROUPS 70 HOW TO VIEW AND EDIT A QUESTION 71 HOW TO ADD A NEW QUESTION 72 HOW TO VIEW AND EDIT QUESTI
53. duplicate record for the client exists in the system T he flags associated with this state are Transferred Duplicate Account Blacklisted Left Program and Other Once closed client can reapply again but the client record has to follow the complete application procedure The following table shows the various states that a group can be In Partial application Pending approval Active Approvedior for other products offered by the MFI To If the group status is marked On hold it will have the following implications If the record has been created but data is incomplete or the user does not want the Status to be pending approval the status can be marked as Partial Application Group creation status defaults to this status if configured by the MFI This is an optional state and can be hidden by the MFl during the initial system setup and configuration The status means that the record contains all necessary data and is waiting for approval pending any MFI manual process When a group is created this is the default status if the user does not have access to approve status Group has been approved and is eligible to open a savings account or apply for a loan be Active every Group must have a loan officer assigned A group application can be canceled due to various reasons which include withdrawal of the application the application was rejected by an officer of the MFI the group
54. file using template you can download it from here Following table explains the content of columns Feld Explanation Account Loan account global identification number must be unique otherwise you will number see error during import Customer Number of customer must exist in the Mifos system Global ID Product Name of loan product which will be used as a base for new loan account name Product must exist in the system Status Allowed values are name Canceled Active in good standing Active in bad standing Approved Closed Obligation Met Closed Rescheduled Closed Written OFF Partial Application Pending Approval Values are not case sensitive Cancelflag Explain the reason for canceling account reason Allowed values are Withdraw Other Reversal Rejected Values are not case sensitive Loan Loan amount must conform to loan product requirements and Mifos amount restrictions on decimal values Interest Interest rate must conform to loan product requirements and Mifos rate restrictions on decimal values No of Number of installments must conform to loan product definition installments Disbursal Default date format is D MM YYYY where D is day MM is month always two date digits and YYYY is year always four digits Date must conform to loan product requirements customer requirements and Mifos restrictions Grace This column is mandatory only if loan products allows for grace period period Otherwise this
55. four levels below it T he system uses the office hierarchy to structure management control and reporting on microfinance transactions Also called office hierarchy HO Head Office Holiday Common tasks Periods of time when no payment is due Each holiday has an associated repayment rule such as Next Working Day Individual Lending A loan made to an individual person See also Group loan Kendra See Center Label HowT oSetRulesForDataDisplay Variable text in the user interface changeable by administrators These are in Unicode and can be in any language Lateness Common tasks An attribute of a loan product specifying how long to wait after nonpayment of a loan before the account is marked In arrears HowT oSetProductRulesAnd Attributes Loan Account Howtocreateanewloanaccount Account with an individual or group to take out and repay a loan Loan Cycle Counter A count of how many times a new loan account has been opened for the client Rescheduling or writing off a loan decrements the loan cycle count Loan Cycle A client s loan cycle begins when a new loan account is opened It closes when the loan is fully repaid Loan Officer User role for personnel permitted to act on client loan accounts Lookup Options How ToSetUpAnMFI In the mifos Ul a dropdown list of items to choose from LSIM Howtocreateanewloanaccount Loan schedule independent of meeting allows loan payments to be collected on no
56. in detail on the Early Repayment of Fees functional specification 30 Early fee repayment through apply payment When a payment is made at the center group client level the payment applies only to fees T he sections below describe how early fee repayment can be made through apply payment feature Early fee repayment at the Center Level When a payment is made at the center level the payment applies only to fees To make an early fee repayment at the center level select the center for which the fee needs to be collected This can be done as follows 1 In any search box type the name of the center for which you want a fee applied and click Search The center s matching the search string you provided will be displayed The page will look something like this Search for Vijayanagar2 All Branch offices _ Search 1 results for Vijayanagar2 in All Branches t Unit Vijayanagar2 ID 0031 000000249 Status Bi Active Loan Officer Sukeshdg K M M ee Also See Banglore Results 1 1 of 1 2 Select the required center A screen similar to the following will be displayed Vijayanagar2 Bi Active System ID 0031 000000249 Loan officer Sukeshdg K Groups assigned Add Group Click on a Group below to view the Group details test blue group testqroup Account information Savings newSavingsPrd Acct 000100000
57. is not eligible as it has been Blacklisted or a duplicate group record already exists and thus one record is being canceled 121 o New accounts No new accounts will be opened for the group o Savings account Interest in savings account will keep on accumulating interest but no withdrawals will be allowed Deposits will be allowed o Loans No new loans will be disbursed to the group but repayments for current loans will be as scheduled o On Hold status can either be changed to Closed or Active Approved T he rules of the respective status will then be applicable on the record o If a group is On Hold clients and client accounts will not be affected On hold A group record can be Closed to indicate that the group is not banking with the branch anymore or a duplicate record for the group exists in the system T he flags associated with this state are Transferred Duplicate Account Left Program Blacklisted and Other A group cannot be closed if any client has on hold or active status Once closed group can reapply again but the record creation has to follow the complete application procedure again Every time the status of the group is changed to closed Mifos system has to validate if all group accounts have been closed and all individuals are either reassigned or closed Follow these instructions to change the status 122 1 Click Clients amp Accounts 2 In the Se
58. it is owned by a specified MFI customer For example Rashmi and Shalini might both have loans for income generating businesses T hey are separate accounts they have different account numbers and different balances but both loans are instances of the same product they were authorized by loan officers under the same program and share common traits such as the way that the proceeds are used the way interest is calculated and the general ledger entries they are posted to Although the terms of a loan account are governed by the product definition the loan officer may have some flexibility to change interest rates and other attributes Therefore many of the properties of a loan product define the minimum and maximum values that the user may choose when an account of that type is opened T he purpose of a product is as follows e o offer MFI personnel a menu of choices of predefined services to offer clients and the range of legal parameters where variation is permitted e To define a link to the accounting system so that disbursements and receipts can be credited to the proper general ledger account e To provide a grouping of different accounts that should be combined for reporting purposes Before you can make individual loans you must define a loan product All individual loans created from the same product have the same basic attributes Note If you want to see the loan products that have already been created before you m
59. joining date 02 04 2010 Center start date 02 04 2010 Extemal Id Official titles assigned Meeting details it Meeti hedul Meetings Recur every 1 VWeek s on Friday Rafaela Drive Additional information Center Bank ID View change log From the center dashboard you can do the following View and change center status Add groups Open new savings accounts View closed accounts Edit center details Edit meeting schedule View the change log View performance history View and attach surveys View and add notes Performance History of active Clients 0 of active Groups 0 Total Loan portfolio 0 0 Total Savings 0 0 Recent Notes No notes available Add a note Check the appropriate chapters of this manual for information on each of these 100 35 HOW TO CREATE A NEW GROUP A group is a collection of clients that is assigned to a center or a branch depending on the MFI hierarchy It inherits the loan officer and the meeting schedule if any from its parent center or branch The group can act to borrow money and hold a savings account as if it were an individual client It can also have an account for group fees for membership loan applications and so forth A group can have positions such as President and Treasurer that are assigned to group members Follow these instructions 1 Click Clients amp Accounts gt Create New Group The following screen appears Create New Group Select a
60. mies 15410643 apod TEST ACCOUNT 5o at Change MET Recent activity wew al scc Date Descnption Amount See sinolez O71 v2009 Piraryznil rtwd 200 0 Add a rene 22 33020C G Postrel read 420 23 2 20C9 Pare read 432 Account details Felt acce ant nim maten Mieres rules Interasl Zate Type Declialng Dalance Equs Princiaal mstalment Interze ste 20 0 AFR Interze Jeduciad al Jisbursamant No Repayment rules Fragueacy cf lnstallmens 1 viaek e Prirclpal due on last Installme t Mo Grace Padod Type Nona Ha ofinstalimanta 2 Wires Mumnar cf Installmem 1 3 Grace parol te epaymerrs Inztallmaats Soure ce furet Collateral details Collateral tepe Collalere koes External I Admins alive docurerits sa E r Additional infor maion edgemsl jt nz ake Restruzturzd Recurring account fees More account and transaction details View Statue history View hange Ing View zanszzlion histor The following table summarizes the sections of the dashboard Loan account Loan account number current status disbursal date and purpose of header the loan Account summary Shows the loan amount amount paid and the loan balance broken down by the principal interest fees and penalty It includes a link to the repayment schedule Recent activity A list of transactions that have taken place with regard to the loan Account details Shows the loan account details which include interest and repayment rules and col
61. mm yyyy ss Number question 1 Click or type a response to each question If the question is mandatory you may not finish the question group until the question is answered When you have answered all questions click Submit In the Question Group box the name and date of the QG now appear T o see details of that QG click the name of the QG you may also edit your answer if you click Edit 44 HOW TO LINK GUARANTOR TO CLIENT Guarantor is a person who will ensure that loan account will be paid On loan details page it is possible to attach guarantor to loan account Guarantee can be applied only to loan account and individual loan account lt is possible to display guarantor s details and remove guarantor Client that is an active guarantor has a note displayed on the guarantors client page saying that this client is guarantying a loan for client loan id and client name is displayed To link guarantor follow instructions below 1 Open loan account details page that you want to link with guarantor 2 You will see List of guaranties Apply quaranty UJ Click on Apply guaranty link 4 You will see following screen Apply Guaranty to Facilitation Account Select a Guarantor Enter a Client name and click Search Click Cancel to return to loan account details page Name Search Cancel 5 Choose a Client who you want to link Note You can type 96 to display all possible clients Click Se
62. no concept of payment 1 and payment 2 in this case 2 If the repayment day falls on a holiday and repayment is set to the next repayment the client must pay two installments on the next repayment day No penalty will be calculated for that period 3 A penalty for failing to pay an installment is calculated only for the affected installment period The same approach is applied to subsequent installments 4 The grace period can be modified a For a loan account whose grace period has not ended b Only for future installments if the grace period has ended 5 If client does not have any meeting date then repayment start date is the actual disbursement date repayment frequency grace period 317 81 HOW TO CALCULATE THE EMI EMI Equated Monthly Installment is the amount payable to the lending institution every month till the loan is paid back in full It consists of a portion of the interest as well as the principal This is what is due at each installment of a loan Definition Formula 318 Declining Balance Interest EMI of Principal and Interest Interest is computed at periodic intervals on the amount of the original principal that has not yet been repaid Since the borrower only pays interest on that amount of original principal that has not yet been repaid interest paid will be smaller every period EMI i P 1 1 1 7 n Where P Loan amount r Rate of interest per year
63. o o o On the left links marked Quick Start will take you to commonly used operations When you are in different sections of Mifos the left navigation panel does different things View Questions Add New Question View Question Groups Add New Question Group Activate PPI Question Group e While viewing the Admin tab you can use this panel to search for clients and accounts e While viewing the Clients amp Accounts tab you can use this panel to begin common operations e The left navigation panel is not used while viewing the Reports tab OPENING SCREEN When you first login to Mifos you see a screen that looks much like this Q 4h Switch site type Change Preferred Language Your settings Log Out w M Borowersaaceamis Reports Admin Quick start Welcome System Administrator The last time you logged on was 13 04 12 You can navigate your way through Mifos using lt the linksto the search tool the tabs at the left below the top To quickly find a Borrower Center Group or account you can Search by name system ID phone number or account number _Search SEARCHING Any time you see a Search box as in the illustration above you can go directly to a client center group or savings loan account T ype the center group client name the system ID for a client group or center client s government ID or loan savings account number and click Search If there are more tha
64. of Loan Account summary Total amount due on 02 07 2012 153 Amount in arrears 0 Original Loan Principal 1 000 Interest 12 Fees 0 Penalty 0 Total 1 012 Recent activity Date Descriptic 29 06 2012 Payment rcvd 25 06 2012 Loan Disbursal 254 Edit account status View repa nt schedule View installment details Amount paid Loan balance 95 4 904 6 46 T 0 0 0 0 100 912 View all account activity Amount 100 1 000 Performance history of payments 0 of missed payments 0 Days in arrears 0 Loan maturity date 23 07 2012 Question Groups Attach a Question Group Recent notes 01 06 2012 Approved System Administrat See all notes Add a note REPORTS 66 HOW TO RUN REPORTS IN MIFOS BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE SUITE PENTAHO 67 HOW TO MANAGE AND RUN BIRT REPORTS 68 HOW TO MANAGE ADMINISTRATIVE DOCUMENTS 255 66 HOW TO RUN REPORTS IN MIFOS BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE SUITE PENTAHO INSTALLING MIFOS BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE SUITE Download Mifos Business Intelligence Suite and follow instructions for installation for either Windows servers or Linux servers NOTE From Mifos 2 4 0 the following Pentaho reports are directly embedded in Mifos and be run from Reports tab Operational Active Loans Summary per Branch Active Loans by Center Active Loans by Loan Product Active Loans by Loan Purpose Active Loans by Loan Officer Active Loans in their Last Installment Branch Expected Cash
65. on Select new file to upload and browse a new file After selecting a file optionally you can add file description click on Preview and Submit Note that if you want to upload a file which already exists in system or if the name of file already exists then you will overwrite this file with the new one On attachment details page you will see a list of uploaded files 26 HOW TO UPLOAD NEW LOGO It is possible to customize Mifos view by importing office s logo instead of default Mifos logo Logo may be changed both in application interface and in reports T here is a need to upload only one logo and it will be automatically changed in each place To upload logo follow instructions below 1 Open Admin tab 2 Under Manage Mifos View section there is Upload new logo link Click on it 3 You will see following page Admin Upload new logo Upload new logo Please choose jpg png or gif file with your logo Your logo will be resized automatically to fit 200 pixels width and 70 pixels height bounds Choose your logo file Browse No file selected _ Upload logo _ Back to previous page 4 Click on Browse to select logo file 5 Click on Upload logo 6 If you don t want to change logo now you can click on Back to previous page 7 HOW TO MANAGE PRODUCTS 27 HOW TO SET PRODUCT RULES AND ATTRIBUTES 28 HOW TO DEFINE NEW LOAN PRODUCTS 29 HOW TO MANAGE THE PRODUCT MIX 30 HOW TO VIEW SYSTEM INFORM
66. on the View Question Groups page e f Cancel is selected the changes are discarded and the user returns to the Administrative tasks page None of the changes are saved T he following figure depicts the Add Question Group page with a new section title and two existing questions posted Selectfrom list of existing questions Add new question Select Questions Business Growth Rate Business Reference 1 Comments Business Reference 2 Client Neighbor Reference 1 Current Loan Cycle Do all children in the family of ages 6to 14 go to school Do any family members have _Add Questions test remove z Question Name Mandatory Remove Order Asad remove Business Reference 2 Comments remove _ Submit Cancel Notes A Hold down the Ctrl key to select more than one workflow B To add a new section heading 1 Enter the new section title in the Section Heading text box 2 Click Select from list of existing questions and select a question or questions from the Select Questions menu click Add new question to create a new question C Adding questions e Questions can be added to the question group from the question bank or the user can add new questions while creating the question group e he new question will be automatically added to the question bank e he user can select multiple questions from the question bank to be added to the survey e f a question has alread
67. penalties directly to the loan following these instructions 181 1 In the Transactions box at the upper right of the screen click Apply Charges A screen like the following appears testcentre Apply charges Select charge type Select B Amount Cancel 2 Enter information using the descriptions in the following table m Select Click the appropriate charge or fee These are loan fees that Charge have been created or you can select Misc Fee or Misc type Penalty Amount The amount to apply If there is a set amount for this charge it appears in the Amount box type over this to change it 3 Click Submit The charge now appears in the Upcoming Charges and the Recent Account Activity list It will appear in Transaction History when posted Note the following e In addition to the penalty calculated for delayed repayment the user can apply a Misc penalty amount to the account If a Misc Penalty amount is applied to the account the same will be included in the next payment due for the account e If the penalty rate is changed in between two payments the old penalty rate should be taken for calculation until the date the change was made e A penalty is not calculated until the day after the due date HOW TO REMOVE RECURRING ACCOUNT FEES In the Recurring Account Fees section near the bottom of the account details screen a list of recurring account fees associated with the
68. question To edit a question refer to How to view and edit a question TO EDIT A QUESTION GROUP N Click Edit on the page for the displayed question group In the Edit Question Group page that displays the user may Change the question group status Edit the question group title Specify the workflow to which the question group applies Specify whether or not the question group responses will be editable Add a new section to the question group Add an existing and or new question to an existing or new section Specify a question as mandatory or not mandatory Change the order of questions Remove a question Home Clients amp Accounts Reports Admin View Question Groups Edit Question Group Edit Question Group Misc Status Active Inactive Question Group Title Additional Fields Create Client Applies To MA View Client Close Client Create Group View Group Create Office Create Personnel Create Center View Center Create Savings View Savings Create Loan View Loan Approve Loan Disburse Loan v Is response editable Section Heading Misc Select from list of existing questions Add new question Select Questions Area Asad Business Growth Rate Business Reference 1 Business Reference 1 Comments Business Reference 2 Business Reference 2 Question Name My Test ESTRATO PIN Number _ Subm
69. same time for many clients and groups within the same center You might want to do this for example if there were a natural disaster in a village and many clients needed household improvement loans at the same time It takes only one process to create the loans you can also approve them in one step Clients or groups must be active at the time you create these loans You can specify the following e Which client or group will recelve the loan e he amount of the loan e he purpose of the loan Follow these instructions 1 From the Clients amp Accounts Tasks list in the left navigation pane click Create Multiple Loan Accounts The following screen appears Create Loan Accounts Search Clients Enter details and click Search Click Cancel to return to Clients amp Accounts without submitting information Branch a Office Pasay Branch v Loan Sally Magalang 4 olon S Centre Barangay 01 4 Loan _ instance Emergency Loanl name Cancel 2 In the Branch Office Loan Officer Center and Loan Product Name lists click the appropriate values Click Search All client and groups in this center who are assigned to the loan officer appear in a list 5 In the checkbox at the far left of the list check those clients and groups who will receive the loan 6 Enter information using the descriptions in the following table he amount of the loan for each client 200 or group T he default
70. shows the 3 most recent notes A note must be added when the user is changing the status of the account T he user can also add a note when need arises by using the Add note link Commontasks Office How ToCreateAndorView T heOfficeStructure Any part of an MFI hierarchy In Mifos typically based on a geographic area or functional division with users and clients assigned to it An MFI can have five levels of offices e Area office an optional level of office used if subregions must be further subdivided The Mifos structure does not support further divisions e Branch office the level at which all client interactions take place At least one branch office must be defined e Head office the mandatory main or parent office for an MFI Head offices do not offer client services directly but can do so through a virtual branch office e Regional office an optional level of office used if the MFI covers a wide area that must be divided into smaller parts e Subregional office an optional level of office used if regions must be further subdivided On The Fly not found Calculations that can be performed at any time without waiting for any batch process to complete In particular calculations made and displayed immediately on a Web form from entered data Performance History Common tasks A summary of essential information on centers groups or clients Personnel Hierarchy HowT oWorkWithRolesPermissionsAndSystemUsers Lo
71. the amount applied to principal 1000 493 83 506 17 remaining balance Once next payment Is received repeat steps 1 to 3 Note Due to rounding of computed values it could potentially be off by a maximum of N number of pennies after the full term of the loan It will never be short if we round up rather principal could end up with a few more pennies Principal 15 000 Int Rate 25 96 No of payments 25 Payment schedule Every 2 weeks 14 days Principal 15 000 25 600 For Installment 1 Total due Principal Interest 600 143 83 743 83 For Installment 2 Interest 15000 600 25 14 365 140 Total due 600 140 740 Continue calculating for remaining installments P 100 r 3 100 per month n 4 Interest 100 3 100 4 12 Monthly payments of 12 4 84 319 82 TIPS AND TECHNIQUES PRINTING REPORTS WITH A DOT MATRIX PRINTER Problem BIRT reports do not print out clearly on a dot matrix printer Solution Use the Arial font or another sans serif font These fonts print better on dot matrix printers which have lower print resolution than inkjet or laser printers CALCULATING FLAT INTEREST RATES Problem You may have a loan product with a flat interest rate but Mifos requires you to enter the interest rates as APR Solution Use the following formula It will calculate the value you need to enter for the loan repayment schedu
72. the name of the borrower the system ID of the borrower or the loan account number and click Search 2 In the list of results that appears click the correct account The details page for that loan appears 3 In the Account Details section click Edit Account Information A screen like the following appears jbLoan1 000100000000537 Edit account information Edit the fields below Then click Preview Click Cancel to return to Loan Account Details without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Loan Account Details Account details Loan Amount 3434 0 Allowed Amount 1 0 50000 0 Interest rate Allowed Interest rate amount 0 0 999 0 6 No of installments Allowed Number of Installments 0 12 Disbursal date 2 DD 0 MM 2010 YYYY Grace period for 2 repayments Source of fund Select Purpose of Loan Equipment Purchase Collateral type Select Collateral Notes External Id 4 In the available fields type and click the appropriate changes you want to make Use the table in How to create a loan account for details on the meaning of each field 5 Click Preview to review your changes When you are satisfied click Submit 171 50 HOW TO IMPORT NEW LOANS ACCOUNTS Loan accounts import functionality enables users to automatically create in Mifos a large number of loans using xls file First you need to prepare Xls
73. time click Cancel CREATING NEW LOAN ACCOUNT WITH VARIABLE INSTALLMENTS AND CASH FLOW COMPARISON CONFIGURED Overview Cash Flow comparison feature enables MFls to first assess if their clients have enough money to repay loans T his assessment is done by comparing the client s overall cash flow with his her monthly installment Creating a new Loan account Before proceeding with creating a new loan account with cash flow comparison ensure that the specific loan product has cash flow comparison feature enabled T o enable this refer to section Cash flow comparison settings Once the cash flow comparison settings have been enabled at the loan product level follow these steps to create a new loan account with variable installments The process of creating a new loan account with cash flow comparison is similar to what has been outlined in the previous section Create a new loan account with variable installments For clarity the steps are stated again with the new inclusion cash flow comparison Skip down to Step 7 to view the cash flow comparison section Loans can be created for individual clients or groups T he process of creating loans is the same for both clients and groups 1 Click Clients amp Accounts on the main panel The following screen appears 206 Total 101 0 101 0 101 0 101 0 110 2 To review or edit a Client Group or account Search OT Select a Branch Office Search by name system ID or
74. to return to Clients amp Accounts without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Account Owner Stu1233171716380 Client1233171716380 oan productname Loan Product Summary Description Interest rate type Flat Frequency of installments 1 Week s Fixed repayment schedule No Note e Under Loan Product Summary Frequency of Installments 1 month e Under Loan Account Details Repayment Day has the day greyed out and the month selected In the case of the above loan product repayment date has been set as the first day of each month 4 Under Loan Account details type all necessary fields Loan Account Details Amount 15000 0 Allowed amount 5 000 30 000 Interest rate 18 0 Allowed interest rate 0 99 96 Number of installments 12 Allowed number of installments 1 12 Disbursal date 24 DD 4 MM 2012 YYYY Grace period for repayments 1 Installments Source of funds pupae ston Collateral notes External id 5 Click Continue A screen similar to the following is displayed Create Loan Account Review installments Review the payment schedule below Click Preview to continue Click Cancel to return to Members 8 Accounts without submitting information Account Owner Weekly User Loan amount 500 Disbursement date 19 Jul 2011 Installments Installment No Due date P Fees Total 1 11 08 11 249 58 5 42 0 255 2 08 09 11 250 42 5 58 0
75. u BE W N _ 4006 13 9 HOW TO SWITCH BETWEEN LANGUAGES Mifos is translated into many different languages and it gives you possibility to easily switch between them You can choose your preferred language in two ways 1 Change language in Your Settings section 2 Use Change Preferred Language link How to change language in Your Settings section 1 Click on Your settings link on the main screen ih Switch site type Change Preferred Language Your settings Log Out Welcome Mifos MFI The last time you logged on was 24 04 12 You can navigate your way through Mifos using the links to the left the search tool below the tabs at the top To quickly find a Client Center Group or account you can Search by name system ID phone number or account number M _Search 2 You may see a screen like this Your settings Click on Edit information link to modify your personal settings Your details Edit information First Name Mobile Middle Name Last Name User Email Date of Birth 01 01 2000 Age 12 Marital Status Gender Male Language Preferred English English United Kingdom en_GB Site Type Preferred MOBILE User Name mlo Change password Address Address City District Country Postal code Telephone 123456 3 Click on Edit information link You may see 14 Edit your settings You can modify the fields below Then click Preview Click Cancel to re
76. upload size 2 MB File Browse Description Add file Select appropriate file you can type directory manually or click on Browse button and choose file It is also possible to add description of attachment Click on Add file button It is possible to add multiple attachments After clicking Add file below the button you will see list of added files with descriptions You can remove attachment by clicking button x 1 test My first attachment X 2 test2 My second attachment X 69 HOW TO MANAGE ATTACHMENTS It is possible to add more attachments after client s or loan account creation On client s or loan account details page you will see View uploaded files link More account and transaction details View Loan Account Payments View Additional Information View uploaded files View status history View change log View transaction history Follow instructions below to view download or upload a new attachment 1 Click on View uploaded files link to view attachments details page 2 You will see a 70 Select new file to upload Show 10 x results Filter File name Filesize Upload date Description Actions test 6 16 Jan 2013 01 33 19 This is my first Delete Download attachment 1to 1 of 1 results lt lt vc NE I To delete attachment click on Delete link To download uploaded attachment click on Download link If you want to upload a new attachment click
77. you have also possibility to remove it To do it display Loan details page Under Account details section there is a list of penalties Recurring account penalties Penalty1 100 Daily Remove One time account penalties Click Remove link to delete penalty After that all the calculated and applied penalties willbe reversed How automatic penalties are being applied If repayment of instalment is specified on the day and it won t be repaid on this day then after a period time defined for this penalty daily weekly monthly penalty is calculated and applied by batch jobs Example Weekly loan has defined penalties amount fixed 5 with weekly application frequency and Grace period time type Number of installments 1 Repayment is set on 01 04 2012 with amount 450 If repayment is not paid then at the end of the day 01 04 2012 the daily batch jobs runs but the penalty is not calculated as there is a grace period time defined Amount due on 01 05 2012 is still 450 If the loan installment continues to remain unpaid until 01 11 2012 the batch job adds 5 to penalty column as the first time penalty amount Loan due on 01 12 2012 is 450 5 450 905 If you want to see applied penalties click on Clients amp Accounts Select Loan account with Active in Bad standing status Under Account summary click on View repayment schedule to see a screen like following Apply transactions Apply payment Apply adj
78. 0 Tips and Techniques Mike Dash 2010 Welcome to Mifos Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Edward Cherlin 2010 Kay Chau 2010 Kris Mani 2010 LJ FLOSS SMB MANUALS Free manuals for free software GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 5 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble T he licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users T his General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too 333 When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free progr
79. 00 0 nterestrate 24 Allowed Interest rate amount 24 0 30 0 96 No of installments 4 Allowed Number of Installments 2 24 Disbursal date 2 DD 02 MM 2011 YYYY Repayment day week s on month s If weeks specify the following e Review the payment schedule in the Review installments page and click Preview Q Review installments Create Loan account Review installments Review the payment schedule below Click Preview to continue Click Cancel to return to Clients 8 Accounts without submitting information Account Owner Livia Alvarez Loan Amount 1000 0 Disbursal date 21 02 2011 Installments Amount due Installment DueDate Principal Interest Fees Total 1 21 Mar 2011 248 4 4 6 253 0 2 28 Mar 2011 249 5 35 0 0 253 0 3 04 Apr 2011 250 7 2 3 0 0 253 0 E 18 Apr 2011 251 4 1 6 0 0 253 0 Cancel e In the Preview loan account information page that displays review the loan information and select Submit for approval Source of fund Interest deducted at disbursement No Purpose of Loan Collateral type Collateral Notes External Id Charges Applied Edit account information Installments Amount due Installment DueDate Principal Interest Fees Total 1 21 Mar 2011 248 4 4 6 0 0 253 0 2 28 Mar 2011 249 5 a5 0 0 253 0 3 04 Apr 2011 250 7 2 3 0 0 253 0 18 Apr 2011 251 4 1 6 0 0 253 0 Edit Loan Schedule Information Cancel e In the confirmation page that displays click View Loan accou
80. 000742 Balance 100 0 newSavingsPrd Acct 000100000000932 Balance 0 0 newSavingsPrd Acct 000100000000933 Balance 0 0 Center charges View details Amount Due 0 0 3 Center information MFI joining date 13 11 2010 Center start date 13 11 2010 External ID Official titles assigned Meeting details Meetings Recur every 1 Week s on Monday telephone View Additional Information View change loq 3 Under Center Charges in the Account Information section displayed above click View Details A screen with the following sections is displayed Apply transactions This section allows the user to enter loan repayment details apply payment modify entered loan repayment details apply adjustment and apply charges to the center like fee penalty etc apply charges Account Summary his sections shows the amount due at the next installment the amount overdue unpaid at the previous installment and the total Upcoming charges This section shows the charges that are due at the next repayment schedule Recent Account Activity As the name suggests this section shows all recent activity by the center Center charges Apply transactions Apply payment Apply adjustment Apply charges Account summary Amount Due 0 0 Amount Overdue 0 0 Total 0 0 Upcoming charges 09 05 2011 Recent Account Activity Date Description 16 11 2010 Payment rcvd Recurring Account Fees 4 Click Apply Payment T his leads
81. 091 Facilitation account ID 000100000000960 000100000000976 Facilitation account details show show LOAN ACCOUNTS 45 INTRODUCTION TO LOAN ACCOUNTS 46 HOW TO CREATE A NEW LOAN ACCOUNT 47 HOW TO CHANGE THE STATUS OF APPROVE CLOSE LOAN ACCOUNTS 48 HOW TO DISBURSE A LOAN 49 HOW TO MANAGE LOAN ACCOUNT DETAILS 50 HOW TO IMPORT NEW LOANS ACCOUNTS 51 HOW TO MAKE TRANSACTIONS FOR A LOAN ACCOUNT 52 HOW TO TRACK LOAN ACCOUNT HISTORY TRANSACTIONS PERFORMANCE 53 HOW TO MANAGE VARIABLE LOAN INSTALLMENTS 13 45 INTRODUCTION TO LOAN ACCOUNTS What is a loan account Group loans versus client loans T he loan account dashboard Loan account summary Group loans individual monitoring GLIM WHAT IS A LOAN ACCOUNT A single MFI typically has several loan products for example a 4 year housing loan and a 2 year educational loan The product provides the terms and definitions of these different programs to the Mifos system Loan products are available to the whole MFI If a customer wants to have a 2 year educational loan the MFI uses the 2 year educational loan to create an account for the customer T he loan account is used to track transactions related to the loan which include interest repayment and any applicable charges The loan account is a specific instance of a loan product with a specified interest rate and an account number and it is owned by a specified MFI customer GROUP LOANS VE
82. 1 DD OZ MM 2010 YYYY Amount 0 0 Mode of payment Cash 3 Receipt ID Receipt date DD MM YYYY Revewiansacion Cancai 2 Enter information using the descriptions in the following table __ l This shows today s date If you need to change this date Transaction because the payment took place at another time type the day XX month XX and year XXXX of the payment Amount The amount of the payment If the borrower is making only a partial payment type the amount of this payment Mode of The way the payment was made Payment Receipt ID The number of the receipt if you use one Receipt Date the receipt was issued if you used one Date 3 When you are done click Review Transaction to review your work For information on uploading administrative documents that you can use for payment transactions see How to manage administrative documents You can get information on entering information on several accounts at the same time see How to enter collection sheet data HOW TO APPLY PAYMENTS VIA A SAVINGS TRANSFER 175 Mifos provides functionality which allows to repay loan fees and payments by funds transfer from Savings account if customer has both Loan and Savings accounts It is easy and can be done by using standard Apply payment functionality Follows the steps below to see how to apply payments via savings transfer 1 Make sure that you have enough balance
83. 1 05 12 100 0 0 100 3 180502 100 _ 0 0 100 4 25 05 12 100 0 0 100 5 01 06 12 100 0 0 100 6 08 06 12 100 0 0 100 7 15 06 12 100 0 0 100 8 22 06 12 100 0 0 100 9 29 06 12 100 0 0 100 10 06 07 12 100 0 0 100 T he installments table displays the following fields e Installment T he installment month e Due Date The date when the installment is due T his field can be edited as explained below e Principal The principal amount for that particular installment e Interest he amount of interest for that particular installment e Fees Fees if any imposed on the loan repayment for that particular installment e Total T he total repayment amount for that particular installment Principal Interest Fees Editing Installment Due Dates and Installment Amounts T he Due Date field is editable and the dates can be modified in keeping with the variable installment conditions specified while creating the loan specifically the minimum gap between installments field which is the required field Similarly the total installment amount field is also editable all installment amounts except the last installment are editable T he installment amounts can be modified in keeping with the conditions specified at the time of creation of the loan product minimum installment amount Also ensure that the installment amount entered for a period is not any lesser than either the sum of Fee and Interest for that period or the Minimum In
84. 2012 YYYY Receipt ID ReceiptDate DD MM YYYY Disbursement details Loan amount 3123 Mode of payment Select lv Payment details Amount Mode of payment Seleci lv 10 Type all necessary fields and than click Review transaction gt Submit 11 Now in Group Lon details you may see the following list of clients in GLIM table along with a new column which allows to display individual repayment schedule for every member of Group Loan Client ID Chem Name Government ID Loan amount Loan purpose Individual schedule 0002 000000012 Stu1233266299995 Chent1 233266299995 1 000 E uo show 0002 000000013 u1233266309851 Clent1233266309851 2 000 se o c EPEER show 0002000000014 Stu1233266319760 Chenti 233266319760 4 500 s show 12 To display individual schedule repayment for each clients in Group Loan click on Show link You may see a screen like following Week yGeoupDectinet oaWithPersodicf ee 000100000000079 dus Si Sedus Amos 000 Dieter nat date 765047717 Iinstalimenty alid e ra DosDate Lr ranie Total wen Perafy 27 Ags 2017 va 192 101 34 May 2012 27 1 101 H hd day 0012 v at 4 101 Le May 2X m 1 101 5 May 7 wees 1 101 Glu 22 100 34 101 94 Jum 2112 10022 r 101 tre 100 42 csa 101 2 10041 on 101 nl 101 42 ceo 10g Autant acte detis Each client in Group Loan has his own schedule so he she can view when and with what amount installments need to be repai
85. 256 i iiie Cancel Note that the two due dates listed for this monthly loan fall on the second Thursday of each month 6 Click Preview A screen similar to the following is displayed detailing all loan account information 146 If satisfied with all details click Save for approval To edit details click Edit Account Information 7 On submitting the loan for approval the following confirmation message is displayed You have successfully created a new loan account Please Note A new loan account for Weekly User has been assigned account 000100000000125 You can enter boxto access account details View loan account details now Suggested next steps e Open new savings account e Open new loan account Note In the above case of a client that meets weekly the client can now have both weekly and monthly loans Weekly User Edit Member status B Active System ID 0002 000000035 Loan officer Joe officer Activities Account information Open new account Loan Savings Loan Test Prd1 Acct 000100000000125 Application Pending Approval Test Prd 3 Acct 000100000000130 Application Pending Approval Member charges View details Amount Due 0 00 In the screenshot above displaying the two loans assigned to the monthly client Test Prd 3 is a weekly loan and Test Prd 1 is a monthly loan Test Prd1 000100000000129 Edit account status E Application Pending Approval Disbursal date 01 08 2011 Pu
86. 494 26 00 520 B IM s 497 23 00 520 sane 500 20 00 520 E X 50 3 17 00 520 ian s 50 5 15 00 520 Pory 50 8 12 00 520 E 51 1 09 00 520 too x 514 06 00 520 oo 417 03 00 480 Retur to account details The following table explains the entries on this page Column Description name Installment Sequence number of the installment No Due Date T he first due date is the first repayment start date If the loan is disbursed during a meeting the repayment Start Date is the disbursal date frequency of loan repayment grace period duration considering holidays and nonworking days If the meeting day falls on a holiday the new repayment date will be the next working day or the next repayment day depending on how Mifos has been configured No penalty is calculated for the period between the actual repayment date and the new repayment date In case the loan duration extends beyond the current year the system will create the repayment schedule for all years However the system assumes that the subsequent years have NO holidays When the holidays next year are defined in the system the repayment schedule for that year will be regenerated taking into account the Holidays specified If payment is not received the penalty will be calculated from the new rescheduled date Succeeding Installment Due Dates are calculated based on Previous Installment Due Date holidays and nonworking days as defined by the MFI In case of holida
87. 8 63 900 40 37 0 0 940 37 Installments due 1 23 Oct2012 86 37 0 8 63 0 0 86 37 2 30 Oct 2012 87 20 6 43 1 37 0 0 93 63 3 06 Nov 2012 88 03 6 97 0 0 0 95 4 13 Nov 2012 88 87 6 13 0 0 0 95 5 20 Nov 2012 89 72 5 28 0 0 0 95 6 27 Nov 2012 90 58 4 42 0 0 0 95 7 04 Dec 2012 91 45 3 55 0 0 0 95 8 11 Dec 2012 92 32 2 68 0 0 0 95 9 18 Dec 2012 93 21 1 79 0 0 0 95 10 25 Dec 2012 92 25 1 75 0 0 0 94 Note that Interest for second installment is partly payed and Principal is still O 4 After all Interests are paid then if there are no fees penalties Principal will be paid In this case after applying payment with amount 150 whole Interests are paid and also part of principal After next payment the rest of principal can be paid 188 189 52 HOW TO TRACK LOAN ACCOUNT HISTORY TRANSACTIONS PERFORMANCE How to view the history of all transactions How to view status history How to view performance history How to view missed installments How to view change log How to view and add notes about the loan HOW TO VIEW THE HISTORY OF ALL TRANSACTIONS 1 At the bottom of the screen click View Transaction History A screen like the following appears only part of the screen shows here jbLoan1 Transaction history Date PaymentiD TransactioniD Type GLCode Debit Credit Clientname DatePoste 24 03 2010 3434 20532 Principal 11201 50 0 Mati ar 24 03 201 24 03 2010 3434 20531
88. ATION AND MANAGE A MIFOS SHUTDOWN 31 HOW TO DEFINE AND CHANGE SAVINGS PRODUCTS 32 HOW TO SORT CLIENT AND LOAN FIELDS 72 27 HOW TO SET PRODUCT RULES AND ATTRIBUTES e How to define new product categories e How to view and change existing product categories e How to view and change the lateness definition and the dormancy definition HOW TO DEFINE NEW PRODUCT CATEGORIES Most MFls have savings products and loan products In addition you can define subcategories of these products These can be useful in your reports if you want to compare the repayment rates and profitability of different kinds of loans For example you might want to create an Income generating loan category that is used to report on loans for business You could create different products within this category such as Farm loan and Food kiosk loan A second category Housing loan might contain different products for Standard housing loans and Tsunami rebuilding loans Then you could compare the categories to see which were the most popular and the most profitable If you have the appropriate permissions you can create new categories Follow these instructions 1 Click Admin gt Define New Category The following screen appears Define new category Enter Product category information Complete the fields below Then click Preview Click Cancel to return to Admin without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are req
89. Address Address 1 Address 2 Address 3 154 Wheeler Road City District State Country Postal Cooke Town Code Telephone Bangalore Karnataka User Title he user s title CFO User Hierarchy Defines the user s data scope inthe Other system Roles Select the authorized role s to assign Manager Admin to the user The user can be assigned more than one role User name he name must be unique in the entire kamalammal system Password Confirm he password must be at least 6 i password characters Custom fields 1 6 ype additional custom information in fields 1 6 See How to define and change additional fields for information on how to create custom fields LINK HERE 4 When you have filled out all appropriate fields click Preview to review your work 5 If you want to make changes or if any error messages identify fields that you have not specified click Edit User Information make those changes and click Preview again 6 When you are satisfied with all details click Submit If you decide not to create a system user at this time click Cancel You then see a message confirming the new user including that user s system ID number It might look like this You have successfully added a new user Please note hassan hasan has been assigned the system ID number 0013 00060 View user details now Add a new user How to view existing system users 24 1 To see the details on any existing system user click Admi
90. Approval Do Not Change MFI i TEST ACCOUNT Pending 21 07 2008 Approval Active D Change _Retum to account details HOW TO VIEW PERFORMANCE HISTORY 22 On the details page dashboard for centers groups and clients performance history is summarized in a box at the upper right It includes the following Date account opened Total deposits T otal interest earned Total withdrawals HOW TO VIEW THE CHANGE LOG In the center group or client dashboard details page you can see a record of all changes that have been made At the bottom of that screen click View Change Log It might look like the following screen Mati Teacher Change log Record Creation Date 26 08 2009 Date Field OldValue NewValue User Application 04 11 2009 Status Pending Active mifos Approval _Back to details page HOW TO VIEW AND ADD NOTES ABOUT THE SAVINGS ACCOUNT You can record any notes about the savings account T o see all notes already recorded in the recent Notes box at the bottom right of the screen click See All Notes Any notes added in other sections such as account information or adjustments appear in this section as well T o add a note follow these instructions 1 Click Add a Note The following screen appears Lazima Savings 000100000000463 Add Note Enter a note in the field below Then click Preview Click Cancel to return to Savings account details without submitting information Note 2
91. Can edit QGTest Can edit Evaluation Process available to edit by this role 7 If you uncheck checkbox then user with this role will be unable to edit this Question Group and he will see Access Denied page 282 Permissions CanDefineLabels Can define hidden mandatory fields Can Define Lookup Values Permissions CanDefineCustomFields Can manage question groups Can activate question groups Can Edit question groups Can edit CreateLoan3 Can edit CreateLoan2 Can edit CreateLoan1 Can edit QGcenterloa Can edit closeqg Can edit QGTest Can edit Evaluation Process 73 HOW TO ADD A QUESTION GROUP QUESTION GROUPS A new question group is defined by clicking the Add New Question Group link on the Admin tab or the define a new question group link on the View Question Groups page I he user names the question group specifies the workflow or entity to which the question group applies and adds questions to the question group TO ADD A QUESTION GROUP 1 On the Admin tab click Add New Question Group under Manage Questions Manage Questions o View Questions Add New Question o View Question Groups Add New Question Group o Activate Question Group 2 In the Add Question Group page that displays Home Clients amp Accounts Reports Admin Add Question Group Add Question Group Question Group Title Applies To Create Client View Client Close Client Create Group View Group Create Off
92. Cancel is selected the changes are discarded and the user returns to the View Question details page None of the changes made are saved 2 4 7 HOW TO ADD A NEW QUESTION QUESTIONS Question Group questions are defined from the Add New Question link on the Admin tab or during creation of a Question Group For each question the user specifies the question the answer type and the possible answers Note Once a question has been created it can never be deleted It can only be set as inactive Details on the attributes of each question can be found in the Question Group functional specification TO ADD A QUESTION 1 On the Admin tab click Add New Question under Manage Questions Manage Questions o View Questions Add New Question o View Question Groups Add New Question Group o Activate Question Group 2 In the Add Questions page that displays Home Clients amp Accounts Reports Admin Add Questions Add Questions Question Answer Type Free Text Question Answer Type Submit 1 Enter a question 2 Select the answer type from the drop down menu Cancel Choices Remove 275 e Free text Any type of text can be entered as part of response for this type of question including special characters e Number Maximum and minimum values of the number can be entered e Multi Select Single Select This answer type should be used for questions that the user should cho
93. Date of Birth 12 12 79 Marital Status Select v Gender Language Preferred Site Type Preferred User Name mifos Address iv nua Address 2 Address 3 City District Bangalore State Bangalore Country Bangalore Postal Code 1 Telephone _ Preview Cancel 3 Select desired option from the Site Type Preferred dropdown list AUTO MOBILE NORMAL You have three site type preferred options to choose form the drop down list AUTO dynamically selects which pages to render based on device type i e smartphone feature phone PC etc MOBILE force mobile options and display web site in smaller size regardless of kind of device NORMAL force normal size of displayed web size regardless of kind of device 4 After selecting desired site type click Preview to review the list 5 When you are satisfied with the site type click Submit or click Cancel if you decide not to change site type at this time 315 APPENDIX 80 RULES FOR HOW TO RESCHEDULE REPAYMENT 81 HOW TO CALCULATE THE EMI 82 TIPS AND TECHNIQUES 83 GLOSSARY 84 LICENSE 316 a 0 RULES FOR HOW TO RESCHEDULE REPAYMENT 1 If the client did not make the payment for an installment a For flat interest loans in next installment Penalty Payment Payment2 b For declining balance loans the next installment will be recalculated to include the missed installment T here is
94. DeclineLoanWithPeriodicFee 000100000000078 Eos account satis B Applicaton Approved Disbursal date 27 04 2012 Purpose of Loan Account summary View repayment scheguie Original Loan Amount paid Loan balance Principal 7500 0 7 500 merest 90 0 80 Fees 0 0 0 Penary 0 0 0 Total 7 580 0 7 580 Recent activity Account details Edf account ormagon interest rules interest Rate Type Dectining Balance interest rate 10 APR rnerest deducted at disbursement No Repayment rules Frequency of Instaliments 1 Week s Principal due on last installment No Grace Period Type None No of instaliments 10 Allowed Number of instaliments 1 100 Grace period kx repayments 0 Instaliments Source of und CemD CientName Government ID Loan amount Loanpurpose 0002 000000012 1u1233266299995 Chent 233264299995 1 000 LoanPurposes 0002BuftuioPurchase 0002 000000013 u1233266306851 Chent1233266309851 2000 LoanPurposes 0002BuftyioPurchase 0002 000000014 5111233266319760 Client 233266319760 4500 LoanPurposes 0003GoafPurchase Collateral details Collateral type Collateral Notes External ki Administrative documents Recurring account fees One time account fees 9 Now you must click on Disburse Loan in the right panel under Transactions section You will see a screen like following 154 GroupEmergencyLoan 000100000000082 Disburse Loan Fields marked with an asterisk are required Disbursal Date 27 DD 04 MM
95. E FINANCE o Standard Client Loan o Standard Group Loan o Test Kenya Loan Product 2 Click on the loan product that you d like to modify On click of that product the product details are visible Administrative tasks Admin View Loans products Cristiano Cristiano W Active Loans product details Product instance name Cristiano Short name Cris Description produto consignado Product category BRJ Start date 17 02 2011 End date 01 01 2015 Applicable for Clients Include in Loans cycle counter Yes Can waive interest on Prepay loan Yes Calculate Loan Amount as Same for all loans Min loan amount Max loan amount Default amount 500 0 5000 0 2000 0 Associated Question Groups Business Performance Survey Additional Fields Create Loan Interest rate Interest rate type Flat Max Interest rate 30 0 Min Interest rate 18 0 96 Default Interest rate 25 0 96 Repayment schedule Frequency of installments 1 week s Calculate of Installments as Same for all Loans Default of Min of installments Max fofinstallments em 1 104 24 3 Click Edit Loans Product Information top right All the fields are visible in edit mode Mark the Can waive interest on Prepay Loan option as shown below Click on a Loans product below to view details and make changes or Define a new Loans product Edit Loans product information 79 Cristiano Edit Loans product information Edit the fields below
96. FOR DATA DISPLAY 22 HOW TO WORK WITH BATCH JOBS 23 HOW TO CLOSE MONTH 24 HOW TO USE USER INTERFACE FOR CHART OF ACCOUNTS CREATION 25 HOW TO UPLOAD ATTACHMENTS 26 HOW TO UPLOAD NEW LOGO a HOW TO SET UP MFI OPERATIONS OVERVIEW If you are setting up the operations for a microfinance institution MFI for the first time you need to make decisions about its structure its rules its user members and their roles Some of these decisions must be made immediately and some will be needed only when the MFI becomes more complex Other decisions are completely optional In the process of configuring Mifos see the Configuration guide you or your administrator made many other decisions such as the language in which Mifos is displayed to you If you are looking for ways to control Mifos behavior and do not see them shown here check the configuration file again We recommend that you make the decisions in this order if they apply to your situation Create any additional fields that you will need to create offices Create and or view an existing MFI structure including all offices Create roles and permissions for system users Create system users Create rules for data display labels lookup options additional fields Define accepted payment types Create fees Create fund types Set product categories Create checklists optional Tl Create holidays 12 Define products loans and savings accounts
97. From Date To Date Branch Office _ Personnel j aj 2011 05 03 2011 05 06 office 2 v user 34 v Transaction Type m Mode of Payment Output Type ALL J EXCEL v 8 Click Run Report Depending on your internet browser your Excel file will be generated and downloaded locally to your machine GENERATING A REPORT IN HTML FORMAT Running a report in HT ML format is good for viewing or embedding the report in another web page or web application T his example will show how to generate an HTML version of the MFI Progress report which shows a comparison of 2 months specified by the user of the MFI s metrics arrears loan balances etc This report is useful in providing information on progress at the MFI for example if they are expanding their outreach at a certain pace or if their PAR has increased or decreased 260 1 Double click MFI Progress from lefthand folder repository 2 For Office selected office 2 3 Select two months for comparison For Month 1 chose Mar 2011 For Month 2 1 chose April 2011 4 Choose HTML for Output Type 5 Click Run Report Report will be generated in the same tab You can right click to open it in a new tab or frame and then can click right click to save the page as an HTML file 261 67 HOW TO MANAGE AND RUN BIRT REPORTS How to upload new report templates How to view report templates How to change report templates How to define a new report category H
98. Grace period duration Minimum and maximum penalty limit Interest Rate calculation type Penalty Application Frequency Batch jobs are run automatically If installments are not repay on time penalties are calculated and you may see them in repayment schedule Once calculated and applied penalty can be removed and the transaction may be reversed How to configure a loan product with an automatic late penalty 38 To configure a loan product with automatic late penalty follow instructions below 1 Click on Admin tab under Manage Products section click on Define new loan product Manage products Product rules amp attributes o View product categories Define new category o View lateness dormancy definition Manage product mix o View products mix Define products mix Manage Loan Products o View Loan products Define new Loan product Manage Savings Products o View Savings products Define new Savings product 2 Enter all necessary information Under Penalties section you will see a list of all defined penalties for a Loan account Select appropriate penalty and click on Add button to add it to the right box Note You need to have previously defined penalty for a Loan product account Penalties Attach penalty types Click on a penalty type in the left box to select Then click Add penalty11 Add Remove 3 If you enter all Loan product information click on Preview and if all in
99. Hierarchy The office hierarchy can have minimum two and maximum five levels Check the levels to be included Note The highest and lowest hierarchy levels cannot be removed from the system Head Office Regional Office w Divisional Office Area Office Y Branch Office Once you have decided how many levels of office to have and have configured them you can add more instances of each of them if you have the appropriate permissions Once you have defined an office as a head office or branch office you cannot change it to a different office type such as regional office sub regional office or area office However you can change the offices of these three optional types to any other level except for the head office level TIP If you work in an area office or a head office and also want to offer services directly to clients you must create a virtual branch office and assign clients to it To view and update the existing office hierarchy click Admin gt View Office Hierarchy 17 l1 HOW TO WORK WITH OFFICES e How to view existing offices e How to define an office e How to change the details of offices Once you understand the current hierarchy of offices you can view existing offices define new ones if you have the appropriate permissions and change the specifications for existing offices HOW TO VIEW EXISTING OFFICES Click Admin gt View Offices You might see a screen like this Admin View
100. I Senegal 2009 PPI Russia 2010 View Client View Client Survey Client Business Information Kay s Survey PPI Survey India PPI Survey Philippines o o0 o o O o 7 In the question group page that displays are the following The question group name The workflow to which it applies Whether or not the response is editable Yes or No The survey question names Whether or not the question is mandatory Yes or No The status of the question Active or Inactive The Edit Question Group option Home Clients amp Accounts Reports Admin View Question Groups PPI Russia 2010 PPI Russia 2010 Edit Question Group Question Group PPI Russia 2010 Applies To Create Client Is response editable No PPI Russia 2010 Question Name Mandatory Status Date Survey Was Taken Yes Active How many members does the household have Yes Active In their main line of work are any household members administrators or heads leaders of government agencies organizations or state businesses highly skilled specialists professionals skilled technicians or white collar employees m oma what is the total area ofthe residence in meters squared Yes Active what is the source of hot water for the residence Yes Active How many color televisions does the household own Yes Active How many VCRs and DVDs does the household own Yes Active Does the household own a microwave Yes Active e Click on a question name to
101. If overpayment is made clients account automatically changes the status to Closed Obligation met and the new section called Overpayments on client s details page is displayed How to import transaction with overpayment Import transactions functionality is possible only if Audi Bank plugin is available it should be added into catalog Home mifos plugins Then you should import previously prepared Excel file xls which contains loan payment transactions To import Excel file follow instructions below 1 At the beginning you must prepare Excel file which contains transactions for actual client Transaction may contain amount greater than last installment amount an overpayment 2 Click on Admin tab Under Manage Imports and Exports section click on Import transactions link Note You only can make an overpayment for client s last installment You will see following screen Import transactions Enter file information Complete the fields below Click Cancel to return to Admin without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Import f format Select import file Select Y 3 Select import format Audi Bank Excel 2007 from the drop down list and choose earlier prepared file to import each file may be imported only once After filling required fields click Review 4 If no errors occur during import you will see a screen like this Import transactions Review a
102. Loan Account Fields Hide Purpose of Loan Source of fund s 3 3 f g 3 2 Check and uncheck the boxes according to your preferences 3 When you are satisfied with your specifications click Submit If you decide not to change the status of any fields at this time dick Cancel Note If you make a field mandatory it will always have an asterisk next to it HOW TO DEFINE AND CHANGE ADDITIONAL FIELDS As of the Mifos 2 x release and beyond additional fields in Mifos are now handled through the Question Groups functionality You have all the flexibility you need to gather additional fields about a client s business along with the added control of choosing where to insert these into your regular workflow These question groups can be a part of your regular workflow like an additional field or collected periodically like a survey 27 Please follow our Question Groups section to learn more Essentially instead of using the previous Admin gt Define Additional Fields capability you will now Add a Question Group and then Insert New Questions additional fields into your Question Group 58 22 How To WORK WITH BATCH JOBS e How to Suspend Scheduled Batch Jobs e How to Manually Execute Specific Batch Jobs to Run and check status Batch jobs also known as cron jobs on Unix based systems are a series of back end jobs executed on a computer Mifos currently has 9 batch processes which are scheduled to run nigh
103. MFI NOTE If Loan was approved in the past then disbursal date can also be set in the past disbursal still follow the rule that it must happen on or after the date of the approval date of Loan By doing this it is possible to record disbursements that have happened in the past UJ Click Review Transaction to review your choices 4 If you need to make any changes click Edit Transaction make changes and click Review Transaction again 5 When you are satisfied with the disbursal details click Submit T he disbursal date in the account status summary changes to reflect your changes HOW TO REVERSE A LOAN DISBURSAL Sometimes data entry errors result in loans that are created for the wrong client or perhaps the wrong type of loan product is created for a client The error might not be detected until several repayments have been made 168 To correct this error if you have the appropriate permissions you can reverse the loan disbursal and all repayments made up to this point This can happen only if the loan is in an Active in good standing or Active in bad standing state Afterward if repayments have already been made you can redo the disbursal by recreating the correct loan and applying all those repayments to it Make a note of any repayments so that you can apply them to the new loan See How to redo a loan disbursal Follow these instructions 1 Click Admin Reverse Loan Disbursal 2 In the scree
104. MIFOS USER MANUAL Published 2013 07 08 License None INTRODUCTION 1 WELCOME TO MIFOS 2 HOW TO SETUP MIFOS OVERVIEW 3 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL 4 HOW TO LOG ON AND LOG OUT 5 HOW TO CHANGE YOUR PASSWORD 6 HOW TO NAVIGATE WITHIN MIFOS 7 DATA ENTRY 1 WELCOME TO MIFOS Important Before reading this document you must read the and configure your Mifos Microfinance Open Source system Many of the choices you make within Mifos depend on your configuration decisions and some options may not appear or may be unavailable to you based on the configuration Mifos is a management information system MIS that can be accessed over a network using a web browser It is designed to give microfinance institutions MFIs a way to create and maintain their structure get information quickly about their operations and their clients and grow easily We assume that users of this manual are familiar with the purpose of microfinance starting with helping people out of poverty by basing loans on ability to repay not just collateral and the practices of at least one MFI such as loans to groups client training in business and banking and specific loan and savings account types This user manual applies to the current release Mifos 2 4 It s an update of our previous user manual doc covering 1 0 functionality To see new features and functionality covered by the scope of this new manual please see our features added since 1 0 on our
105. Manage accounts penalties Manage Loan accounts 2 Select one of the roles on the list and then navigate to the Can change state to Approved permission Loan management Loan Processing Loan Processing Can create new loan account in Can create new loan account in Save for later state Save for later state Can create new loan account in Can create new loan account in Submit for approval state Submit for approval state Can change state to partial Can change state to partial application application Can change state to Approved Can change state to Approved E Maximumioanamout SSS d Can change state to Cancelled Can change state to Cancelled Can change state to Disbursed to Can change state to Disbursed to LO LO Can change state to pending Can change state to pending approval approval Can change state to Closed Written Can change state to Closed Written off off Can change state to Closed Can change state to Closed rescheduled rescheduled Can edit Loan accountinformation Can edit Loan account information Can add notes to loan account Can add notes to loan account Loan Transactions Loan Transactions 3 Check Maximum loan amount checkbox and enter the maximum loan amount that the role is allowed to approve 161 4 Click on Submit button Loan management Loan Processing Can create new loan account in Loan Transactions Loan Processing Can create new loan account in Save for later state Save
106. NINY gt C demo mifos org pentaho Home Workspace w Use Descriptions For Tooltips Refresh e Select the Standard Reports folder and list of the available standard reports will be displayed e Double click the title of a report and new tab will open in the Pentaho window You are able to load and view multiple reports at once SELECTING VALUES FOR PARAMETERS OF EACH REPORT Each report has a different number of parameters which can be selected to filter the data displayed in the report These filters and parameters were created when building the original report and can only be customized through the Pentaho Report Designer 25 e Filters these parameters correspond to different fields in Mifos Some drop downs will be dynamically populated based on the chosen value for the previous drop down o To not filter the data based on a parameter leave the value set as ALL or Any o Note if your data set is large for some reports when you leave the parameter at ALL or Any the report will take a while to generate because of the large amount of data e Dates Date values can be entered freehand or selected via the Calendar picker o For reports that provide a snapshot overview of data at a point in time you can select a date via the As On Date field o For reports that compare or show data over a range of time you select the date range via fields stating Start Date and End Date or in som
107. Number of installments 2 Allowed number of installments 1 5 Disbursal date 1 DD 8 MM 2011 YYYY Repayment day week s month s If weeks specify the following Recur every 1 week s Grace period for repayments Q Installments Source of funds Select Note 149 Under Loan Product Summary Frequency of Installments 1 week Under Loan Account Details Repayment Day has the month greyed out and the week selected In the case of the above loan product repayment date has been set as every Monday 4 Under Loan Account details change the repayment day values Click Preview A screen similar to the following is displayed vl Add a new Loan product Review amp submit Preview the fields below Then click Submit Click Cancel to return to Admin without submitting information Loan product details Product instance name qazwsx Short name x Description Product category guy Start date 24 05 2012 End date Applicable for Clients Include in Loan cycle counter No Can waive interest on repay loan No Calculate Loan Amount as Same for all loans Min amount Max amount 11 11 Associated Question Groups Interest rate Interest rate type Flat Min Interest rate 11 Max Interest rate 11 Default Interest rate 11 Repayment schedule Default amount 5 If satisfied with all details click Save for approval To edit details click Edit Account Information 6 On submitting the loan for appr
108. ON GROUPS 73 HOW TO ADD A QUESTION GROUP 74 PROGRESS OUT OF POVERT Y INDEX 75 HOW TO ATTACH A QUESTION GROUP 76 HOW TO ASSIGN A QUESTION GROUP TO A DIFFERENT STAGE OF A WORKFLOW 77 HOW TO LINK QUESTIONS 271 69 INTRODUCTION TO QUESTION GROUPS Question Groups provide a means for collecting information about a user or a group that can then be used for example when assessing loan applications poverty levels and for measuring impact and creating exit and collateral surveys MFls create a common set of questions Users can then choose from these questions when defining new question groups Question Groups can be attached to entities or workflows The same question group can be attached multiple times to the same entity to track historical changes over time Question Groups replace both Additional Field and Survey functionality in Mifos 16 x and lower 272 70 HOW TO VIEW AND EDIT A QUESTION TO VIEW A QUESTION 1 On the Admin tab click View Questions under Manage Questions Manage Questions o View Questions Add New Question o View Question Groups Add New Question Group o Activate Question Group The View Questions page opens and displays a list of the questions Note No other information except the question title can be seen on the View Questions page Home Clients amp Accounts Reports Admin View Questions View Questions Click on a question below to view details and make changes You
109. OW TO SET UP AND CONFIGURE A LATE PENALT Y For Loan account you can define and automatically apply late penalties for overdue payments You may set this as fixed or percentage fee Penalties are calculated at the end of the day by Batch Jobs and automatically added to Loan repayment schedule 1 If you want to define a new penalty click click on Define new penalties link in Admin tab under Organization Preferences section Home Clients amp Accounts Reports Admin Administrative tasks Welcome to mifos administrative area Click on a link below to begin Manage organization System users o View system users Define new system user o Manage roles and permissions Offices o View offices Define a new office o View office hierarchy Organization Preferences View fees Define new fees View funds Define new fund View checklists Define new checklist View holidays Define new holidays Define accepted payment types View organization settings View penalties Define new penalties You will see a screen like following 0000000 Define a new penalty Enter Penalty Information Complete the fields below Then click Preview Click Cancel to return to Admin page without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Penalty Details Penalty Name Penalty Applies To Select v Grace Period Type Select z Grace Period Duration Cumulative Pena
110. Principal 1504 500 Mat p 24 03 201 23 03 2010 3433 20530 E o FM 34340 Mat op 23 03 201 23 03 2010 3433 20529 Loan ement 1504 3434 0 Mati er 23 03 201 _Retum to details page T his screen shows the following All transactions ID number of Transaction Transaction Type General ledger code Amount of debit of credit Client or group name Date posted User who posted the transaction Any notes on adjustments HOW TO VIEW STATUS HISTORY At any point you can see the history of a loan the original application whether it was approved and whether it is active in good standing or closed You can use this information to track the progress of the loan and the efficiency of the loan officer or the MFI approval process itself 190 At the bottom of the screen click View Status History A screen like the following appears jbLoan1 000100000000537 Status history Date OldStatus NewStatus User n ACCOUNT 17 01 2010 ending Do Not Change Approval MFI o TEST tlc Application ACCOUNT Approval Approved Do Not Change MFI TEST Application Active inGood ACCOUNT 23 03 2010 Approved Standing Do Not Change MFI _Retum to account details HOW TO VIEW PERFORMANCE HISTORY The box in the upper right corner summarizes the performance of the client or group for this loan It includes the following e Number of payments The total number of payments installments that have been made successfully e Number of mis
111. R FUNDS FROM ONE SAVINGS ACCOUNT TO ANOTHER Mifos provides functionality which allows to transfer funds from one Savings account to another via Apply transfer link Funds can be transferred between all Savings accounts which belongs to one customer as well as they could be transferred to Savings account of another customer Follow the steps below to see how to transfer funds from one account to another 1 Open Savings account from which you want to transfer funds to another account and click on Apply transfer link as it is shown below 228 ClientVoluntarySavings Edit account status 000100000000045 B Active Account balance 100 385 68 Total amount due on 06 07 2012 0 Recent activity View all account activity Date Description Amount 31 07 2012 Interest Posting 1 262 80 30 06 2012 Interest Posting 122 88 29 06 2012 Withdrawal 1 000 Account details Recommended amount for deposit 0 Edit Account Information Type of deposits Voluntary Max amount per withdrawal 0 Interest rate 15 2 Enter beneficiary name to whom you want to transfer funds and click on Search button w w w Transfer funds Select beneficiary Performance history Date account opened 14 05 2012 Total deposits 100 000 Total interest earned 1 385 68 Total withdrawals 1 000 Question Groups Attach a Question Group Recent notes 14 05 2012 note mifos See all notes Add a note Enter a Client or Group name and click Searc
112. RMISSIONS AND SYSTEM USERS e Personnel hierarchies and office hierarchies e How to work with roles and permissions e How to work with system users Before you create the system users such as loan officers who will deal directly with clients you must decide what their roles are and what permissions they will have You must have appropriate permissions to create roles Before beginning note the following terms e Activity any system action that a user might perform such as creating a new system user e Permission authorization to execute an activity e Role a named set of permissions for a particular user e Data scope a set of permissions for a role determined by the user s place in the personnel hierarchy and in the office hierarchy PERSONNEL HIERARCHIES AND OFFICE HIERARCHIES T he personnel hierarchy has two levels e he Loan Officer has a data scope that is limited to his her clients which only she or he is able to modify as appropriate The Loan Officer is able to view clients assigned to other Loan Officers but cannot modify the information for them A Loan Officer can be attached to only one branch If necessary you can create the same Loan Officer in a different branch as the same user but in the different branch this officer must have a different system ID e he Other level hierarchy has no restrictions and has unrestricted access subject to the office hierarchy explained below T he following table illustra
113. RSUS CLIENT LOANS If your MFI is structured to have groups as well as clients you have a choice of issuing group loans or individual loans With group loans the group as a whole is responsible for repayment and fees and each individual in the group has a designated responsibility to pay their part of the debt T he benefits of the group include the following e By vouching for other members of the group the group does the work of checking the creditworthiness of each individual in the group e By co signing the loan the group provides insurance of payment by individuals e he group provides reinforcement esprit de corps and encouragement to individuals to bear their part of the debt responsibility THE LOAN ACCOUNT DASHBOARD At any point you can look at the details of a loan to find out its terms and its current status Such a dashboard might look like this 132 Po Fach J Prin esr 05 Crag SA J Frac no on CEdiseaional Loan Educational Loan 3 000100000000183 Erit acce am statin Transactions Baste Ir Bac Standing k RI A Olshyrsal Tata PEMLONCA Firpose ctL oam Account summary Performance history Tota amoure cus onr 23040 C7 3 872 y penes S rnocrr m arrears 36 gt of mew comes E wav ilmant Jafaiiz Dayz in aenea 351 Original Loan Amount paid Loan balance m rar erit Trips 500 0 405 3 6 0 Surveys rterast 13 0 11 0 20 D n w Faes 0 0 2 3 00 rr Penal 0 0 13 oo Total 513 0 452 gro ONE
114. S INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENT AL OR CONSEQUENT IAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURAT E OR LOSSES SUST AINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILIT Y OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS 337 NEW GROUP LOAN ACCOUNT NEW GLIM 85 NEW GROUP LOAN ACCOUNT NEW GLIM 86 HOW TO CREATE LOAN PRODUCT FOR NEW GLIM 338 85 NEW GROUP LOAN ACCOUNT NEW GLIM INTRODUCTION Since Mifos 2 6 1 version it is possible to create three kinds of loan accounts e group loan without specifying members GLIM off e group loan with monitoring of every member GLIM on e group loan with individual member accounts new GLIM on In previous Mifos versions individual member accounts were only for information purposes so they had only little connection to group account eg after closing client he was still visible on the Group account There was also no possibility to repay individual member account because there was no access to those accounts and as a result payments could be only applied to the whole group loan account So in general there was a Group loan account and individual member accounts only for information purposes In new Group Loan new GLIM there is a new approach of Group Loan account
115. Status W Active System ID 0031 000000271 Loan officer Sukeshdg K Groups assigned Add Group Click on a Group below to view the Group details Pryvat E Performance History of active Clients 0 of active Groups 0 Total Loans portfolio 0 0 Total Savings 0 0 Surveys Attach a Survey Recent Notes No notes available Add a note Account information Open new account Savings e In the center s attach survey page 1 Click the down arrow on the Select a Question Group menu box 2 Select the desired question group Note The question group must be Active to display in the selection menu 3 Click Continue Home Clients amp Accounts Reports Vijayanagar2 Attach Survey Vijayanagar2 Attach Survey Select a survey from the list below Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to client details without submitting information Select a Question Group Cancel e Enter the requested data in the text box and click Submit to save the entry entries Cancel to discard the entry Select One Continue e If Submit is selected the entry is saved and the user is returned to the center page e f Cancel is selected the entry is discarded and the user is returned to the center page 293 76 HOW TO ASSIGN A QUESTION GROUP TO A DIFFERENT STAGE OF A WORKFLOW Part of the power of the new question groups data collection tool is the ability to embed these questi
116. T RANGES 160 Mifos provides functionality which allows to approve loans by different loan amount ranges Loan amounts in a specific range can be approved only by the person who has the permission to approve loans with that amounts Follow the steps below to see how to specify maximum loan approval amount in role and what impact does it have on Loan approval process 1 Go to Admin tab and click on Manage roles and Permissions link Change Preferred Language Your settings Log Out 5 08 Milos m Administrative tasks Administrative tasks Welcome to mifos administrative area Click on a link below to begin Manage organization Manage products System users Product rules amp attributes View system users Define new View product categories Define new system user o o Manage roles and permissions o View lateness dormancy definition Offices Manage product mix o View offices Define a new office o View products mix Define products mix o View office hierarchy Manage Loan Products Organization Preferences View Loan products Define new Loan o View fees Define new fees product o View funds Define new fund d View checklists Define new Manage Savings Products checklist View Savings products Define new o View holidays Define new holidays o Savinas product savings product o Define accepted payment types o View organization settings View penalties Define new
117. TERS GROUPS AND CLIENTS HOW TO EDIT DETAILS You can change details about a center group or client at any time Follow these instructions 1 From any search box type the name of the center group or dient and click Search All entities with that name appear click the correct one 2 In the Center Group Client Information section click Edit Center Group Client Details The screen that was filled out when the center group or client was created appears For information on what each field means see How to create a new center How to create a new group or How to create a new client Make any changes and click Preview 4 If you want to make changes click the edit button make changes and click Submit HOW TO MAKE NOTES UJ In the center group or client dashboard details page you can record any notes in the Recent Notes section T o see all notes click See All Notes Any notes created about the group center or client in the account status or adjustments section for example appear here as well T o add a note follow these instructions 1 Click Add a Note The following screen appears Barangay 01 Add note Enter a note in the field below Then click Preview Click Cancel to return to Centre details without submitting information Note Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetur adinisicin elit Preview Cancel 2 In the Note box type the note 3 Click Preview to review your work If
118. UNT WITH DECLINING BALANCE OR DECLINING BALANCE EQUAL PRINCIPAL INSTALLMENT INTEREST RATE TYPE DETAILS PAGE IN TRANSACTION BOX CLICK ON APPLY PRINCIPAL PRE PAYMENT YOU WILL SEE A SCREEN LIKE FOLLOWING Payment details 000100000000092 Apply Principal Pre payment Fields marked with an asterisk are required Date of transaction 31 DD 05 MM 2012 YYYY Amount Q Mode of payment Cheque zl Receipt ID Receipt Date pp MM YYYY _ Submit Cancel 2 TYPE ALL MANDATORY INFORMATION SUCH AS DATE OF TRANSACTION AMOUNT AND MODE OF PAYMENT YOU CAN ALSO SPECIFY ALSO RECEIPT ID AND RECEIPT DATE 3 CLICK ON SUBMIT BUTTON 4 YOU CAN CHECK THIS TRANSACTION IN REPAYMENT SCHEDULE TO DO IT CLICK ON VIEW REPAYMENT SCHEDULE ON LOAN ACCOUNT DETAILS PAGE YOU WILL SEE A SCREEN LIKE FOLLOWING 1 BEFORE TRANSACTION DogLoan 000100000000092 Repayment Schedule as of 31 05 2012 view Original Apply transactions Applypayment Apply adjustment Apply charges Running balance No Due date Date paid Principal Interest Fees Penalty Total Principal Interest Fees Penalty Total Installments paid 1 04 Jun 2012 31 May 2012 43 8 0 155 206 68 8 0 0 76 Future Installments 2 11 Jun 2012 34 5 0 0 39 3 18 Jun 2012 34 3 0 0 37 2 AFTER TRANSACTION 10 WAS PAID 187 DogLoan 000100000000092 Repayment Schedule as of 31 05 2012 view Original Running balance No Due date Date paid Principal
119. account number Banqalore branch1244723261188 All Branch Offices Bangalore branch1244724101456 Branch 1 L a M ORE chennai chennai Alandur 2 Client group search can be done with the name system ID phone number or account number When you type this information and click Search a list of all possible choices matching the search information is displayed Click the correct one or if you don t see the customer you were expecting try retyping the search information carefully and then click Search again A screen similar to the following is displayed 147 results for a in All Branches 1 Client Karen May Abu ID 0002 000000044 Status M Active Loan Officer Sally Magalang Savings Account 000100000000249 Account 000100000000255 Account 000100000000307 Account 00010 Loan Account 000100000000467 Account null00000000481 Account null00000000505 Account null0000000 000100000000577 Account 000100000000607 Also See Pasay Branch Barangay 06 Ramos Group 2 Client Bani Adam ID 0005 000000091 Status M Active Loan Officer Brata2 Astritama Loan Account null00000000506 Account null00000000507 Account null00000000508 Account nuli00000000 Also See Brata Brata Center Brata Group Finance 3 Client Charisse Ann Aquinaldo xxx ID 0002 000000038 Status Bi Active Loan Officer Lorenz Guzman Loan Account null00000000475 Account 000100000000572 Account 0001000000006 12 Also See Pasay Branch Barang
120. add description of attachment After selecting a file click on Add file button It is possible to add multiple attachments After clicking Add file below the button you will see list of added files with descriptions You can also remove attachment by clicking button x l test My first attachment X 2 test2 My second attachment X 6 The next section is for additional information about the client if any is required 7 if you have set additional family details information in database you will see on next step during client creation following family WU TCI I MEUM AIL I REY DEEPER Field name Description Example 1 Possible to chose kind of relationship from PELALOCEN drop down list Spouse Father Mother Child panies First Name Albert Last Name Smith Jan 21 Date of Birth 2012 Gender Male Female Male Living Status E g together nottogether Together 8 You may add more than one family member To do it click on Add row button You will see next row to fill You may also delete the row by clicking Delete link v o Personal information Relationship First Name Middle Name Last Name Date of Birth Gender Living Status DD MM YYYY Family Details Father v sdcs dw 11 11 1990 Male jw Together iv Selec iv f IDOC Eeee Esetect Iv Delete Continue AddRow Cancel After you add all embers and fill all necessarily fields clic
121. age Questions Manage Questions o View Questions Add New Question o View Question Groups Add New Question Group o Activate Question Group 2 In the Add Question Group page that displays 1 Enter a question group title in the Question Group T itle text box 2 In the Applies To text box select a View workflow 3 If the response will be editable indicate this by clicking on the checkbox Leave it unchecked if the response will not be editable 4 Keep the default section heading that is displayed in the text box or enter a new section heading 5 Check the appropriate radio button to indicate whether an existing and or new question will be added to the section Home Clients amp Accounts Admin Add Question Group Add Question Group Reports Question Group Title Testing view Applies To Create Client View Client Close Client Create Group View Group Create Office Create Personnel Create Center View Center Create Savings View Savings Create Loan View Loan Approve Loan Disburse Loan Is response editable Section Heading Misc Select from list of existing questions 6 Select the desired question or create a new question 7 Click Add Questions to post the question 8 After the question is completed e Remove the question by clicking the Remove link e Add another question by following steps 4 6 Select Questions Misc remove Question Name Area Bu
122. ail Loan portfolio aging Branch cash confirmation report Branch progress Analysis report Miscellaneous These categories can be edited Follow these instructions 1 Click Admin gt Define New Report Category I he following screen appears Define new report category Enter category information Complete the fields below Then click Preview Click Cancel to return to Admin Fields marked with an asterisk are required Category Details Category Name loan defaults _Preview Cancel 2 In the Category Name box type the name you want for this category and click Preview to review your work 3 If you want to make changes click Edit Category Information make changes and click Preview again 4 When you are satisfied with the category click Submit The category now appears when you click Admin gt View Reports Category lt also appears when you click the Reports tab to see all available reports HOW TO CREATE A REPORT You can design and build your own report templates using either Java or SQL First however you need to download the BIRT software For step by step instructions on how to build a report template in BIRT see http mifos org documentation reporting building your own reports 0 HOW TO RUN REPORTS Follow these instructions 265 1 Click Reports and then click any of the report links If you clicked Branch Progress Report for example you might see a screen like this
123. ake a new one click Admin gt View Loan Products and click any of the products displayed on that screen Follow these instructions 76 1 Click Admin gt Define New Loan Product A screen appears with all the specifications for the product The first part of the screen looks like this Add a new Loan product Enter Loan product information Complete the fields below Then click Preview Click Cancel to return to Admin without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Loan product details Product instance name tsunami loan Shortname ts Description For reconstruction after tsunami Product category Select Startdate 3 DD 0 MM 2010 YYYY End date DD MM YYYY Applicable for Groups H Include in Loan cycle M counter 2 Enter information using the descriptions in the following table Product instance The full name of the loan product being name defined Short name An abbreviated version of the name used in reports or menus where space is limited such as Collection Sheets Description A description of the loan product its purpose eligible recipients or other information that will help an employee determine whether it is appropriate for a particular client Product A selection from the list of all the active loan Category product categories Products not assigned to any category are assigned to the Other category Start Date Th
124. al Henkle 2010 How to navigate within Mifos anita Anderson 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kay Chau 2010 Mike Dash 2010 How to run reports Ed Cable 2010 329 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 anita Anderson 2010 How to set product rules and attributes anita Anderson 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kay Chau 2010 Tracy Mehoke 2010 How to set rules for data display anita Anderson 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kay Chau 2010 Van Mittal Henkle 2010 How to set up MFI operations Overview Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Kris Mani 2010 How to set up Mifos overview Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kay Chau 2010 Kris Mani 2010 How to view organization settings anita Anderson 2010 Modifications Adam Feuer 2010 Adam Monsen 2010 Kay Chau 2010 How to track loan account history Ed Cable 2010 Modifications anita Anderson 2010 Clytie Siddall 2010 Kay Chau 2010 How to track savings account history Ed Cable 2010 Modifications Adam Feuer 2010 anita Anderson 2010 Clytie Siddall 2010 Kay Chau 2010 Mike Dash 2010 How to manage administrative documents anita Anderson 2010 Modifications Adam Feuer 2010 Adam Monsen 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kay Chau 2010 Sonia Lyris 2010 How to use this manual Mike Dash 2010 Modifications 330 Adam Mon
125. all between the first and the last installments including the first and the last installment months are displayed In addition the month immediately preceding the first installment month and the month immediately following the last installment are displayed Example 1 Disbursal date 26 Aug 2010 No of Installments 3 Frequency of Loan Installments 1 month Installment Months September October and November Cash flow months will be captured for months August September October November December Example 2 Disbursal date 26 Aug 2010 No of Installments 8 Frequency of Loan Installments 2 Weeks 209 Installment Months September October November and December Cash flow months will be captured for months August September October November December January Cash Flow Data Enter the client s expense and revenue for each of the listed months in the fields Expense and Revenue respectively In the notes column enter any comment note about the client s revenue expense for that particular month Also enter the client s Total Capital and Total Liability Click Continue T he client s cash flow is calculated as explained below Cash Flow Comparison calculation In general cash flow is captured starting one month before the first installment month to allow the MFI to enter cash in hand thus far leading into the installment month On the disbursal month the loan amount is added to the the cumulative cash flo
126. alling into each of the poverty buckets T he surveys for each country include 10 questions For each question points are associated with each possible answer The total number of points for a completed survey is called the poverty index score For each country a poverty likelihood chart is defined that maps the poverty index score to a percentage that indicates the percentage likelihoods of poverty for the client HOW TO ADD PPI QUESTION GROUPS INTO MIFOS 206 HOW TO ACTIVATE A QUESTION GROUP TO ACTIVATE PPI FOR A SPECIFIC COUNTRY 287 1 On the Admin tab click Activate Question Group under Manage Questions Manage Questions o View Questions Add New Question o View Question Groups Add New Question Group o Activate Question Group 2 In the Activate Question Group page that displays click the down arrow beside the Select Question Group menu selection box Admin Activate Question Group Activate Question Group Select the Question Group and click Submit Click Cancel to return to Admin screen Select Question Group select one L Submit Cancel 3 Use the scroll bar or the up and down arrows to locate the desired question group country Highlight the question qroup and click to select it Home Clients amp Accounts Reports Admin Activate Question Group Activate Question Group Select the Question Group and click Submit Click Cancel to return to Admin screen
127. always associated with an existing office Make sure that you have created the office before you create the system user You must have appropriate permissions to create and change users How to create a system user 1 Click Admin gt Define New System User A list of existing offices appears organized by type of office It might look like the following Add a new user Choose office To select click on an office from the list below Click Cancel to return to Admin page HeadOffice ol o agadir o Andaman Region o aurangabad o Buea o CAISSE NATIONALE D INESTISSEMENT o CCC o Chennai Region o CNI Koumassi o Cognizant o dcgh o dxgfd o etet o euless office o fchfhhj o Flors office o France test o Geo Credit o gghweh o hgfh o MonetaExpress 2 Click the office that the new system user will belong to 3 Enter user details as explained in the following table All fields marked with a red asterisk are mandatory lh First Name Middle Name User s full names Kamalamma Leela Second Last Name Last Name Any form of authorized ID in your A440 2001 country that can be used to identify the person uniquely from the rest of the population such as a national ID passport number etc The user is uniquely identified using the combination of the government ID Name and Date of Birth 12 Jan 1970 23 Marital Status Married PE Language Preferred Language preferred by the user
128. ams and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that you have You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with two steps 1 copyright the software and 2 offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the software Also for each author s protection and ours we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software If the software is modified by someone else and passed on we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors reputations Finally any free program is threatened constantly by software patents We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses in effect making the program proprietary T o prevent this we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone s free use or not
129. an creation click Validate T his will validate the edited installment data against the conditions specified at the time of loan product creation please refer previous section on Creating new loan with variable installments for the various validations performed and possible errors 10 Click Preview to click the loan account information A screen similar to this will be displayed 212 Account Owner Karen May Abu Loan account information Loan instance name VariableLoan1 Instance information Description Variable Loan No cash flow comparison Interest Rate Type Declining Balance Frequency of Installments 1 Week s Principal due on last installment No Grace Period Type None Amount 500 0 Allowed Amount 1 0 10000 0 Interest rate 20 Allowed Interest Rate Amount 15 0 25 0 No of installments 5 Allowed Number of Installments 1 7 Disbursal date 2011 04 18 Grace period for repayments 0 Installments Source of fund Interest deducted at disbursement No Purpose of Loan Materials Purchase Collateral type Collateral Notes External Id Charges Applied Installments Amount due Installment DueDate Principal Interest Fees 1 29 Apr 2011 98 0 3 0 0 0 2 18 May 2011 96 8 42 0 0 3 11 Jun 2011 97 0 4 0 0 0 4 23 Jun 2011 99 6 1 4 0 0 5 20 Jul 2011 108 6 1 6 0 0 Edit Loan Schedule Information If any of the above details need to be edited click Edit account information or Edit Loan Sched
130. an officers with restricted permissions and Others with unlimited permissions within their offices PPI Common tasks HowT oSetUpYourOrganizationPreferences T he Progress Out Of Poverty Index is used in India to measure the financial improvement of a country s population Product An MFI product is a type of loan or savings account with an individual name and with various defined rules and attributes Redo Disbursal Common tasks When a payment has been recorded and then reversed this function allows it to be recorded again Repayment Rule HowT oSetUpYourOrganizationPreferences For a loan product the way to generate a repayment schedule and the requirements on borrowers in order to receive that type of loan Repayment Schedule Common tasks For any loan the dates and amounts of money to be repaid 324 Reporting Engine not found Software for generating reports from a description of the data required and the calculations to be performed In Mifos this is the BIRT engine Role Common tasks A named set of permissions enabling users to perform a set of activities Examples are Administrator able to reconfigure a Mifos installation and define or redefine products or Loan Officer with full control over the accounts of their own clients and the ability to view but not modify other accounts Data Entry able to enter transactions but not otherwise modify client accounts Savings Account An individual deposi
131. and or new question will be added to the section Home Clients amp Accounts Reports Admin Add Question Group Add Question Group Question Group Title Loan Approval Checklist Applies To Create Client View Client Close Client Create Group View Group Create Office Create Personnel Create Center View Center Create Savings View Savings Create Loan View Loan Disburse Loan Is response editable Section Heading Program Completion Select from list of existing questions 5 Add new question 6 Select the desired question or create a new question 7 Click Add Questions to post the question 8 After the question is completed 298 e Remove the question by clicking the Remove link e Add another question by following steps 4 6 Select Questions Achats mensuels calcul s Additional Comments age Aide familiale Alimentation Areas to Improve Business Autres Avance fournisseur Program Completion remove Question Name Date of Completed Training Purpose of Loan How many hours of business training completed What financial literacy courses has client completed Click Submit to save the changes Click the Clients amp Admin tab Enter a Client or Group name and click Search In the Results page select the desired client Clients amp Accounts Repo Search for li All Branch Offices _ Search
132. angalore Karnataka India 560045 91 80 23549876 T he next section is for additional information and fees Additional information Admin Administrative set fees RF 50 0 Periodicity One time Check to Remove oe 38000 Periodicity One time Check to Remove Additional fees Fee Type Group Startup Fee HH Amount 15 0 Fee Type tax Amount 22 3 Fee Type Select Amount Administrative set fees Any applicable Shows the mandatory fee for the group 3 07 Periodicity T he time frequency during which the fee is applicable Check to Check to disable the fee from being Remove required for the group Additional Information Custom fields 1 Fields used to capture MFI custom data ma 6 Apply additional fees 102 Fee type Additional fee types amounts defined by Amount the MFI for the group 5 When you have made all specifications click Preview to review your work 6 If you want to make changes click Edit Group Information make changes and click Preview again 7 When you are satisfied with all changes you can click Submit for Approval or if you are not ready to submit the group Save for Later If you decide not to create a group at all at this time click Cancel 8 When the group application is approved you see a screen like the following You have successfully created a new Group Please Note Bana village has been assigned the system ID number
133. anization System users o View system users Define new system user o Manage roles and permissions Offices o View offices Define a new office o View office hierarc Organization Preferences View fees Define new fees View funds Define new fund View checklists Define new checklist View holidays Define new holidays Define accepted payment types View organization settings View penalties Define new penalties oooooooco Data display and rules o Define customized text o Define Lookup Options o Define mandatory hidden fields Accounting o Month Closing Manage Imports and Exports Import transactions Import client data View accounting exports REST API Approval coco System Administration o View System Information o Shutdown o Batch Jobs LEFT NAVIGATION PANEL Manage products Product rules amp attributes o View product categones Define new category o View lateness dormancy definition Manage product mix o View products mix Define products mix Manage Loan Products o View Loan products Define new Loan product Manage Savings Products o View Savings products Define new Savings product Manage accounts Manage Loan accounts o o Reverse Loan Disbursal Redo Loan Disbursal Manage reports o o o View admin documents Upload admin documents View reports templates Upload report template View reports category Define new report category Manage Questions
134. arch You will see a list of clients match to text in text box Click on client s link You will see a screen like following Oo O JO Apply Guaranty to Facilitation Account Preview Guarantor Review the information below Click Submit if you are satisfied Click Cancel to return to loan account details page without submitting information Guarantor information Guarantor name Grace Acanda Guarantor Global ID 0002 000000222 Facilitation account information Account owner Beatrice Afoyorwoth Account owner ID 0002 000000091 Product name Equallnstallment Facilitation account Global ID 000100000000976 _ Submit Cancel 10 Check if each field is displayed properly and click Submit Tl You will see list of guaranties on loan details page List of guaranties Apply guaranty Guarantor ID Guarantor Name Guarantor details Actions 0002 000000222 Grace Acanda show remove 129 It is also possible o display guarantors details click on show link near guarantor name You can also remove guarantee by clicking on link remove It is possible to add more than one guarantor Just click on apply guarantee and follow instructions 1 1 On client who is guarantor details page there is a section with list of clients and their s loans It is possible to display details by clicking show List of guaranties Guaranty for client First 3rfrefre Beatrice Afoyorwoth 130 Client Id 0002 000000326 0002 000000
135. arch box type the name of the group or client and click Search 3 In the results box click the name of the group or client you want The details page dashboard for that group or client appears 4 Click Edit Group Status or Edit Client Status The Change status box appears It might look like the following screen Mati Teacher Change status Current status H Active Select from the status options below Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to Client details without submitting information Status O On Hold Closed When cancelling a Client select an explanation from the dropdown list below Left Program Note Client has moved to another village Cancel 5 Click the button for the new status For a group if you click Closed click a reason from the list immediately below 6 In the Note box type a note explaining why this status is changing Click Preview to review your change 8 If you want to make further changes click Edit Status make any changes and click Preview again HOW TO CHANGE THE STATUS OF A CENTER M The following rules apply when a center becomes Inactive Any periodic fee linked to the center record is not stopped Transactions can still be made A miscellaneous penalty or any amount that is due remains due The system will not allow users to apply any periodic fee type to the account except for an upfront fee and any miscellaneous penalty fees Follow these
136. area How to change site type temporarily 1 Click the Switch site type link on the top of the page 312 2 Welcome Administrator The last time you logged on was 21 03 12 You can navigate your way through Mifos using the links to the left the search tool below the tabs at the top To quickly find a Borrower Center Group or account you can Search by name system ID phone number or account number Page will be loaded in mobile version as shown below 313 How to change site type permanently 1 In the upper right corner of the Mifos screen click Your settings A list of all current settings appears 2 Your settings Click on Edit information link to modify your personal settings Your details Edit information First Name Mobile Middle Name Last Name User Email Date of Birth 01 01 2000 Age 12 Marital Status Gender Male Language Preferred English English United Kingdom en_GB Site Type Preferred MOBILE User Name mlo Change password Address Address City District Country Postal code Telephone 123456 Click Edit information link 314 Edit your settings You can modify the fields below Then click Preview Click Cancel to return to Your Settings without modifying information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Your details First Name Mifos Middle Name Second Last Name Last Name MFI Government ID 123 Email
137. asonal unpredictable and often lower than those of the regular commercial enterprises for which MFls disburse loans T his necessitates the need for MFls to have customized loans products which allow for more flexibility with the installment schedule 83 The Variable Installment Loans feature of Mifos enables MFls to accommodate this flexibility by specifying different gaps between installments as explained in the How to Manage Variable Loan Installments section T he next section deals with any fees that are attached to this loan Fees Attach fee types Click on a fee type in the left box to select Then click Add Upfront Loan Fee Periodic Loan Fee Add gt gt Loan Insurance Loan Application Fee 1 _ lt lt Remove OneTime15 M 1 In the box on the left are all fees currently defined in Mifos The box on the right contains any fees applied to this loan Click any fee on the left and then click Add gt gt to move it to the box on the right You can add more than one fee to this loan product To remove the fee from this loan product click it in the box on the right and then click lt lt Remove T he next section deals with accounting details for the loan product T hese details are sent to an external accounting application to keep track of the sources of funds and general ledger processing interest principal Accounting Sources offunds Click on a fund in the left box to select Then click Add
138. ation page in Mifos for centers groups and clients Disbursal Disbursement Paying out a loan Commontasks Dormancy Common tasks How long after a period of no activity dormancy in a savings account to mark the account as On hold The default is 30 days HowT oSetProductRulesAndAttributes EMI Equated Monthly Installment this is the amount payable to the MFI every month until the loan is paid back in full it consists of a portion of the interest as well as the principal See the Appendix for a discussion of how to compute this installment HowT oCalculateT heEMI Fee Types HowT oSetUpYourOrganizationPreferences Different fee types can be defined at the head office by authorized users The user must have Can define fee type permission in order to define a fee type Fees or Charges MFls can charge their customer fee for the various services offered Reasons for charging a fee can vary from one MFI to another Mifos system gives the flexibility to MFls and branches to define fee types to meet their requirements Examples of fee types can be client creation fee training fee or account creation fee HowT oSetUpYourOrganizationPreferences Fund Code HowT oWorkWithFunds A predefined numeric code for identifying funds Fund Type Common tasks Name for group of sources of funds Fund HowT oWorkWithFunds A source of money used to make loans or carry out other MFI functions Examples are donor funds and deposit
139. axi mum amounts shown in brackets Interest Rate Applicable interest rate 18 limited to the minimum and maximum values shown in brackets If a default field was defined for the product this field shows the default interest rate value he rate field can be zero but cannot be left blank ou may not change the interest rate once the loan has been paid out to the client he number of installments in which the loan will be repaid limited to the values shown in brackets he date when theloanis 02 07 2006 likely to be disbursed paid out If the client group has a meeting date the date must be one of the meeting dates his date will be usedas a Loan Start Date to generate the repayment disbursement when the loan is actually disbursed to the client This date can be in the past The repayment schedule will be regenerated when this date is updated If a client has no meeting date this date will not be checked against the meeting date schedule History information about the date change will not be available except in the change log ou may not change this date after the account is set to active in good standing status Grace Period Type how long to wait for or Payments late repayment that is how many installments If the loan product specifies No grace or if interest is automatically deducted at the time of disbursal this field cannot be used 202 ou can extend or reduce the length of
140. ay 01 Marcelo Group 4 Client Aqus Aqus ID 0005 000000068 Status M Active Loan Officer Brata2 Astritama Savings Account 000100000000252 Loan Account 000100000000280 Account null00000000482 Account null00000000496 Account 000100000C Also See Brata Brata Center Brata Group Finance 3 Select the required client by clicking on the client s name in the list The client s details are displayed similar to the screenshot below 207 Mati Teacher Edit Client status B Active System ID 0011 000000148 Loan officer wqe adw Activities Micro Enterprise Account information Open new account Loan Savings Loan Household Improvement m Active in Bad Loan Acct Standin 000100000000464 9 Outstanding balance 31469 0 Amount due 10570 0 Application Pending Approval jbLoan1 Acct 000100000000537 Savings Lazima Savings Acct 000100000000463 Balance 200 0 Client charges View details Amount Due 0 0 View all closed accounts 4 To create a new loan click on Loan on the top right of the Account Information section The following screen is displayed Select the required loan product the product with variable loan installment in this case Click Continue Loan account information Create Loan account Enter Loan account information Select a Loan instance Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to Clients amp Accounts without submitting inform Fields marked with an asterisk are requi
141. ayed on which you can specify name of account and GL Code 7 40 ro Mitos mam Administrative tasks Admin Manage Chart of Accounts Define new Charts of Accounts code Define new Charts of Accounts code ena Fields marked with an asterisk are required Name of account GLcode 7 After entering name and code click on Preview button and Submit to confirm the account creation 64 07 t eco Nz TOS tame cients Accounts repons EPTO Fnanciaiaccounting a ss Administrative tasks Admin Manage Chart of Accounts Chart of Account preview Chart of Account preview Name of account Petty Cash Accounts GL code 725 8 New account will by automatically added and listed on Manage Chart of Accounts page amp 5 05 Mitos S sme cumaos noone INTE RR Administrative tasks Admin Manage Chart of Accounts Chart of Accounts En d 411 ClientLoan Portfolio Add Modify Delete 412 Client Loan Portfolio Add Modify Delete e 5 Cash and bank balances Add 655 Loan Loss Provisions Add Modify Delete e 6612 Write offs Add e 20000 LIABILITIES Add e 30000 INCOME Add e 40000 EXPENDITURE Add 9 If you want to modify account if account wasn t previously used then click on Modify link next to account Modify Charts of Accounts code page will be displayed eH 4l Mitos mmm RECEN Administrative tasks Admin Manage Chart of Accounts Modify Chart
142. ayment schedule Compare with Cash Flow Frequency of installments weeks O months Specify the following Recur every 1 week s Calculate of Installments as Same forallLoans Bylastloanamount Byloan Cycle Min of installments Max of installments Default of installments 1 Grace period type Select lv J Grace period duration installments Enter information using the descriptions in the following table Loan product Description Example attribute Frequency of The frequency the payments are made Every week Instalments to the MFI In the Recur Every Box type the number of weeks or months in each instalment Calculate Click one of three choices number of Same for all loans The number of Installments installments does not vary 02 By last loan amount T he number of instalments depends on the amount of the last loan this client or group received By loan cycle The number of installments depends on the experience of the borrower prompt or late repayment for example with previous loans Max of The maximum number of installments in Installments which the loan can be repaid Min of The minimum number of installments in Installments which the loan can be repaid Default of The default value entered in the number installments of installments when defining a loan account The user will be able to change the installments value when defining a loan accoun
143. been made It is possible to apply misc charge or misc penalties to loans after payment has been made Loan repayment schedule will be recalculated like on screens below Running balance No Due date Date paid Principal Interest Fees Penalty Total Principal Interest Fees Penalty Total Installments paid 1 Ol Feb 2013 16 Jan 2013 2 500 240 1 0 2 741 12 00 1200 20 80 13 800 2 01 Mar 2013 16 Jan 2013 2 500 240 0 0 2 740 10 000 960 20 80 11 060 3 01 Apr 2013 16 Jan 2013 2 500 240 0 0 2 740 7 500 720 20 80 8 320 4 01 May 2013 16 Jan 2013 2 500 240 0 0 2 740 5 000 480 20 80 5 580 5 03 Jun 2013 22 Jan 2013 0 0 0 10 10 5 000 480 20 70 5 570 Future Installments 5 03 Jun 2013 2 500 240 20 2 830 6 01 Jul 2013 2 500 240 0 0 2 740 After applying misc penalty amount 30 repayment schedule will be recalculated like on screen below Date paid Principal Interest Fees Penalty No Due date Installments paid 1 01 Feb 2013 16 Jan 2013 2 01 Mar 2013 16 Jan 2013 3 01 Apr 2013 16 Jan 2013 4 01 May 2013 16 Jan 2013 5 03 Jun 2013 22 Jan 2013 Future Installments 5 03 Jun 2013 6 01 Jul 2013 36 2 500 2 500 2 500 2 500 0 2 500 2 500 240 240 240 240 0 240 240 oo O kr 2 741 2 740 2 740 2 740 10 10 2 860 0 2 740 12 500 10 000 7 500 5 000 5 000 1 200 960 720 480 Total Principal Interest Fees Penalty 20 20 20 20 20 Total 13 830 11 090 8 350 5 610 5 600 15 H
144. bmit THE SAVINGS ACCOUNT DASHBOARD The savings account details page dashboard shows the detailed transactions and functions related to savings accounts It includes the account status the recent activity status and transaction tracking details To view the dashboard in any Search box type the account number for the savings account You can also type the client or group name and click the account link from the details page for that client or group 22 The screen might look like the following Individual Savings Account 000100000000050 B Active Account balance 860 1 Total amount due on 29 03 2010 Recent activity View all account activity Date Description Amount 28 02 2010 Interest Posting 31 01 2010 31 12 2009 Interest Posting Interest Posting Account details Recommended amount for deposit 10 0 Type of deposits Mandatory Max amount per withdrawal 0 0 Interest rate 7 5 Additional information kay s savings More account and transaction details View transaction history Edit account status Edit Account Information Transactions Make depositwithdrawal Apply adjustment Close account Performance history Date account opened 17 07 2008 Total deposits 860 0 Total interest earned 25 1 Total withdrawals 25 0 Surveys Attach a survey View all surveys Recent notes No notes available Add a note View change log View status history The dashboard might incl
145. bmitting information Status Partial Application Application Approved Cancel When cancelling a Loan select an explanation from the dropdown list below Seled Note Preview Cancel e Complete the survey that displays and select Continue 302 Program Completion Date of Completed Training EF Purpose of Loan Agriculture Farming Agriculture Fishing Animal Husbandry Cattle Animal Husbandry OxenFattening Animal Husbandry Poultry Animal Husbandry Pigs Retail Restaurant Retail Clothing mir How many hours of business training 9 5 completed e 6 10 11 20 Change account status D 21 50 What financial literacy courses has client completed Savings 101 Im Z e n the Confirm status change page check the Client has completed loan survey checkbox and select Submit Home Clie amp Account Reports Admin Pasay Branch Barangay 01 Marcelo Group Livia Alvarez Standard Client Loan Standard Client Loan 000100000000637 Confirm status change New status M This is a note Mifos MAIN TEST ACCOUNT Do not modify MFI Complete and check off the following tasks Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to Loan account details without submitting information Client has completed loan survey Submit Cancel ASSOCIATING QUESTION GROUPS TO CLOSE WORKFLOWS 303 To associate a question group with a Close workflow p
146. c 103 e View and change group status e Add clients e Open new savings and loan accounts e View closed accounts e Edit group information e Edit center membership e Edit personal information e View summarized historical data e View the change log e View performance history e View and attach surveys e View and add notes Check the appropriate chapters of this manual for information on each of these HOW TO REASSIGN A GROUP TO A NEW CENTER If it ever becomes necessary you can reassign a group so that it is now associated with a different center Follow these instructions 1 From the Group Details page of the Group youd like to re assign scroll down to middle of this page and click Edit Center Membership If there is no center and you are reassigning the group to a new branch click Edit Branch Membership The Change Center Membership screen appears Suarez Group Change Center membership Enter a Center name and click Search Click Cancel to return to Group Details without submitting information Center Name 2 Type the name of the center you want this group to belong to and click Search 3 The center name appears Click its link 4 Review a summary of your change and click Submit The group is now included on the page for that center Note The meeting time and Loan Officer of the new center is inherited by the group and all its members Groups cannot be transferred unless all the active loan accou
147. can also define a new question Area Asad Business Growth Rate Business Reference 1 Business Reference 1 Comments Business Reference 2 Business Reference 2 Comments Client Neighbor Reference 1 Current Loan Cycle Do all children in the family of ages 6 to 14 go to school o Do any family members have salaried employment o Does the family own a refrigerator o 00000000 2 Click on the desired question to display the question answer type and the answer choices associated with the question Home Clients amp Accounts Reports Admin View Questions Does the household own a television Does the household own a television Question Does the household own a television Answer Type Single Select Answer Choices No Yes TO EDIT A QUESTION 1 Click Edit on the View Questions page Home Clients amp Accounts Reports Admin View Questions Does the household own a television Does the household own a television m Q mi Question Does the household own a television Answer Type Single Select Answer Choices No Yes 2 In the Edit Question page that displays the user may 213 e Change the status e Revise the question e Enter a new answer cholce Home Clients amp Accounts Reports Admin View Questions Edit Question Does the household own a television Edit Question Note Significant modifications of questions could affect reporting Complete the fields b
148. ccount activi pea Date Description Amount 27 06 2012 Loan Adjusted 65 598 36 i 27 06 2012 Loan Repayment 65 598 36 eee 27 06 2012 Loan Adjusted 65 598 36 Add a note 3 Enter payment amount and select mode of payment Transfer from Savings Account as it shown below 176 ClientBiWeeklyFlatLoan Apply payment Fields marked with an asterisk are required Date of transaction 2 DD oc MM 2012 YYYY Amount 1000 00 Mode of payment Transfer from Savings lv Account for transfer 000100000000045 ClientvoluntarySavings Y Receipt ID Receiptdate pp MM YYYY Cancel After selecting Transfer from Savings Account as a mode of payment the list of all active customer s Savings accounts is displayed and you select any of them NOTE If you select Savings account with insufficient balance to repay loan then validation message will appear once you try to submit transaction Insufficient Balance in savings account to make the payments If the amount entered is greater than the maximum amount per withdrawal limit on the savings account an error message The amount entered exceeds the maximum amount per withdrawal limit on the savings account is displayed 4 Click Review transaction button ClientBiWeeklyFlatLoan Apply payment Fields marked with an asterisk are required Date of transaction 2 DD 0 MM 2012 YYYY Amount 1000 00 Mode of payment Transfer from Sav
149. ce of funds Tsunami Funds for the loan as defined by the MFI Purpose of Click the purpose of the loan Loan Business work T he type of activity the client is Farming activities engaged in Collateral type T he type of collateral the client has Type 1 provided for the loan Additional Enter any additional information information required by your MFI in the custom Administrative Apply any set fees for this loan as Set Fees defined by your MFI 14 If you want to change the default fee amount for any fee displayed type the amount in the box If you want to remove this fee check the Check to Remove Box Additional Fee Apply up to a maximum of 3 type different fee types as defined by our MFI Attachments Ability to attach max 2 MB files 5 Click Continue 6 A screen appears summarizing the loan repayment installments The screen you see might look like this Account Owner Mati Teacher Loan Amount 2000 0 Disbursal date 16 03 2010 Loan Application Fee Amount 40 0 Installments Amount due Installment DueDate Principal Interest1 Fees Total 1 23 Mar 2010 181 8 9 2 0 0 191 0 2 30 Mar 2010 181 8 9 2 0 0 191 0 3 06 Apr 2010 181 8 9 2 0 0 191 0 4 13 Apr 2010 181 8 9 2 0 0 191 0 5 20 Apr 2010 181 8 9 2 0 0 191 0 6 27 Apr 2010 181 8 9 2 0 0 191 0 7 04 May 2010 181 8 9 2 0 0 191 0 8 11 May 2010 181 8 9 2 0 0 191 0 9 18 May 2010 181 8 9 2 0 0 191 0 10 25 May 2010 181 8 9 2 0 0 191 0 11 01 J
150. cessful run 27 Feb 2011 00 00 00 Tasktype CronTrigger Cron expression 000 m 2 SavingsintPostingTaskJob Next start 01 Mar 2011 00 00 00 Task Priority 5 Previous run start 28 Feb 2011 00 00 00 Previous run status Failed Show Details Most recent successful run 27 Feb 2011 00 00 00 Task type CronTrigger Cron expression 000 3 LoanArrearsAgingTaskJob Next start 01 Mar 2011 00 00 00 Task Priority 5 Previous run start 28 Feb 2011 00 00 00 Previous run status Failed Show Details Most recent successful run 27 Feb 2011 00 00 00 Tasktype CronTrigger Cron expression 000 4 ApplyCustomerFeeChangesTaskJob Next start 01 Mar 2011 00 00 00 Task Priority 5 Previous run start 28 Feb 2011 00 00 00 Previous run status Failed Show Details Most recent successful run 27 Feb 2011 00 00 00 Tasktype CronTrigger Cron expression 000 rm 5 BranchReportTaskJob Next start 01 Mar 2011 00 05 00 Task Priority 5 Previous run start 28 Feb 2011 00 05 00 Previous run status Failed Show Details Most recent successful run 27 Feb 2011 00 05 00 Tasktype CronTrigger Cron expression 050 6 LoanArrearsAndPortfolioAtRiskTaskJob Next start 01 Mar 2011 00 00 00 Task Priority 5 Previous run start 28 Feb 2011 00 00 00 Previous run status Failed Show Details Most recent successful run 27 Feb 2011 00 00 00 Tasktype CronTrigger Cron expression 000 60 On click of Run Selected Tasks the list of tasks selected for manual executio
151. chedule independent of meeting LSIM No These are all the settings you specified during the configuration process To change them return to the configuration guide and follow instructions 50 21 HOW TO SET RULES FOR DATA DISPLAY e How to define and change lookup options e How to specify that fields be mandatory and or hidden e How to define and change additional fields HOW TO DEFINE CUSTOMIZED LABELS This feature allows Mifos users to customize existing text based on their respective organizational needs and other regional preferences For example all labels in the Mifos system marked as Center could be replaced as Kendra which is the Hindi term for Center The following steps detail how this can be achieved 1 Go to Admin in Data Display and Rules section choose Define Customized Text A screen similar to the following is displayed Define customized text Click Add to enter in new customized text Select an item and click Editto edit the customized text Select an item then click Remove to remove the custom text Click Done to return to the Admin page Le Add Edt Remo Done 2 Click Add A screen similar to the following is displayed Add Custom Text Enter original text to be replaced and the custom text to replace the original text with Click Submit to add the new te Note that customized text is case sensitive and all references will be replaced Example I
152. click View Question Groups under Manage Questions Manage Questions o View Questions Add New Question o View Question Groups Add New Question Group o Activate Question Group 2 In the View Question Groups page that displays click on a W question group to view Home Clients amp Accounts Reports Admin View Question Groups View Question Groups Click on a question group below to view details and make changes You can also define a new question group Create Client o Additional Fields Create Client View Client o Client Business Information o PPI Survey Philippines Create Office o Additional Fields Create Office Create Personnel o Additional Fields Create Personnel Create Loan o Additional Fields Create Loan The question group page opens and displays the following The question group name The applicable workflow s to which it belongs Whether or not the response is editable Questions within the question group whether or not the question is mandatory and the status of the question active or inactive Home Clients amp Accounts Reports Admin View Question Groups Additional Fields Create Client Additional Fields Create Client Question Group Additional Fields Create Client m Q Applies To Create Client Is response editable No Misc Question Name Mandatory Status My Test Yes Active ESTRATO Yes Active PIN Number Yes Active 2 8 Note To view a question click on the
153. count 000100000000629 The loan now appears in the dashboard for each client with a green square indicating that it has been approved 250 65 HOW TO IMPORT M PESA TRANSACTIONS USING KOPO KOPO Kopo Kopo platform allows to accept and process payments in real time Corporate mobile money account s can be easily linked to Kopo Kopo account to benefit from number of services such as integration with money transfer systems extended reporting and payments analysis tools and many more Mifos integration with Kopo Kopo gives possibility to import M PESA transactions and apply them directly on customer s accounts T o be able to import M PESA transactions using Kopo Kopo you need to first create a new Kopo Kopo account Follow the steps below to see how to sign up and import transactions using Kopo Kopo 1 Go to https app kopokopo com companies sign up page to create a new Kopo Kopo account Fill the sign up form and click on Sign Up button KOPO KOPO EH LE 2 After signing up use your email and password to sign in on this page https app kopokopo com users sign in 25 O KOPO KOPO Ex gt Email Password Forgot your password Didn t receive confirmation instructions Didn t receive unlock instructions 3 After signing in you will see Kopo Kopo dashboard where you check sales and transactions for the last seven days To configure integrate Mifos with Kopo Kopo you need to first set up connection
154. count there is a need to have appropriate permissions Can define new loan product instance should be marked 1 On group details page click on Loan link 2 Select previously created Loan Product to see how to create Loan product check this chapter How to define new loan products 3 Fill all necessary gabs 4 Click on Preview and Save for approval Group loan details page with new GLIM enabled looks the same as loan details page with old GLIM The only difference are links Show near to the clients Client ID Client Name Government Loan Loan Individual ID amount purpose account 0020 000114966 AGAT Test 56789 1111 show 0020 000114967 dam 2 Test 56559 3000 show Note During Loan account creation not only group account is created but also loan accounts for every selected individual members in group 340
155. d 13 If you want to apply payment to the Group Loan click on Apply payment link as itis shown below 155 GroupWeeklyFlatLoan Edit account status 000100000000083 Bl Active in Good Standing Disbursal date 27 06 2012 Purpose of Loan Performance history Account summary View repayment schedule of payments 0 Total amount due on 29 06 2012 1 046 of missed payments 0 Amount in arrears 0 Days in arrears 0 View installment details r Original Loan Amount paid Loan balance Question Groups Principal 10 000 0 10 000 A s Interest 461 0 461 Fees 0 0 0 Recent notes Penalty 0 0 0 27 06 2012 Account Reopened Total 10 461 0 10 461 mios _ 27 06 2012 asda mifos Recent activity View all account activity Date Description Amount See all notes 27 06 2012 Loan Adjusted 10 046 03 Add a note 27 06 2012 Loan Repayment 10 046 03 27 06 2012 Loan Disbursal 10 000 14 On Apply payment page enter payment amount select mode of payment and click on Review trans action button Ashanti Branch Office Bekwai Center Municipal Group GroupWeeklyFlatLoan GroupWeeklyFlatLoan Apply payment Fields marked with an asterisk are required Date of transaction 28 DD 0 MM 2012 YYYY Amount 100 00 Mode of payment Receipt ID Za a Receipt date DD MM Em YYYY i oe 15 If all payment details are correct click on Submit button Ashanti Branch Office Bekwai Center Municipal Group GroupWeekl
156. d 5 Cancel When cancelling a Loan select an explanation from the dropdown list below Select Note 5 Click either Partial Application Application Approved or Cancel If you click Cancel you must click an explanation from the list that appears such as Rejected If the application was withdrawn click Withdraw If neither explanation fits click Other If there is a need to back date transactions and record disbursements that have happened in the past simply enter the past approval date which can be before creation date and then approve account Disbursal would still follow the rule that it must happen on or after the date of the approval NOTE To be able to approve loans in the past Back date approvals and BackDatedApprovalsAllowed option should be enabled in Mifos configuration file 6 In the Note box type a note explaining any reasons for your action 7 Click Preview to review your work 8 If a survey is required for this loan product you must check the Client has Completed Loan Survey box 9 Click Submit T he loan now appears on the details page with a green square showing that it is approved Individual Medical Edit account Loan status 000100000000609 E Application Approved Disbursal date 16 03 2010 Purpose of Loan HOW TO APPROVE MULTIPLE ACCOUNTS See How to approve multiple loans bulk loan approval under bulk transactions HOW TO APPROVE LOAN AMOUNTS BY DIFFERENT LOAN AMOUN
157. d amount loan fee A given fee can be applied multiple times to a customer account Interest is never charged on the fee amount Calculate fee as The system will match the periodicity of the fee to the meeting schedule or repayment schedule depending on whether it s a client fee for example tied to meeting schedule or a loan fee tied to repayment schedule Fees are computed automatically by the system General ledger code that applies to this fee GL Code these codes are set during configuration 3 When you have made all your decisions click Preview to see a summary 4 If you have skipped any required fields you see an error message such as the following e Please select Customers Products to which fees apply e Please specify Amount e Please specify GL Code 5 Fix any errors in the Define New Fees screen 6 When you are satisfied with the fee click Submit to save it If you decide not to create a new fee at this time click Cancel HOW TO VIEW EXISTING FEE TYPES Before creating any new fees look at the existing fee types to see if the one you want already exists 27 Click Admin gt View Fees You might see a screen like this Admin View Fees View Fees Click on a fee below to view details and make changes or define a new fee Product Fees o 2090Fee Loan o 2090IEfee Loan o Emily Fee Loan o Fee at Disbursal Loan o Loan Application Fee Loan
158. d check box means that the fee is applicable Additional fee type and amounts defined by m 4 When you have made all specifications click Preview and review your work 5 If you want to make changes click Edit Center Information make the changes and click Preview again 6 When you are satisfied with your changes click Submit If you decide not to create a center at this time click Cancel 7 A screen appears confirming the creation of the center and providing a system ID number You can use this number to find details on the center including its performance data quickly T he screen might look like this You have successfully created a new Center Please Note Rafaela Center has been assigned the system ID number 0002 0000000 10 You can enter a system ID number into the search boxto access Center details which also include a Center s account and performance data View Center details now Suggested next steps Create an account for this Center Create a new Savings account Create a new Center 99 The center details page might look like this Rafaela Center Edit Center Status B Active System ID 0002 000000010 Loan officer John Smith Groups assigned Add Group Click on a Group below to view the Group details Landings Group Malia Group Account information Open new account Savings Center charges View details Amount Due 0 0 View all closed accounts Center information Edit Center details MFI
159. d collect a fee either before this meeting date or on the day of the meeting Without the early repayment capability any fees applied wouldnt be able to be collected until the next meeting date Basic scenarios for early repayment of fees for a monthly meeting date of Dec 5 CNS R O SPAN uU m CL U UN LIJ li E EU EN EE OJ OJJ RA ICY PILA Apply and collect payment of fee on Dec 1 early Apply and collect payment of fee on Dec 5 day of meeting Without Early Repayment of Fees Apply Payment Fee can be applied prior ito meeting but not collected until Dec 5 Collection Sheet N A Apply Payment Fee can be applied to account but not collected till next meeting Jan 5 Collection Sheet Fee will not show up as due under A C column until next meeting for Jan 5 With Early Repayment of Fees Apply Payment Fee can be applied prior to meeting and collected on Dec 1 2 Collection Sheet N A Apply Payment Fee can be applied to j account and collected on Dec 5 Collection Sheet Fee will show up as due under A C column for meeting on Dec 5 r rly The steps below outline in detail the process you would follow to complete each of these scenarios Additional scenarios including back dating of fees are covered
160. d on the Program is not required to print an announcement T hese requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it T hus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program or with a work based on the Program on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may copy and distribute the Program or a work based on it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following a Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed u
161. d to the account Zero at the start of the Penalty loan The original loan amount This cannot be updated once the account has been approved Interest A computed value showing the interest due from the loan account based on the original loan amount The amount paid against the principal up to the present date The total interest paid up to the present date The amount paid can be greater than the amount calculated in the original loan if interest can be recalculated The amount paid against fees and miscellaneous fees up to the present date The total penalty amount paid up to the present date Original loan minus the amount paid The amount of interest remaining on the loan The unpaid fee amount expected from this account Penalties charged but not yet paid up to the present date T he total of the amounts listed above Repayment schedule At any time you can look at the repayment schedule including all repayments to date the number of repayments due dates and so forth for a group or an individual loan While you are looking at this page you can use the links there to apply payment adjustments and charges 134 The page might look like this Group Livestock Loan 000100000000616 Repayment Schedule as of 31 03 2010 Apply transactions Apply charges No Due date Date paid Principal Interest Fees Total Installments due y e 49 1 29 00 520 Future Installments s M
162. dar definition for next year 30 days before end of current year Start of Week Monday Off days Sunday Meeting in case of a holiday same_day Locale Country GB Language EN Accounting rules Maximum Interest 999 0 Minimum Interest 0 0 Number of digits before decimal 14 Number of digits after decimal for interest 5 Number of digits before decimal for interest 10 Number of interest days 365 Currency Rounding Mode HALF UP Initial Rounding Mode HALF UP Final Rounding Mode CEILING Currencies Currency INR Number of digits after decimal 1 Final Round Off Multiple 1 Initial Round Off Multiple 1 Client rules Center hierarchy exists Yes Groups allowed to apply for loans Yes Client can exist outside group Yes Name sequence first name middle name last name second last name Age check enabled No Minimum allowed age for new clients 0 Maximum allowed age for new clients 0 Additional family details required No Maximum number of family members 10 Process flow optional state Client pending approval state enabled Yes Group pending approval state enabled Yes Loan disbursed to loan officer state enabled No Loan pending approval state enabled Yes Savings pending approval state enabled Yes Miscellaneous Session timeout 30 minutes Number of days in advance the collection sheet should be generated 1 Back dated transactions allowed Yes Group loan with individual monitoring GLIM No Loan s
163. ddress 3 is unnecessary you can mark it as hidden Note Before marking a field as hidden be sure that you will not need it later MFl records that were created when the field was hidden may be different from those that are created later when the field is visible and this can create problems Follow these instructions to make the specifications 1 Click Admin gt Define Mandatory Hidden Fields A screen appears showing all fields for which you can make these specifications These are grouped 56 e Fields that are systemwide they appear everywhere in Mifos e Fields that are filled with information about clients and system users e Fields that are filled with information about groups e Fields that are used for loan accounts The screen looks like this Define mandatory hidden fields System wide fields External Id Ethnicity Citizenship Og JE E 5 Income USD per month Education level Photo LJ LJ LJ LJ LJ I OI Assigning Client to positions Address1 Address2 Address 3 City District State Country IDOCUO0 CO Postal code Receipt ID and Date Collateral Type and Notes Client system users fields Middle name A E 3 3 Second last name National ID Poverty Status jf a LJ LJ LJ DO I Spouse father middle name Spouse father second last name Phone number Trained LJ LJ LJ LJ Trained on Business work activities 0 Group fields Hide Trained o
164. display information about that question click Edit to edit the question group or click on a tab to exit the screen 289 5 HOW TO ATTACH A QUESTION GROUP One of the definitive features of Question Groups is that they can be attached at any stage of the workflow in Mifos Previously you could only attach surveys to different records with no control over the workflow stage they get displayed at In this section we demonstrate the previously existing capability to attach question groups to various records In the next section we ll demonstrate attaching to stages of the workflow i e Create Approve View ATTACHING A QUESTION GROUP AT THE VIEW CLIENT STAGE To attach a question group or survey 1 Click the Clients and Account tab 2 In the page that displays perform one of the following actions e Enter a name system ID phone number or account number for which to search e Select a branch office for which to search Mifos HO To review or edit a Client Group or account Search or Selecta Branch office gt Search by name system ID phone number or account Banglore BRJ ALKANDARA All Branch offices v BRJ ALSAMER BRJ ALTAHLEYA _ Search Budapest chennai Chitradiurasa m To search by name system ID phone number or account number 290 1 Enter the search criteria in the Search for text box 2 Select a specific branch office in which to search if desired or keep the de
165. download page With Mifos you can do the following things Set up microfinance institution MFI operations from scratch Maintain an MFI someone else created Change settings for your MFI Create and maintain a hierarchy of regions branches and centers within your MFI Create roles and assign permissions required by users at your MFI to work on Mifos Create users such as loan officers who can work with your MFI Create groups and register clients who will receive MFI services Create and change loan products Create and change savings products Create and maintain loan accounts Pay out disburse loans Collect repayments on loans Collect and keep records for all fees paid Create and maintain savings accounts Collect deposits and pay withdrawals for savings accounts Upload and create reports about MFI activity Before reading the rest of this manual be sure to read How to use this manual 2 HOW TO SETUP MIFOS OVERVIEW System recommendations Latest release notes Installation guide Configuration guide Deployment methodology Maintenance and post deployment plannin T his manual contains information on the use of Mifos once it has been installed and configured For information on what needs to happen before you start to use Mifos check the following sections SYSTEM RECOMMENDATIONS Before you install Mifos you must read the system recommendations and be sure that your system is suitable to run Mifos
166. e Interest Rate T he formula used to calculate interest due Type based on the amount of money borrowed For example the Flat rate sets the interest due as the product of the principal times the interest rate times the full term of the loan T he amount can be paid all at once or distributed throughout the loan period The Declining Balance rate charges interest on the outstanding loan at the end of the instalment period As the loan amount decreases the interest due decreases as well The Declining Balance Equal Principal Instalment is like the Declining Balance type except that the borrower pays equal instalments of principal for the duration of the loan and the interest is calculated on principal that has not been paid for the loan period The Declining Balance Interest Recalculation method calculates interest based on early or late and or partial or excess payments Installments are equal throughout the loan with the recalculation factored into the allocation between principal and interest for each installment Max interest rate The maximum interest rate that can be charged with this loan product Min interest rate The minimum interest rate that can be charged with this loan product Default interest The standard interest rate that is charged with rate this loan product if you do not make any changes to the rate The next section deals with the installments of the loan Repayment schedule Fixed rep
167. e Interest on Prepay Loan option for the loan in question mark the corresponding check box as shown below Loans product details Product instance name tsunami loan Shortname ts Description For reconstruction after tsunami Product category Select i Start date 30 DD 03 MM 2010 YYYY End date DD MM YYYY Applicable for Groups Include in Loans cycle counter Can waive interest on Prepay loan By default this feature is not enabled To enable feature for existing loan products Select the existing loan product for which the interest needs to be waived T o do this follow these instructions 1 Click Admin gt View Loan Products under Manage Products gt Manage Loan Products T he following screen with the list of loan products created will be displayed 78 lt A E r X Mi tos rursus riis TN Administrative tasks Admin View Loans products View Loans products o 3 Year Loan o advance interest o Agricultural Loan o Agrilculture Loan o Asset Financing o CO2 Revolver o Cristiano o Educational Loan o GC Monthly o GC Weekly o Group Livestock Loan o GRUPAL o Household Improvement Loan o Housing loan o income generation loan3 o incomegeneration 2 o Individual Medical Loan o Kiosk o personal loan without interest o personal loans o Ryan s Declining Loan Test o Sari Sari Stores o Semanal o Small Business Loan o Small business loan Level 1 o SM
168. e Program does not specify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 10 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANT Y 11 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE T HERE IS NO WARRANT Y FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMIT T ED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE ST AT ED IN WRIT ING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WIT HOUT WARRANT Y OF ANY KIND EIT HER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANT ABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALIT Y AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD T HE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECT IVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECT ION 12 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PART Y WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMIT TED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGE
169. e account and transaction details View transaction history View change log View status history The dashboard might include the following items Savings account number current status balance and account header amount due at next meeting if account is mandatory Recent Activity A list of transactions that have taken place with regard to the account Account Details Shows the savings account details which include recommended or mandatory amount for deposit type of deposit maximum amount allowed per withdrawal and interest rate More account Shows the status history change log and change and transaction history for the loan account details ransactions Provides the links to making a deposit withdrawal or adjustment or closing the savings account Performance 5how various account performance indicators such history as total deposits withdrawals and interest Recent Notes Shows the three most recent notes appended to the account with additional links to add a new note or view all the notes 216 55 HOW TO CREATE A NEW SAVINGS ACCOUNT The following are necessary for you to create a savings account e f the savings account is for a client or group the client and or group must be in Approved state e f the savings account is for a center the center must be Active Note You may not delete savings accounts You can create a new account from several places in Mifos One way is to navigate
170. e cases From Date and To Date e Output Type Reports can be generated in three formats PDF Excel or HT ML Output Type Por w HTML EXCEL We will go through several reports to show an example of creating a report in each of the different formats Generating a Report in PDF format PDF format is good when you simply need to view the data of the report or share it with an external audience and do no further data manipulation This example will show how to generate a PDF of the Balance Outstanding by Source of Funds report showing balance outstanding and other figures per source of funds in Mifos 250 1 Double click the Balance Outstanding by Source of Funds from lefthand folder repository 2 For Office select which office to run the report for I ve chosen office 2 3 For Source of Funds select which Source of Funds to sort the report by In this example l ve left it all 4 Choose date in As On Date I ve left it as today 2011 05 09 5 For Output Type select PDF Balance Outstandin amp 3 Balance Outstandin amp 3 L CZ office SourceofFunds AsOnDate Output Type Mi f Z C ofice2 2011 0509 POF m 25 Select One fund 1 fund 2 fund 3 fund 4 fund 5 6 Click Run Report Balance Outstandin 3 Balance Outstandin e 74 e w Office Source of Funds As On Date Output Type Mi tO Go boem s m etos ee tg o S Mi OS office 1 Balance Outstanding b
171. e full date after which loans of this type may be issued End Date The last date on which loans of this type may be issued Applicable For Click whether this is a loan given to groups or individual clients Include in Loan A Yes No choice for whether these loans count Cycle Counter towards the experience level of this borrower The default option is Yes An additional field titled Can waive interest on Prepay Loan is displayed Information on its significance and how the feature can be enabled is discussed in the next section 11 Waive Interest on Loan Repayment Mifos provides MFls the option to waive interest during repayment of certain Loan products In some cases this is used to reward clients who repay loans earlier than the required date When MFls exercise this option to waive interest for a certain product type clients repaying loans of that specific product type are not charged interest for the current active instalment Otherwise when a client repays a loan interest is captured for the current active instalment as well If the option to waive interest is not enabled the loan amount due is calculated as follows Amount due All installments unpaid Current installment due Future Principle amounts only T his feature can be specified for new as well as existing loan products To enable feature for new loan products Follow steps detailed in above section to define new loan product To select the Can Waiv
172. e here 7 Click Review Transaction and if you are satisfied with the updates click Submit Else click the Edit button and modify the transaction details Early fee repayment at the Group Level 09 When a payment is made at the group level the payment applies only to fees To make an early fee repayment at the group level select the group for which the fee needs to be collected There are two ways you can do this 1 As mentioned in the section Early repayment at the Center Level in any search box enter the name of the group and click Search T he group s matching the search string provided are displayed Select the required group 2 Alternately if you know the center to which the particular group belongs select the center as described in the previous section A screen like this will be displayed with the list of groups assigned to the Center Select the required group The rest of the procedure is the same as described for the Center Follow steps 3 5 outlined in the previous section Early fee repayment at the Center Level T he validations performed at the group level are also similar to that at the center level Early fee repayment at the Client Level T his is very similar to what has been outlined in the above two sections T he client can either be located through a search or by selecting the group to which the client belongs and then selecting the client from that group In the case of the latter a screen simi
173. e number of clients by automatically importing them from Excel file xls format You can import clients in any states with all necessary information T here is no difference between clents created manually and clients created automatically via import functionality HOW TO IMPORT CLIENTS FROM EXCEL FILE Follow these instructions 1 Click Admin gt Import client data Manage Imports and Exports Manage Questions o Impor transactions o View Questions Add New Question o Import client data o View Question Groups Add New Question Group O o Activate PPI Question Group o REST API Approval System Administration o View System Information o Shutdown o Batch Jobs A screen like the following appears Import client data Enter file information Complete the fields below Click Cancel to return to Admin without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Selectimportfile 2 Click on Browse and select previously prepared Excel file xls format which you want to import Note You may use example file to import Click here to download Excel file 3 If you chosen appropriate file click on Review Mifos imports file and checks for errors After that Mifos will display a confirmation that import was successful 4 Click Submit to continue with import Note You may click Submit button even if Mifos shows errors Then only valid rows are imported and invalid rows are rejected You ma
174. e number of rows that will be imported and a summation of the total transactions to be imported After uploading the Excel file and clicking Submit Mifos imports the file and displays a confirmation screen that the import was successful lt lt screenshot with confirmation message Once the file has been imported there is no option to revert the file upload COMMON ERROR MESSAGES WHILE IMPORTING Row 22 error Y88CM251 Missing required data This error message typically occurs when the order to apply transactions has not been defined T o resolve either define the default order for payment transactions in your properties configuration file or manually specify the short code of the product the transaction should apply to in the Transaction Party Details column of your import spreadsheet Row 18 error Y89QA171 Invalid transaction date 246 This error message typically occurs if you have the transaction date does not fall in the correct range Transaction date cannot be prior to previous meeting or later than today Le if last meeting date was Feb 18 and today is Feb 24 transaction date must be between Feb 18 and Feb 24 Row lt i gt error Receipt ID Transactions with same Receipt ID have already been imported This error message is displayed if a transaction with that Receipt ID has already been imported and exists in Mifos This is to prevent duplicate transactions from being imported Row lt
175. e reports guide You can also create and manage BIRT created administrative documents such a receipt forms and you can decide when these forms are available during procedures such as loan account applications See How to manage administrative documents for more details HOW TO UPLOAD NEW REPORT TEMPLATES You can upload new report templates from the View Reports page or you can click Admin gt Upload Reports Templates Note All templates must be BIRT files with the rptdesign format Follow these instructions 262 1 Click Admin gt Upload Reports Template T he following screen appears Upload report Enter report information Complete the fields below Click Cancel to return to Admin without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Report details Report title monthly progress Report category Client Report Select report template Choose File no file selected Preview Cancel 2 Enter information using the descriptions in the following table Title for the report The kind of report this is use the categories that you or your administrator set up during configuration Click Choose File browse your computer to find the report template file and double click it 3 The filename now appears in this section If you have chosen a non BIRT file you will see the following error message Please choose a Birt report to upload gt gt 4 Click Pre
176. eated that applies to a Create flow the sections and questions within it can be viewed on the second page of the workflow questions during that entity s creation T he user is expected to respond to the questions on this page The user will not be allowed to proceed to the next page if the questions have been marked mandatory in the question group definition The question group name is not visible on the capture response page Only the section headings and the associated questions are visible The sections and questions that belong to that question group are also visible on the Review and submit page during client creation T he responses to the questions are also visible here T he Edit additional information button on the Review and submit page lets the user edit the response to the questions that belong to the question group The questions and the associated responses can be viewed by clicking the View Additional Information link on the client details page The responses can be edited if the is response editable field was set to yes in the question group definition T he responses edited and saved are versioned For the Create Loan workflow the loan product has this question group applied for it to be available ASSOCIATING QUESTION GROUPS TO VIEW WORKFLOWS To associate a question group with a View workflow perform the following actions 296 1 On the Admin tab click Add New Question Group under Man
177. eater Accra Branch Office Accra Center Accra North Group Richard Brown ClientWeeklyFlatLoan ClientWeeklyFlatLoan 000100000000081 Change status Current status Application Pending Approval Select from the status options below Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to Loan account details without submitting information Status Partial Application Application Approved Cancel When cancelling a Loan select an explanation from the dropdown list Select V Date of transaction 27 pp e MM 2012 YYYY Note 4 Click Submit button to confirm the status change Validation message appears that user is not allowed to approve Loan with that amount as it is shown below 163 Greater Accra Branch Office Accra Center Accra North Group Richard Brown ClientWeeklyFlatLoan ClientWeeklyFlatLoan 000100000000082 Confirm status change New status B Application Approved User does not have permission to approve loans of this value 27 6 2012 note mifos Complete and check off the following tasks Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to Loan account details without submitting information Client has completed loan survey Edit status _ Submit Cancel How to writing off a loan Mifos provides functionality to write off transactions You may specify a date for writing off loan it can be current date or backdate To write off loan account follow instruction
178. ed in the past T o do that just enter the past date which can be before creation date and then approve account Disbursal would still follow the rule that it must happen on or after the date of the approval NOTE To be able to approve loans in the past Back date approvals and BackDatedApprovalsAllowed option should be enabled in Mifos configuration file LOAN SCHEDULE INDEPENDENT OF MEETING LSIM If your MFI intends to collect loan payments on nonmeeting days it can set up this LSIM system to adjust the repayment schedule During the configuration process the Allow Payments on Nonmeeting Days setting is turned on T hen in Mifos you see the following differences when you create a loan Ordinarily the default disbursal date is the next meeting date If LSIM Is activated however you can change this date to something else However this disbursal date must be in the future You can also change the default repayment day to a nonmeeting day in the Repayment Day field but it must occur at the same frequency as meeting days that is if the meeting occurs once a month the repayment day must be once a month You may not change the frequency of repayments Mifos calculates the repayment schedule including grace periods based on these dates HOW TO CREATE LOANS OF MULTIPLE FREQUENCIES 143 This feature allows MFIs to give clients loans of different frequencies Previously Mifos allowed only loan products tha
179. elow Then click Preview Click Cancel to return to Admin page without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Fund details Name DRT89 Fund code 93 a _ Preview Cancel 2 Type the name of the fund In the list of fund codes click the appropriate code 4 Click Preview to review the details of the fund If you want to change any details click Edit Fund Information make the changes and click Preview again 5 When you are satisfied with the fund details click Submit HOW TO EDIT FUND NAMES UJ 42 From the Admin gt View Funds screen click the Edit button for the fund you want to change In the Name box type the new name for this fund You may not change the code for this fund When you have made changes click Preview to review your changes If you want to make further changes click Edit Fund Information make those changes and dick Preview again When you are satisfied with the changes to the fund click Submit 43 17 HOW TO WORK WITH USER CHECKLISTS e How to define a checklist e How to view existing checklists e How to change a checklist Checklists are lists of things that should be done before an action is completed If you have the appropriate permissions you can set up checklists that your users will see every time they start an action such as approving a loan T he checklist serves as a reminder to the user to see that all proce
180. elow and click Submit Click Cancel to return to View question page without submitting information Status Active Inactive Question Does the household own a television Answer Type Single Select Answer Choice Add gt gt Choice Remove No Yes Notes A A note is displayed on the Edit Question page at all points of time which says Significant modification of questions could affect reporting B To change the status click on the corresponding radio button By default the status of the question is set to Active C While editing a question for single select multi select smart select smart select e Additional answer choices can be added e Only newly added answer choices can be removed e Existing answer choices are visible but cannot be edited or removed e For smart select tags can be added to existing as well as new choices Tags can be removed for existing answer choices as well e Both minimum and maximum values are editable for questions with numeric answer types e The system prompts the user with a validation message if mandatory fields are not filled before submitting 3 Click Add to post the answer choice Click Remove to remove the new answer choice 4 Click Submit to save the changes or Cancel to discard the changes e f Submit is selected the changes are saved and the user returns to the View Question details page The changes are reflected on that page e f
181. en you define new fees All loan accounts created from a loan product use the currency defined for that product 84 When you create the new loan product a currency field appears in the Loan Product Details section as shown here Product category Select lv Start date 2d DD os MM 2012 YYYY End date f loof lm lvvvv Applicable for Select Y Currency USD y Include in Loan cycle counter LJ B Can waive interest on repay loan All fees associated with that loan product must also use the same currency When the user chooses a loan product to create a loan account from the currency for that product appears in the definition of the product 05 29 HOW TO MANAGE THE PRODUCT MIX If you have the appropriate permissions you can decide which types of products a given client or group can mix In this way you can restrict clients from having active loans or savings accounts of different products at the same time For example if you have three different loan products A B and C you can make a rule that if a client has loan A they can have loan B but not C To establish the mix of loans and savings products that you want to allow follow these instructions 1 Click Admin gt Define Products Mix The following screen appears Add a new product mix Enter product mix information Complete the fields below Then click Preview Click Cancel to return to Admin without submitt
182. ent details dashboard page might look like this Posey Deane Do owe 07 1G Duo 5 7 Madeline Frau Madeline Frau Bde Essle n iL JJ42 2JJ CU N s office Bale tasang Akil cz Account information Pertormance History Low Sende 2 rz unt ot wel Log 237 0 3 ct mn Loni 1 Dc meae Pda x 22 T dd Sure is 735 Fuck qe Stead Neer ge Kest I Low Orde per Pod xt wer naw aseri rl Loan Singa Eduzatoca Loan 2 Singye Hcuszte d in roser ere Lasi 1 Indxidua Savings cccunt 4421 20001000000000 7 BAcive P b d cic od Loon 1 Da sncz 735 Su chive Cas ilona d Surveys Chat charges Viet in Bl na ri meunt Que nc TTE PE Recem Notes z TE r 17 072409 ope ed TEST 4 CCOUAT Do fact Sone ME MFI information ALWE pnrmapun Felamal ine Zam al ohare Anda wh Cheni stait dae 700712322 Rern il2 d By Eh kzezlan Training Sema bared un C9 52 Group Memherstip amp Meeting Detalls Wesiny Rer every 1 Weeki on Saluda Cemer Cice Group 54 Personal information Nala C Firth MY SET 43 mars ne Nalerel Db red Falh dana Tam Yamal 2 chided Chnicity Ecsheatan Lavi Poverty I dais Very pcer Citzenshi Hon Chzen Additional information 5a eerstanrsidn chu Chiro Mame the car nn neut ge Yew summer zed Aztonczi waz ire changelog From the client dashboard you can do the following NO View and change client status Open new savings and loan accounts
183. er of times the interest is compounded per year Frequency of Interest ype the frequency of l month every month Posting to Accounts posting into the accounts Posting is always at the for example interest is end of the period posted to the savings _ defined accounts once a month Changes to this account will affect future transactions only 92 he frequency of deposit is inherited from the client s meeting frequency Min balance required for Enter the smallest interest rate calculation balance that the account must have before it can accrue interest If the amount is lower than the amount entered here interest will not be applied 5 In the Accounting section if you have general ledger codes for deposits and interest click those codes in each list 6 When you have made all choices for this savings product click Preview 7 Review your choices If you want to make changes click Edit Savings Product Information make changes and click Submit If you decide not to create a savings product at this time click Cancel HOW TO CHANGE SAVINGS PRODUCTS If you change savings products that are already in use the changes affect all future savings accounts created from those products but they do not affect savings accounts that were created before Follow these instructions 1 Click Admin gt View Savings Products A screen appears like the following View Savings products Click on a Savings produc
184. erform the following actions 1 On the Admin tab click Add New Question Group under Manage Questions Manage Questions o View Questions Add New Question o View Question Groups Add New Question Group o Activate Question Group 2 In the Add Question Group page that displays Question Group Title Applies To sem ria Close Client Create Group Is response editable Section Heading Misc 3 Enter a question group title in the Question Group T itle text box 4 In the Applies To text box select a Close workflow 5 If the response should be editable indicate this by clicking on the checkbox Leave it unchecked if the response should not be editable 6 Keep the default section heading that is displayed in the text box or enter a new section heading Selectfrom list of existing questions Add new question Select Questions E Asad Business Reference 1 E Business Reference 1 Comments E Business Reference 2 Business Reference 2 Comments Client Neighbor Reference 1 Current Loan Cycle Y Misc remove Question Name Mandatory Area 7 Business Growth Rate Do all children in tne family of ages 6 to 14 go to school E Do any family members have salaried employment 5 Check the appropriate radio button to indicate whether an existing and or new question should be added to the section 6 Select the desired question or create a new question
185. es Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice 336 This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 9 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If th
186. escheduled Closed Written Off Date of transaction 2d pp 3 MM 2012 YYYY Note Apply charges Disburse Loan Performance history of payments 0 of missed payments 0 Days in arrears 0 Loan maturity date Question Groups Attach a stion Grou Recent notes 21 02 2011 Application Approved Mifos MFI See all notes Add a note 4 Date of transaction is default set as current date You can specify different transaction date e g enter backdate but it can not be less then the last payment date or the last meeting date Note You will be able to write off loan with backdate only if Back dated transactions allowed Yes option is enabled in the system You can check if this option is enabled in your system in Admin tab on View organization settings page If LSIM option is enabled only the last payment matters and you can enter date which cannot be before the last payment date If LSIM is disabled then transaction date must not be before the previous meeting date or last payment date 165 166 Type all necessary fields and click Preview to check your entries or Cancel if you don t want to change anything at this time If you like to change anything click Edit status to return to the earlier screen When the entries are correct click Submit to save them or if you decide not to change any label at this time click Cancel 48 HOW TO DISBURSE A LOAN e How to reverse a loan disbursal e
187. f original text is client and custom text is member client will be replaced with member throughout However Client will not be replaced with Member Fields marked with an asterisk are required Original Text Custom Text _ Submit Cancel Two fields are displayed 5 Original Text This refers to the text that needs to be replaced In the scenario discussed above the original text would read Center Custom Text This refers to the text that the orig inal text needs to be replaced with In the scenario discussed above the custom text would read Kendra Enter the required values for both fields and click Submit 3 The Define customized text screen which previously was unpopulated now contains the customization that was defined and added to the system A screen similar to the following is displayed Define customized text Click Add to enter in new customized text Select an item and click Edit to edit the customized text Select an item then click Remove to remove the custom text Click Done to return to the Admin page Center gt Kendra po dd Edt Removes Done In this case Center is the old label which has now been replaced by Kendra If satisfied with the changes made click Done This will replace all occurrences of Center in the system with Kendra 4 To check if the changes have been effected go to the Clients and Accounts page by clicking on the C
188. f you like to change anything click Edit information to return to the earlier screen 7 When the entries are correct click Submit to save them or if you decide not to change any label at this time click Cancel 15 HOW TO CHANGE LANGUAGE BY CHANGE PREFERRED LANGUAGE LINK 1 Click on Change Preferred Language on the right corner on Mifos website ei Switch site type Change Preferred Language Your settings Log Out ou O 5 Clients amp Accounts Reports Admin The last time you logged on was 24 04 12 Manage Create new Group Create new Client You can navigate your way through Mifos using the links to the left the search tool below the tabs at the top Manage Accounts Open new Loan Account Open new Savings Account To quickly find a Client Center Group or account you can Enter Collection Sheet Data Search by name system ID phone number or account number _Search 2 You might see a screen like this Change Preferred Language x Current Language English English United Kingdom en GB v Change NOTE Some languages are not completely translated stats Mifos Localization Learn i18n L10n A 3 Choose your preferred language from drop down list and click Change HOW TO ADD NEW LANGUAGE TO MIFOS Mifos is currently fully translated into many different languages other translations are in progress Full stats of all languages can be viewed at http translatewiki ne
189. fault All Branch offices Click Search 4 In the page that displays click the desired client name d Reports Admin All Branch offices Search for mar 16 results for mar in All Branches 1 Client Marcia Agarwal ID 0002 000000206 Status E Active Loan Officer Lorenz Guzman Savings Account 000100000000634 Account 000100000000731 Loans Account 000100000000635 Account 000100000000729 Also See Pasay Branch Center 6 Group 8c 2 Client Client Mary Asanti ID 0004 000000017 Status Bi Active Loan Officer Jenna Barth Savings Account 000100000000577 Account 000100000000718 Loans Account 000100000000260 Account 000100000000293 Accour Also See Para aque Branch Center3 Group3 3 Client Marc Vinson Chua ID 0002 000000045 Status Bi Active Loan Officer Sally Magalang Loans Account 000100000000344 Also See Pasay Branch Barangay 06 Ramos Group 4 Client Maria Cipriano ID 0002 000000004 Status Bi Active Loan Officer Lorenz Guzman Loans Account 000100000000704 5 n the client page that displays click Attach a Survey on the right side of the page under Surveys Pasay Branch Barangay 01 Suarez Group Maria Cipriano Maria Cipriano Edit Client status BActive System ID 0002 000000004 Loan officer Lorenz Guzman Activities Account information Open new account Loans Savings Loans Educational Loan Acct 000100000000704 Pending App
190. fees functionality after applying the fee manually to the client on Dec 5 this would not show up on the Collection Sheet Entry page until the next meeting date of Jan 5 e System validations and other notes When an amount is entered the system performs the following validations o The amount entered should not be greater than the total fee owed by the client In case the amount exceeds the system throws an error message o The amount repaid can be less than the amount expected for that period In this case the system simply transfers the remaining unpaid amount towards the next payment assessed as overdue charges o n the case of repayment of savings penalties too if an amount less than the expected amount is repaid the system simply considers it as a partial repayment of penalty The balance amount now appears as the opening balance to be repaid by the client at the next meeting o As mentioned above the fee payment is applied in the following order m Overdue charges One time fee Recurring fee However in case of collection sheet entry only payments on the meeting date or backdated payments before the meeting date is allowed Recurring fee payment for a meeting date which has not occurred yet is not allowed Only backdated recurring fee for an already elapsed period or recurring fee for the current meeting date is allowed So in the case of repayment through CSE when a fee payment is made all overdue charge
191. ffering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 4 You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is vold and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works T hese actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Program or any work based on the Program you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it 6 Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on the Program the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restr
192. fine new and change existing loan products O anita Anderson 2010 Modifications Adam Feuer 2010 Adam Monsen 2010 Clytie Siddall 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kay Chau 2010 How to define and change new savings products O anita Anderson 2010 Modifications Adam Feuer 2010 Adam Monsen 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kay Chau 2010 How to attach and collect surveys O anita Anderson 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Clytie Siddall 2010 328 Ed Cable 2010 Kay Chau 2010 How to disburse pay out a loan Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Feuer 2010 Adam Monsen 2010 Clytie Siddall 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kay Chau 2010 How to enter Collection Sheet data anita Anderson 2010 Modifications Adam Feuer 2010 Adam Monsen 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kay Chau 2010 Mike Dash 2010 Tracy Mehoke 2010 How to import transactions anita Anderson 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Mike Dash 2010 How to log in and log out Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Edward Cherlin 2010 Kay Chau 2010 Kris Mani 2010 How to make transactions for a loan account Ed Cable 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 anita Anderson 2010 Clytie Siddall 2010 Kay Chau 2010 How to manage loan account details anita Anderson 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kay Chau 2010 How to manage the product mix anita Anderson 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Van Mitt
193. for later state Can create new loan account in Can create new loan account in Submit for approval state Submit for approval state Can change state to partial Can change state to partial application application Can change state to Approved Can change state to Approved Maximum loan amount 10000 Can change state to Cancelled Can change state to Cancelled Can change state to Disbursed to Can change state to Disbursed to LO LO Can change state to pending Can change state to pending approval approval Can change state to Closed Written Can change state to Closed Written off off Can change state to Closed Can change state to Closed rescheduled rescheduled Can edit Loan account information Can edit Loan account information Can add notes to loan account Can add notes to loan account Loan Transactions After that Mifos allows this role only to approve loan which amount is less than specified Follow the steps below to see how Mifos handles situation when user tries to approve loan with amount greater then allowed in his role 1 If Maximum loan amount is set as 10000 for the role then create a new Loan Account with greater amount e g 20000 as it is shown below Greater Accra Branch Office Accra Center Accra North Group Richard Brown ClientWeeklyFlatLoan ClientWeeklyFlatLoan Edit account status 000100000000081 E Application Pending Approval Performance history Disbursal date 02 07 2012 Purpose of Loan s o
194. formation are typed correctly click on Submit How to create a new Loan account with penalties 1 If you want to add automatic penalties to Loan account select Client or Group and click on its name to display account details 2 Under Account information section you will see Open new account click on Loan to create a new loan account 3 Select Loan product with previously added penalty from the drop down list and click Continue 4 Enter all necessary information 5 In Administrative Set Penalties section you will see all penalties added to Loan product with amount and calculation frequency Administrative Set Penalties Penalty1 Periodicity Daily 6 If you fill all mandatory fields click on Continue check all information and click Preview If everything is typed properly click on Save for approval to create Loan Account How to apply penalty via Apply charges link There is also possibility to add penalty by clicking on Apply charges link on Loan details page in Transaction box You will see a screen like following 39 SHG Client 34 Apply charges Select charge type Penaltyl vj Amount Daily Select from drop down list a penalty which you want to add and click Submit On loan details page under Account details section you will see newly added penalty Recurring account penalties Penalty1 100 Daily Remove One time account penalties How to remove a penalty Once you have added penalty
195. formation changes Addition removal of fee types Addition of notes and change in collateral notes Status changes includes changes that were made by the user and the system 321 Checklist HowT oWorkWithUserChecklists Checklists specify what steps must be completed before changing the status of accounts or customer records can proceed Each time a user attempts to change the status of an account or customer record the Checklist defined for that state change is shown to the user T he user can read through the checklist and make sure all the requirements are met T hese checklists will be associated with all workflows for accounts and client records but are not automated Checklist types include Center Group Client Loan Savings Client Common tasks To create a client you need to choose to attach a client to a branch or group and enter the client details T he following steps provide more details on the how to create a client T he individual client can have savings accounts and borrow money according to the rules of your MFI HowT oCreateANewClient Collection Sheet Collection Sheet Report HowT oEnterCollectionSheetData The collection sheet Web form shows all payments expected on that day and situations requiring attention including missed payments and missed meetings Dashboard HowT oViewPerformanceHistory Information page in Mifos for centers groups and clients Details Page HowT oViewPerformanceHistory Inform
196. g the loan account he loan amount and repayment schedule have been approved by the MFI All loan account parameters including the interest amount loan term and funding source of the account are frozen and cannot be changed at this state Approved TP PP he loan account can be canceled when it is in this status If there is a need it is possible to approve loan in the past It can be done by setting the past approval date which can be even before the creation date while changing the status to Approved 1 Can be changed to this status once the loan has been disbursed to the customer Active in The Actual disbursement date can be entered at this point and the loan account grace period starts counting where applicable This status confirms that the loan has been issued to the client 158 A loan can be rescheduled if the MFI allows rescheduling he current loan account has to be closed with the status marked as Closed Rescheduled and a new loan account must be created it can have the same or different conditions and rules compared to the previous loan Rescheduled he system will not link the old and new accounts ransactions can still be applied to accounts in this status but the user will be given a warning before proceeding In performance reporting and other reporting this loan will not be counted as part of the loan cycle 1 The system moves the account to this state automatically when the loan amount is com
197. gging into Mifos with PC or mobile phone Mifos will automatically display the version of the Ul that is optimal for your screen Depending on your needs you can set the site type permanently or temporarily You have also an alternate way to access Mifos by using Mifos Android Client which is mobile version of Mifos Mobile client allows user to view the most important information about the customers and accounts and to perform the basic financial operations To see more information click lt LINK gt Currently mobile optimized pages Currently you can view the mobile optimized interface for the following sections of the Mifos application text indent Oin gt Home page Selected date option Borrowers amp Accounts page Client and accounts pages View center details View group details View client details View account details Search results In the future it will be updated so more pages will provide mobile options How to change site type Mifos is by default set to automatically render pages based on device type If you run Mifos on mobile device i e smartphone feature phone etc then mobile version of web page is automatically loaded But if you prefer to view Mifos pages in standard way then you can use Switch site type link this option does not cause permanent changes and after next launch system you will see website as it was set in Your settings or set different site type permanently in Your settings
198. gt error Receipt ID Date does not begin with expected format YYYY MM DD This error message is displayed if the date is not in the proper format of YYYY MM DD HH MM ss Row lt gt error Receipt ID Client with mobile number mobile number was not found This error message if the mobile number specified in the Other Party Info column of the import spreadsheet does not belong to a client in Mifos This is the primary way in which Mifos references an M PESA transaction The first 10 digits in the Other Party Info column are recognized as a phone number and compared with the Client s Phone Number field in Mifos If there is not a match the message is displayed Row lt gt error Receipt ID More than 1 client with mobile number mobile number was found Likewise M PESA accounts must be unique and transactions can only be applied to one customer account if the phone number matches more than one Phone Number in Mifos this error message will be displayed 247 64 HOW TO APPROVE MULTIPLE LOANS BULK LOAN APPROVAL You can approve loans one at a time for each individual client see How to change the status approve close loan accounts or you can approve them all at once To do the latter follow these instructions 248 Click Clients amp Accounts In the left navigation pane at the bottom click Approve multiple loans A screen like the following appears Branch _Seject
199. h Barangay 01 Marcelo Group 4 Client Aqus Aqus ID 0005 000000068 Status M Active Loan Officer Brata2 Astritama Savings Account 000100000000252 Loan Account 000100000000280 Account null00000000482 Account null00000000496 Account 000100000C Also See Brata Brata Center Brata Group Finance 3 Select the required client by clicking on the client s name in the list The client s details are displayed similar to the screenshot below Mati Teacher Edit Client status B Active System ID 0011 000000148 Loan officer wqe adw Activities Micro Enterprise Account information Open new account Loan Savings Loan Hausen z D m Active in Bad Loan Standin 000100000000464 9 Outstanding balance 31469 0 Amount due 10570 0 Application Pending Approval jbLoan1 Acct 000100000000537 Savings Lazima Savings Acct 000100000000463 E Active Balance 200 0 Client charges View details Amount Due 0 0 View all closed accounts 4 To create a new loan click on Loan on the top right of the Account Information section T he following screen is displayed Select the required loan product the product with variable loan installment in this case Click Continue 200 Loan account information Create Loan account Enter Loan account information Select a Loan instance Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to Clients 8 Accounts without submitting inform Fields marked with an asterisk are
200. h Click Cancel to return to Clients amp Accounts without submitting information Name Jack Gray 3 Select appropriate client from the list w w w Transfer funds Select beneficiary Enter a Client or Group name and click Search Click Cancel to return to Clients amp Accounts without submitting information Name Jack Gray f ma Search Show results 1 Ashanti Branch Officej Jack Gray ID0002 000000026 1 to 1 of 1 results 4 On the next page you will see the list of active Savings accounts of selected beneficiary client with balance summary Click on the account number to which you want to transfer funds w o Select Account b Enter details Transfer funds Select savings account to credit Beneficiary Jack Gray e 000100000000065 ClientMandatorySavings Account balance 0 00 Select different beneficiary Cancel Filter lt lt lt M gt gt b Review amp submit 229 5 Enter transfer details and click Submit to apply transfer w w o Enter details b Review amp submit Transfer funds Enter transfer details Credited account 000100000000045 ClientVoluntarySavings Account balance 100 385 68 Beneficiary Jack Gray Beneficiary account 000100000000065 ClientMandatorySavings Account balance 0 Fields marked with an asterisk are required Date of transaction 29 DD 06 MM 2012 YYYY Amount 2000 Receipt ID Receipt date DD MM YYYY Select different
201. he default interest rate value he rate field can be zero but cannot be left blank ou may not change the interest rate once the loan has been paid out to the client he number of installments in which 112 the loan will be repaid limited to the values shown in brackets Disbursement The date when the loan is likely to be 02 07 2006 Date disbursed paid out If the client group has a meeting date the date must be one of the meeting dates his date will be used as a Loan Start Date to generate the repayment schedule This field can be updated with the Actual disbursement when the loan is actually disbursed to the client This date can be in the past he repayment schedule will be regenerated when this date is updated If a client has no meeting date this date will not be checked against the meeting date schedule History information about the date change will not be available except in the change log ou may not change this date after the account is set to active in good standing status ype how long to wait for late repayment that is how many installments If the loan product specifies No grace or if interest is automatically deducted at the time of disbursal this field cannot be used ou can extend or reduce the length of the grace period if the grace period has not yet expired he grace period starts as of the day the loan is disbursed to the client Source of Click the applicable sour
202. he plugin supports the import of loan repayments and savings deposits into Mifos Incoming payments are first applied towards the current amount due on any applicable loans and the remaining amount is then deposited to a savings account INSTALL AND CONFIGURE PLUG IN To install and configure the plug in refer to the documentation available here T he M PESA mode of loan repayment should also be added to the mifos system as lookup option and payment type Add MPESA as Lookup Option 1 Click Admin gt Define Lookup Options 2 Under category Payment Modes add MPESA T o add this option click the edit option next to Payment Modes A textbox to add a new payment mode is displayed Add MPESA and click Submit IMPORT ANT This must be MPESA not M PESA or any other variant Admin Define Lookup Options Add Edit Lookup Option Add Edit Lookup Option Payment Modes MPESA Submit Cancel 3 After clicking Submit check and ensure that MPESA has been added to the list displayed under payment modes 24 Payment Modes Cash a Voucher Add Cheque Edit MPESA ZAP hd Add M PESA as Payment Type Before adding M PESA as an accepted payment type make sure that it has already been added as a Lookup Option 1 Click Admin2 Define Accepted Payment Types The following categories and fields will be displayed e Clients Groups Centers o Fees e loans o Disbursements o Repayments e Savings o Withdrawals o Depo
203. he user is returned to the client page e f Cancel is selected the entry is discarded and the user is returned to the client page Home Clients amp Accounts Reports Pasay Branch Maria Cipriano Maria Cipriano Enter survey data Misc Type of Document Passport Ration card 5 PAN Voters ID Drivers License Type of Document Number Gender Male Female Stability of Business if applicable Semi fixed House based business Store shop market ATTACHING A QUESTION GROUP AT THE VIEW CENTER STAGE To search by branch office 1 Click the scroll bar or the up and down arrows to move to the desired branch office 2 Click the branch office 3 In the branch office page that displays perform one of the following actions e Enter a Client Group Center name system ID phone number or account number in the Search for text box and click Search e Select a loan officer and then select a center Clients amp Accounts Reports Admin Banglore To review or edit a Client Group Center or account Search or Select a loan officer To search enter a Client Group Center name system ID phone number or account number SUKesndg s Selecta Center Lviv Rajesha sample Vijayanagar2 e In the center account information page that displays click Attach a 292 Survey on the right side of the page under Surveys Home Reports Admin Banglore Lviv Lviv Edit Center
204. hecklists View checklists Click on a checklist below to view details and make changes or define a new checklist Centre lima checklist Active Group o Crit re de groupe Active Client Loan o Loan Approval Application Approved o sh Application Pending Approval Savings 2 To see the details of a checklist click the link for that checklist HOW TO CHANGE A CHECKLIST From the Admin View Checklists screen click the link for a checklist and then click Edit Checklist Information Follow the instructions above to make and save changes 46 a HOW TO WORK WITH HOLIDAYS T he repayment schedules that you set up can be interrupted by holidays If you have the appropriate permissions you can add holidays for your organization and set the rules for when repayments ordinarily due on that due will actually be due Note You may not delete a holiday once you have added tt HOW TO DEFINE HOLIDAYS 47 1 2 3 4 Click Admin gt Define New Holiday The following screen appears Add Holiday Fields marked with an asterisk are required Holiday Name From Date DD MM YYYY To Date DD MM YYYY Repayment Rule Select gt Applies To gt HeadOffice Preview cance Enter information using the descriptions in the following table AOR The name of the holiday MN name From Date The first day of the holiday 04 08 2010 The last day
205. ication Pending Approval screenshot below ac Edit Member status Application Pending Approval System ID 0002 000000037 Loan officer Joe officer Activities No loan can be disbursed to a client while in the pending approval state Change the status to Active by clicking on Edit Member Status A screen similar to the following is displayed ac Change status Current status Application Pending Approval Select from the status options below Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to Member details Status Partial Application Active Cancel When cancelling a Member select an explanation from the dropdown list below Select Note active Change the status to Active in order to disburse loans as shown in the screenshot 144 below Monthly User E Active System ID 0002 000000036 Loan officer Joe officer Activities e Ensure that the required loan product has been created with a frequency of installments set to 1 month The loan product should not be a variable installment loan For details on how to create a non variable installment loan product with monthly installment frequency look up How to create a new loan account Once the client has been created follow these steps to create a monthly loan for a Client that meets weekly 1 Log in to the Mifos system and select the required client for whom the loan has to be disbursed The client can be selected through the
206. ice Create Personnel Create Center View Center Create Savings View Savings Create Loan View Loan Approve Loan Disburse Loan Is response editable Section Heading Misc Select from list of existing questions Add new question Select Questions Area 7 Asad Business Growth Rate Business Reference 1 Business Reference 1 Comments Business Reference 2 Business Reference 2 Comments zi _Add Questions _ Submit Cancel 1 Enter a question group title in the Question Group Title text box 2 In the Applies To text box select the workflow or entity to which the new question group applies 3 If the response will be editable indicate this by clicking on the checkbox Leave it unchecked if the response will not be editable 4 Keep the default section heading that is displayed in the text box or enter a new section heading 5 Check the appropriate radio button to indicate whether an existing and or new question will be added to the section 6 Click Add Questions to post the question 7 After the question is completed the user may 283 e Remove the question by clicking the Remove link e Add another question by following steps 4 6 3 Make the desired changes 4 Click Submit to save the changes or Cancel to discard the changes e f Submit is selected the changes are saved and the user returns to the Administrative tasks page T he changes are reflected
207. ich might govern the approval approval process These processes can be specific to each MFI and will not impact Mifos functionality A record can be saved in this state after the mandatory fields according to the attributes table have been filled Client has been Approved and is eligible to open a savings account or apply for a loan or is eligible for other products offered by the MFI Every client has to have a loan officer to be active Active A client application can be cancelled due to various reasons e Client can withdraw the application The application was rejected by an Officer of the MFI The client is not eligible as the client has been Blacklisted e A duplicate client record already exists and thus one record is being canceled Cancel On hold This status means No new accounts can be opened for the client Interest in the client s savings account will keep on accumulating but no withdrawals will be allowed Deposits will be allowed No new loans will be disbursed to the client but repayments for current loans will be as scheduled On Hold status of a client should be indicated on all the client s accounts to ensure that the client is unable to operate the accounts On Hold status can either be changed to Closed or Approved The rules of the respective status will then be applicable on the record A client record can be closed to indicate that the client is not banking with the branch anymore or a
208. ictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License 7 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practic
209. icular client A selection from the list of all the active savings product categories he full date after which products of this type may be Issued he last date on which products of this type may be Issued Click whether this is an account given only to centers roups or individual clients The next section sets rules for deposits and withdrawals Targeted Deposits and Withdrawal Restrictions Type of deposits Voluntary Recommended Amount for Deposit 50 Amount Applies to Select Max amount per withdrawal 3 Enter information using the descriptions in the following table Description Click whether deposits are voluntary or mandatory A voluntary deposit means that the client s or group s assigned this product are not obliged to save a mandatory product means that savings deposits must be made as defined in the product ype the recommended value of each deposit If the type of deposit is mandatory and the savings account requires a monthly deposit for example the client s or group s must make a savings deposit on a monthly basis If you chose Groups in the Applicable For Amount Applies list above you can choose who the to recommended savings amount applies to the individual or the group T hat is the group could be responsible for the deposit amount dividing it up among the clients in the group or each client could be individually responsible for the deposit amount I
210. il Region Office address Address1i 345 avenida real Address2 Address 3 City District nivocade State FE Country Langerhans Postal code 456 EUF Telephone 45 23 56732 Enter information using the descriptions in the following table Office name js PNE E Kakakpura office Office short name anon ate OFTHE knkp office Area Office Branch Office type Office etc Area Office he office that is a Parent office level higher in the Office office hierarchy 224 Wheeler Road NGEF Layout Karnataka India 560090 91 80 23456787 Additional information 1 Click Preview to check your entries 2 If you want to change anything click Edit Office Information to return to the earlier screen 3 When the entries are correct click Submit to save them If you want to discard all information about this office click Cancel The new office appears in the display of offices you can see when you click Admin gt View Offices 19 HOW TO CHANGE THE DETAILS OF OFFICES 1 From the details screen for a specific office click Edit Office Information Use the table above for information on how to fill in new information for the office details 2 Click Preview to review your changes If you want to make further changes click Edit Office Information make those changes and click Preview again 3 When you are satisfied with your changes click Submit to save the changes 20 12 HOW TO WORK WITH ROLES PE
211. ing information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Product mix details Producttype Loan Product instance nam Group Livestock toan 13 Remove not Click on a product in the right box to select Then allowed click Remove products gig business DB 1994 PrinOnly LINE OF CREDIT Add 1994Product AAP Test Product _ lt lt Remove adsaq 1 Bi weekly test loan M _ Preview Cancel 2 Enter information using the descriptions in the following table Product Name Click a loan product or savings account product you can then restrict the types of other loans or savings accounts that an individual client or group can have in addition to this product Remove Not Allowed All other products in this category are by default Products in the allowed section to the right To mark a product so that it cannot be used by a client group at the same time as the Product Name you chose click that product and click the lt lt Remove button The product moves to the box on the left To cancel the restriction and allow a product to be offered at the same time as the original Product name you chose click that product and click Add gt gt 86 That product moves to the box on the right 3 When you have made your choices click Preview to review your work 4 A list of products that are allowed appears follow by the list of products that are not allowed in combination with the product you o
212. ings Y Account for transfer 000100000000045 ClientVoluntarySavings Y Receipt ID Receiptdate DD MM YYYY 5 Verify that all payment details are appropriate and click on Submit button 177 ClientBiWeeklyFlatLoan 000100000000043 Review transaction Review the transaction below If satisfied click Submit Click Cancel to return to account details without submitting information or to try again with changes Date of transaction 29 06 2012 Amount 1 000 Mode of payment Transfer from Savings Receipt ID Receipt date Edit transaction EE After that funds will be transferred from Savings account and applied as payment reflecting this hierarchy Penalty gt Fees Interest gt Principal 6 You can check that payment has been applied ClientBiWeeklyFlatLoan Edit account status 000100000000043 Bi Active in Good Standing Disbursal date 27 06 2012 Purpose of Loan Performance history Account summary View repayment schedule of payments 0 Total amount due on 06 07 2012 6 098 of missed payments 0 Amount in arrears 0 Days in arrears 0 View installment details y a Original Amount paid Loan balance Question Groups Loan Principal 65 000 401 64 64 598 36 Attach a Question Gr Interest 5 984 598 36 5 385 64 Recent notes Fees 0 0 0 Penalty 0 0 0 27 06 2012 Account Reopened Total 70 984 1 000 69 984 27 06 2012 Account Reopened zx mifos Recent activity View all account acti
213. instructions 123 1 Click Clients amp Accounts 2 In the Search box type the name of the center and click Search 3 In the results box click the name of the center you want The details page dashboard for that center appears 4 Click Edit Center Status The Change status box appears It might look like the following screen Barangay 01 Change status Current status Active Select from the status options below Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to Center details without submitting information Status O Inactive Note _Preview Cancel 124 42 HOW TO VIEW PERFORMANCE HISTORY e Performance history of a center e Performance history of a grou e Performance history of a client On the details page dashboard for centers groups and clients performance history is summarized in a box at the upper right PERFORMANCE HISTORY OF A CENTER For a center it includes the following e Number of active clients T otal number of clients belonging to the center irrespective of the client status e Number of active groups T otal number of groups belonging to the center irrespective of the group status e Total loan portfolio Total original value of all outstanding loans including all groups loans and client loans This does not include group funded loan products e Total savings All the savings accounts of the center PERFORMANCE HISTORY OF A GROUP For a group it includes the fol
214. it Cancel Notes Mandatory s Remove remove remove remove Order 219 To change the status click on the corresponding radio button By default the status of the question is set to Active If the section heading is left blank questions that are added are posted under the Misc section Section headings cannot be edited Within a question group a question cannot be a part of more than one section To mark a question as mandatory click the Mandatory checkbox To change the order of a question click the up or down arrow beside the question To select an existing question click Select from list of existing questions Type the question name in the Selected Questions text box When the desired name displays click the checkbox beside the name Use the scroll bar or the up and down arrows on the question name menu box to locate the desired name When the name displays click the checkbox beside the name e o add a new question click Add new question Refer to How to add a new question e To add a new section heading 1 2 Enter the new section title in the Section Heading text box Click Select from list of existing questions and select a question or questions from the Select Questions menu click Add new question to create a new question Click Add Questions to post the new section heading and questions The following graphic depicts the Edi
215. itting information Import information Import format ke co safaricom MPesaxisimporter Import file name K Pesa Sept30 sample xls Import Status 8 rows were read e rows contained no errors and will be imported e 4rows will be ignored e 4rows contained errors and were not imported Total amount of transactions imported 0 0 Total amount of transactions with error 1900 0 The following row s contain errors and will not be imported Row 177 error Y80GNS07 Missing required data Row 187 error Y89QA171 Invalid transaction date Row 19 ignored Y89KV 087 Transaction type Business Paymentto Customer instead of Pay Utility Row 20 gt ignored Y89KV 087 Transaction type Business Paymentto Customer instead of Pay Utility Row 21 error Y88CU 327 Invalid transaction date Row 227 error Y88CM251 Missing required data Row 23 ignored Y87TG598 Transaction type Business Payment to Customer instead of Pay Utility Row 24 ignored Y87TG598 Transaction type Business Payment to Customer instead of Pay Utility Save Error Log Editimport information Cancel To correct the error click the button Edit Import Information T his will direct the user back to the main page displayed below and the corrected file can be uploaded again HOW TO VERIFY THAT DATA HAS BEEN IMPORTED If there are rows that contain no errors and will successfully be imported you will see a screen like below with th
216. ity to MFls and branches to define fee instances to meet their requirements Examples of fee instances are a client creation fee a training fee and an account creation fee HOW TO DEFINE A FEE TYPE 1 Click Admin gt Define New Fees You see a screen like the following Define a new fee Enter fee information Complete the fields below Then click Preview Click Cancel to return to Admin without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Fee details Fee Name membership Fee Applies To Centre H Default fees vf Frequency Periodic One Time Select time of charge for one time fees Upfront Fee Calculation Amount 50 OR of Calculate Fee As Select Accounting GL Code 6201 2 Enter specifications using the descriptions in the following table see Name for the fee Kaj Level of organization where this fee will apply Center Check if fee is charged to all check How often the fee is assessed Period every month for example or One Time Frequency If you select One Time in the list below it One time select the time at which this fee will be charged In the Amount box PE eee the amount of the fee Use this if you want to calculate the fee as a fixed amount or a percentage of another amount If you have configured Mifos to use multiple currencies for loan products you can specify the currency for a fixe
217. k Cancel HOW TO APPROVE A SAVINGS ACCOUNT When an application for a savings account is made the account appears in the Account Information section of the client or group dashboard with a yellow circle as in the following screen 220 Account information Open new account Loan Savings Savings Mandatory Savings lication Acc App Pending 000100000000617 Approval Balance 0 0 e o approve the account click the link for the account e Click Edit Account Status The following screen appears FreeSavings 000100000000637 Change status Current status Pending Approval Select from the status options below Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to Savings account details without submitting information Status Partial Application Active j Cancel When cancelling a Savings select an explanation from the dropdown list below Note Preview Cancel e Click Partial Application Active approved or Cancel not approved e f you click Cancel click a reason for our action from the list that appears You might reject the application or the client might withdraw the request e n the Notes box type any information about your reasons for approving delaying or not approving the savings account e Click Preview to review your work e f you want to make any changes click Edit Status make the changes and click Preview again e When you are satisfied with the change in status click Su
218. k continue 9 The next section is for MFl related information MFI related information Recruited By Sally Magalang External Id Trained vf Trained On Date 0f pp 0 MM 2010 YYYY 10 Enter information using the descriptions in the following table Field Description name p 108 fl MFI related information Select the loan officer to be assigned to Recruited the client This is applicable if you b selected to assign the client directly to a y branch otherwise the value is inherited from the group Define the meeting schedule This field appears only if you assign the client directly to the branch otherwise the meeting schedule is inherited from the group A client can be created without a meeting schedule if there is no need for one Such client s name will not appear in the collection sheets External The client s unique identifier in another ID system that shares client details with Mifos Trained Has the client been trained Trained Dec On The date when the client was trained 2005 The next section is for client fees Administrative set fees RF 50 0 Periodicity One time f Check to Remove Apply additional fees Fee Type New Client Fee Amount 10 0 Fee Type Select Amount Fee Type Select Amount Enter information using the descriptions in the following table Processing fee type from the list and type the fee 3 00 amo
219. ked as Partial Application More data can be added or the record can be edited in this state he record contains all necessary data and is waiting for approval Before and after this point there could be some offline processes which might govern the approval process These processes can be specific to each MFI and will not have an impact on Mifos functionality pproved T he savings account has been approved After this the customer can start transacting and operating their savings account In case there are no transactions in the savings account for a certain number of days the default is 30 the state is automatically changed to lnactive If a transaction is made the state will changes to Approved A savings application can be cancelled for various reasons e he customer can withdraw the application e The application was rejected the MFI e Because the customer is blacklisted they are not eligible 1 From the account dashboard click Edit Account Status 2 In the Status section click the Status you would like the Account to change to 3 In the Notes box type a reason for the change in status 4 Click Preview to review the change 5 If you want to make changes click Edit Status make changes and click Preview again 6 When you are satisfied with the changes click Submit The account dashboard shows the new status 223 57 HOW TO MANAGE SA VINGS ACCOUNT DETAILS You can make changes to the rec
220. lar to the following is displayed T he client can then be selected from the list of clients assigned After selecting the client follow steps 2 5 outlined above for the remaining process of applying an early fee repayment at the client level T he validations performed are similar to that at the center level Note In case a particular client has both penalty and fee due then the repayment is applied in the following order penalty is repaid first and if there is excess balance the fee is repaid EARLY FEE REPAYMENT THROUGH COLLECTION SHEET DATA The collection sheet is set up to make your collections easy After you type in the information for the branch loan officer date and mode of payment you see a form that already includes all payments and deposits that are expected on that date As already mentioned collection sheet entry cannot be used to make early repayment of fee for a meeting which has not occurred yet It can only be used to make payment on the day of the meeting or back dated payments before the next meeting date If unfamiliar with using Collection Sheet Entry please visit the How to enter collection sheet data section of the User Manual To access the collection sheet entry page click Clients and Accounts gt Enter Collection Sheet Data and a screen similar to the following will be displayed mifoscollsheetl png 34 e Once you ve clicked through Continue a screen appears summarizing all the accounts a
221. lateral details It includes a link to a section where you can create a receipt for payment More account and Shows the status history change log and change history for the loan transaction details account Transactions Provides the links to applying a payment an adjustment or a charge to the loan account Performance Show various loan account performance indicators history Recent notes Shows the three most recent notes appended to the loan account with additional links to add a new note or view all the notes LOAN ACCOUNT SUMMARY 133 The section displays the original loan the amount paid and the balance for the principal the loan interest and the total fees and penalties on the loan account These amounts are further subdivided by the balances for the loan account the amount paid and the loan balance Totals for the original loan related amount the amount paid and the total loan balance appear as well The summary might look like this Group Livestock Edit account Loan status 000100000000616 E Application Approved Disbursal date 22 03 2010 Purpose of Loan Account View repayment summary schedule Original Amount Loan Loan paid balance Principal 500 0 0 0 500 0 Interest 16 0 0 0 16 0 Fees 0 0 0 0 0 0 Penalty 0 0 0 0 0 0 Total 516 0 0 0 516 0 T he following table explains the entries shown on this page Principal Fees T he amount expected from this account according to the fee types attache
222. ld states Voluntary accounts have no minimum deposit though there is a recommended deposit amount that can be included in the definition of the savings product THE SAVINGS ACCOUNT DASHBOARD T he savings account details page dashboard shows the detailed transactions and functions related to savings accounts It includes the account status the recent activity status and transaction tracking details 215 To view the dashboard in any Search box type the account number for the savings account You can also type the client or group name and click the account link from the details page for that client or group The screen might look like the following Individual Savings Account Editaccount status Transactions 000100000000050 Make deposit withdrawal Apply adjustment Bi Active Close account Account balance 860 1 Performance history Total amount due on 29 03 2010 Date account opened 17 07 2008 Recent activity View all account activi Total deposits 860 0 Date Description Amount Total interest earned 25 1 28 02 2010 Interest Posting 0 0 Total withdrawals 25 0 31 01 2010 Interest Posting 0 0 Surveys 31 12 2009 Interest Posting 0 0 Attach a survey View all surveys Account details Recommended amount for deposit 10 0 Edit Account Information No notes available Type of deposits Mandatory Max amount per withdrawal 0 0 Interest rate 7 596 Add a note Additional information kay s savings Mor
223. le Formula To calculate the yearly APR use the following formula APR Interest Amount Period of Calculation 360 or 365 Principal Number of Weeks 7 Here is an example using the following values Calculation period 365 days Interest amount 40 Principal 200 Number of weeks 24 APR 40 365 200 24 7 43452 43 452 Notes You can schedule meetings every month or every two weeks If you schedule meetings every two weeks there may be some months that have three meetings and three payments For accuracy you must configure Mifos for at least three extra decimal places of precision See the accounting settings in the configuration guide 320 a 3 GLOSSARY Accepted Payment Types HowT oDefineAcceptedPaymentT ypes Forms of payment accepted by an MFI The default choices are cash check cheque and voucher Account Status History The account history shows listing of loan status changes with the first entry being the first status assigned to the loan when it was created The information can be used to track the progress of the loan the efficiency of the loan officer or MFI approval process not found Account Howtocreateanewloanaccount WhatlsASavingsAccount Savings account or loan account with an individual client or group Activity A function provided in the Mifos software that a user can perform Adjustments HowT oViewAndWorkWithGroupDetails Changes made to an acco
224. licensed at all T he precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0 This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License The Program below refers to any such program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running the Program is not restricted and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program Whether that is true depends on what the Program does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program s Source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License a
225. lients and Accounts tab Center has now been replaced by Kendra as displayed in the screenshot below Mifos HO To review or edit a Client Group Kendra or account Search Search by name system ID phone number or account number All Branch Offices Note The customized textis case sensitive and all references will be replaced For example If the original textis client and the custom text is member then client will be replaced with member throughout In addition clients will be replaced with members However Client will not be replaced with Member 5 If you want to change your entries mark an item from the list click Edit 52 Admin Define customized text Define customized text Click Add to enter in new customized text Select an item and click Edit to edit the customized text Select an item then click Remove to remove the custom text Click Done to return to the Admin page External Id gt External ID Handicapped Handicaped Postal Code Postal code Bulk entry gt Bulk Entry Client gt Borrower State gt state hea GU L Add Edit Remove Dom You may see a screen like following Edit Custom Text Edit the Custom Text and click Submit Fields marked with an asterisk are required Original Text Bulk entn Custom Text Bulk Entry Submit Cance Original text field is not editable Change a text in Custom Text field on appropriate o
226. ll allowed amount and click Submit button Allowed amount 100 Amount 100 0 _ Submit Cancel After clearing the whole amount overpayment section is no longer displayed on Loan Account details page App y adjustment Performance history of payments 17 of missed payments 0 Days in arrears 0 Loan maturity date 29 06 2012 Question Groups Attach a Question Grou Recent notes 26 04 2012 Account Reopened Mifos MFI 26 04 2012 efef Mifos MFI See all notes Add a note HOW TO APPLY PRINCIPAL PRE PAYMENT PRINCIPAL PRE PAYMENT OPTION IS ENABLED ONLY FOR LOAN ACCOUNTS WITH DECLINING BALANCE OR DECLINING BALANCE EQUAL PRINCIPAL INSTALLMENT INTEREST RATE TYPE IF YOU ADD SUCH LOAN ACCOUNT TO CLIENT OR GROUP THEN YOU WILL SEE ON LOAN ACCOUNT DETAILS PAGE IN TRANSACTION BOX AN ADDITIONAL OPTION NAMED APPLY PRINCIPAL PRE PAYMENT AS IT IS SHOWN BELOW APPLY PRINCIPAL PRE PAYMENT OPTION ALLOWS YOU TO MAKE MORE THAN ONE TRANSACTION ON THE SAME DAY EVEN IF YOU APPLIED A PAYMENT FOR INTEREST ON THE SAME DATE THERE IS ALSO A POSSIBILITY TO MAKE PRINCIPAL PRE PAYMENT ON NON MEETING DATE I E ON A DATE ON WHICH THERE IS NO ENTRY IN THE LOAN SCHEDULE TABLE OR IF THE DURATION OF THE LOAN WENT BEYOND WHAT WAS ENTERED INTO LOAN SCHEDULE TABLE BY MIFOS IF YOU WANT TO APPLY PRINCIPAL PRE PAYMENT TRANSACTION FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTION BELOW 1 CHOOSE APPROPRIATE CLIENT OR GROUP AND ENTER LOAN ACCO
227. llaneous penalty fees Follow these instructions 119 120 Click Clients amp Accounts In the Search box type the name of the center and click Search In the results box click the name of the center you want The details page dashboard for that center appears Click Edit Center Status The Change status box appears It might look like the following screen Barangay 01 Change status Current status Active Select from the status options below Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to Center details without submitting information Status Inactive Note _Preview Cancel Click the button for the new status In the Note box type a note explaining why this status is changing Click Preview to review your change If you want to make further changes click Edit Status make any changes and click Preview again HOW TO CHANGE THE STATUS OF GROUPS AND OR CLIENTS T he following table shows the various states that a client can be In Assigned to the client if the record has been Partial created but data is incomplete or the user does not application want the status to be as Pending Approval status can be marked as Partial Application This is an optional state and can be omitted during the initial system setup by the MFI Record contains all necessary data and is waiting for approval Before and after this point there could be some Pending offline processes wh
228. loan amount is in the box the range for this type of loan R w appears on the right Purpose of The appropriate purpose for each Education Loan cient or group 238 y o Select Clients Create Loan Accounts Search Clients Creer Jelais srid click Teseth Clic lt Csrcel o ralum lo Clisnts accounts without suamili my irfcemstion Loan instance nam Emanmercs Loar Account Owner Loan Amount Allowed Amount No of mstallmer s Purpose of Loan o Cant Cherry San Petro ID 00C7 00CC00NN3 n n 100 0 100000 f Salatt Loan officer Sally Magalang Paszy Branch 1 Sarangay 01 f Suamz Group Lier War o prrano JJU UJJUULLU 500 0 JUU U 1ULUJU 9 amp alart Loan officer Saly Kagalang Passy Drerich Zerangsy 1 f Quarez Group E Clem Ana Flores ID 0C02 000030005 5300 0 300 0 100000 9 Seletl Loan officer Saly Magalang Pasay Branch s Sarangay 1 r Fane Group Cent Lro Aware IC CC32 ECOJUDUS 7 5000 0 30 0 100090 5 Salart Loan officer Salty Magalang Passy Brerrch Serangey 1 r Warzelu Group EJ Chem Chsrisse Ann Aguinsice ax 0902 5300 0 300 0 100000 9 Select 00000020 Loan officer Saly Magalang Pasay Branch 1 Sarangay 1 r Marcelo Group r Clem Fryan Valdez 2002 33000 033 5000 10 300 0 100000 5 Balatt Loan officer Sally Magalang Pasay Brerich 22rangey Uf reris Group 7 When you are satisfied with the loans click Submit for Approval or if you want to submit this loa
229. log might look like this 191 jbLoan1 000100000000537 Change Log Record Creation Date 17 01 2010 Date Field OldValue NewValue User Application m 18 03 2010 Status Pending Application mitos Approval Approved _Retum to account details To return to the center details page click Back to Details Page HOW TO VIEW AND ADD NOTES ABOUT THE LOAN You can record any notes about the loan T o see all notes already recorded in the recent Notes box at the bottom right of the screen click See All Notes Any notes added in other sections such as account information or adjustments appear in this section as well To add a note follow these instructions 1 Click Add a Note T he following screen appears Barangay 01 Add note Enter a note in the field below Then click Preview Click Cancel to return to Centre details without submitting information Note Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetur adinisicin elit _Preview Cancel 2 In the Note box type the note 3 Click Preview to review your work If you want to make changes dick Edit make changes and click Submit The note now appears in the Recent Notes section 192 HOW TO MANAGE VARIABLE LOAN INSTALLMENTS e How to create a variable installment loan product e How to create a new loan account with variable installments e How to create a new loan account with variable installments and cash flow comparison HOW TO CREATE A VARIABLE INSTALLMENT
230. low instructions below 1 On the Admin tab click Add New Question Group under Manage Questions Manage Questions o View Questions Add New Question o View Question Groups Add New Question Group o Activate Question Group 1 Enter a question group title in the Question Group Title text box 2 In the Add Question Group mark all items in Applies to field Note If you mark Create Loan then an additional checkbox will appear Click on checkbox if you want to add question group automatically to all loan products If you don t select this checkbox then you need to associate Question Group manually during every Loan Product creation or edition 3 If the response should be editable indicate this by clicking on the checkbox Leave it unchecked if the response should not be editable 4 Keep the default section heading that is displayed in the text box or enter a new section heading Question Group Title Applies To Apply to all Loan Products Is response editable Section Heading Misc 5 Select the appropriate radio button to indicate whether an existing and or new question should be added to the section 6 Select the desired question or create a new question 7 Click Add Questions to post the question 8 After the question is completed the user may e Remove the question by clicking the Remove link e Add another question by following steps 4 6 307 Select Questions Misc remove
231. lowing e Number of active clients T otal number of clients belonging to the group irrespective of the client status e Amount of last group loan Last largest group loan disbursed e Average individual loan size Sum of active loan amount for all dient loan accounts Number of active client loan accounts e Total loan portfolio Total original value of all outstanding loans including group loans and all client loans This does not include group funded loan products e Portfolio at risk The remaining balance of all outstanding loans that have one or more installments of principal past due more than 30 days total original value of all outstanding loans Principal amounts of loan product loans not group funded loan product excluding interest e Total savings All the savings accounts of the group e loan cycle per product The number of times a loan product has been used for a loan account If the group has taken two agricultural loans and three cattle loans for example the performance history displays the following education loan 2 cattle loan 3 The counter is incremented when a loan account is approved and decremented for rescheduled loans or written off loans PERFORMANCE HISTORY OF A CLIENT For a client it includes the following 125 Loan cycle number A loan cycle number is incremented when a new loan account is opened for the client Rescheduling or writing off a loan decrements the loan cycle count Amou
232. lty Limit Minimum a Cumulative Penalty Limit Maximum Interest Calculation Amount Penalty Application Frequency None gt Accounting Details GL Code Select x 2 Enter mandatory information using table below Attribute Name Description 37 Penalty Name Penalty Applies To Grace period Type Grace Period duration Cumulative Penalty Limit minimum Cumulative Penalty limit maximum Interest Rate calculation type Penalty Application Frequency GL Code Name of the penalty to be created Loan Savings product 1 None 2 Number of installments 3 Number of days Number of installments days Minimum allowed penalty Maximum allowed penalty If the penalty is a fixed amount enter the fixed amount value otherwise enter the calculation basis of Outstanding Principal Amount Outstanding loan amount Overdue amount due Overdue principal 1 Daily Calculate and add penalty daily 2 Weekly Calculate and add penalty every week 3 Monthly Calculate and add penalty every month 4 None for one time fixed penalty List the GL Codes with GL account name 3 After filling all necessary fields click on Preview If everything is typed properly click on Submit How automatic late penalties are calculated Penalty is calculated at the end of the day EOD by the batch jobs and it is based on the criteria defined on the penalty Grace period type GL Codes
233. lumn is compared against the Phone Number field under the Client record in Mifos 244 Transaction Party Details his field will include Mifos Product Code if there is one and other information such as Client s Group ID etc A value is required here if no default order to apply transactions has been defined in the properties configuration file If the Mifos Product Code is different than the default order set in ke co safaricom MPesaXlslmporter lmportT ransactionOrder then this field will include the short names of product s applied to the client s accounts Logic behind payment application If there is a product name specified after a client ID then payment is applied to that particular product If no product name is specified then all transaction amounts will be applied according to the default order which was specified initially For example Lets assume ke co safaricom MPesaXislmporter lmportT ransactionOrder ALI NLISP1 where ALI NLI and SPI are product names In this case all rows that do not specify a product name after the client ID will have their transaction amount applied to in this order Only the next payment due will be applied In this example if the client owes 10 on ALI next instalment and 20 on NLI and the client pays 100 then those respective amounts would be applied and then 70 deposited in SPL Repayments versus Disbursals Repayments and Deposits will have the Transaction type of Pay Utility
234. message will be displayed as follows 210 Cash Flow Details e Indebtedness rate of the client is 75 which should be lesser than the allowable value of 30 Note System adds loan amount to the revenue of disbursal month Month Expense Revenue March 2011 300 600 April 2011 200 400 May 2011 100 500 June 2011 200 400 July 2011 200 500 Total Capital 6000 Total Liability 4000 Formula for Calculation of Repayment Capacity Repayment Capacity T otal revenues T otal expenses Loan Amount 100 Sum of Installments amount Example During loan product definition the Repayment Capacity limit has been set as 150 Assume a Rs 1000 loan is being applied for Assume sum of all expenses entered by the user on the cash flow page is Rs 5000 and the sum of all revenues entered is 10000 Assume the sum of all installment amounts is 1500 Repayment Capacity 10000 5000 1000 100 1500 400 T he Repayment Capacity of 400 is over the required minimum capacity of 150 Thus Mifos allows the loan to be created 8 After the cash flow details have been entered and the system allows the loan to be created the Review Installments page is displayed T he page contains details of the installments and a summary of the cash flow A screen similar to this will be displayed 21 Loan Amount 500 0 Disbursal date 18 04 2011 Can configure variable installments Yes Minimum gap between installments 1 days Maximum ga
235. mp submit Review the information below Click Submit if you are satisfied or click Editto make changes Click Cancel to return to Admin page without submitting information Import information Import format org almajmoua AudiBankXisimporter Import file name AudiUSD SevenTransactions 6 xls Import Status 1 rows contained no errors and will be imported Editlmport information 5 Click Submit to import a file or edit information if you want to make changes 184 How to display and clear overpayment 1 Click on Clients amp Accounts tab and type an appropriate Client Name 2 Choose a client from the list and click on Client Name to display his details Client details page looks like following MyOmcrOHMET Det Center grosgihous oan ChentWithl oam 20110221 Open new account Loan Savings Client mergencyt oan Acct 000100000000015 I Active in Good Standing Outstanding InteresmWarverl oan Acet AO 199000000074 W Active in Good Standing m Acme Chent charges rw details Amount Due 0 View all closed accounts MFI information Lon MFI onformapon Enema kd Chent start date 18022011 Recrutted By loan oficer 3 To display closed accounts click on View closed accounts under the list of loans and savings accounts Choose appropriate Loan Account and click on its name to display details page 4 On the right panel you will see an Overpayments section which displays overpayment amount made during import transac
236. n gt View System Users type the name of the user and click the Search button 2 All users with that name appear identified by their office View system users Search users by Name hassan _ Search 1 Chennai Region hassan hasan Results 1 1 of 1 3 When you see the one you were searching for click that name to see details on that user How to change a system user 1 Search for details on a system user in any of the following ways e n the Admin screen type the system ID for the user in the box in the left navigation panel and click Search e From Admin View System Users type the name of the user and click Search e n the user details screen that results click Edit User Information If you want to see changes that have been made to this user before now click View Change Log e f you want to make any notes about the user click the Add Note button type a note in the Note box click Preview to review the note If you want to change the note click Edit make the changes and click Preview again when you are satisfied with all the changes click Submit e Make any changes necessary in the screen that appears and click Submit 25 13 HOW TO DEFINE AND CHANGE FEES How to define a feet How to view existing fee t How to change a fee Your MFI can charge customer fees for the various services you offer Reasons for charging a fee can vary from one MFI to another Mifos gives flexibil
237. n a center savings account the recommended amount always applies to the client ype the largest amount of money that 200 can be withdrawn from the account at any given time The next section deals with setting interest Interest rate Interestrate 2 0 100 Balance used for Average Balance Interest calculation i Time period for 3 Month s Interest calculation Frequency of Interest month s posting to accounts Minimum balance required for Interest calculation 4 Enter information using the descriptions in the following table 91 Savings product Description Example attribute Interest rate ype the applicable interest rate Balance Used for Interest Select the type of Minimum Balance Rate Calculation balance that will be used for interest minimum balance or average balance Compound interest is the only method supported as a basis of calculating interest If you change this setting the change is reflected in the open accounts as soon as the If the attribute is modified the interest installments should be recalculated ime Period for Interest Enter the time period Computation A Rate Calculation when the interest can be P 1 r n calculated 1 month rate will be calculated at P principal amount the end of every month initial amount r annual rate of interest as a decimal A amount of money accumulated including interest n numb
238. n later click Save for Later If you decide not to create multiple loans at all at this time click Cancel A screen appears confirming the creation of the loans It might look like this Home Clients amp Accounts Report Admin You have successfully created new Loan accounts Please Note New Loan accounts with the following IDs have been created Account 000100000000650 Account 000100000000651 Account 000100000000652 Suggested next steps Create multiple Loan accounts Loans are then subject to approval See How to approve multiple loans for information on how to approve this application Note To disburse pay out these loans and to see when they are ready to disburse read How to disburse pay out a loan 239 63 HOW TO IMPORT TRANSACTIONS If you have appropriate permissions and if your MFI is set up for this action you can import transactions from another system Follow these instructions 1 Click Admin gt Import Transactions A screen like the following appears mifte leuius ipn Nono Home Clients amp Accounts Reports Admin Q import intormation Import transactions Enter file information Complete tna fields below Click Cancel to return to Admin without sub mi amp ing information 7Fialds marked wih an asterisk are recu rad Import format Select Salectimpor file Choose Fila No file chosen waite Cancel imocrt transactons Form p In the Import Fo
239. n one possible responses a list appears which might look like the following Search for john All Branch Offices Search 3 results for john in All Branches 1 Client John king ID 0005 00000007 1 Status Bi Active Loan Officer Brata2 Astritama Savings Account 000100000000234 Account 000100000000235 Account 000100000000236 Loan Account 000100000000237 2 Client John Owens ID 0007 000000254 Status PartialApplication Loan Officer parth patel Also See chennai Alandur center group 3 Client John Smith ID 0041 000000219 Status B Active Loan Officer creova officer Loan Account 000100000000532 Also See Creova Paris creova kendra creova group Results 1 3 of 3 In this case click the correct one to view it Advanced search filters Since Mifos 2 6 0 version on Home page there are available advanced search filters If you can not see filters there is a need to click on show link under default search box filters should be enabled by default To disable search filters click on link hide T here is possibility to filter search results by Creation date start date and end date Clients status gender citizenship ethnicity business activity Groups status Centers status Advanced filters looks like on screen below Search filters hide Creation date Start date End date Clients Yes gt Status All Gender All Citizenship Ethnicity Business Activity
240. n that appears type the account ID for the loan and dick Search A screen like the following appears Reverse Loan disbursal Following are the account details for the Loan account Specify the note and click Preview if you want to reverse the Loan disbursal and all payments made against this Loan Click cancel to return to Admin page without any modification Fields marked with an asterisk are required Household Improvement Loan Account 000100000000464 Client Mati Teacher ID 0011 000000148 Loan Officer wae adw Bangalore branch1244723261 188 testcentre testgroup Amount disbursed 5000 0 Disbursal date 10 11 2009 No of payments made 2 Amount paid 580 0 Payments Made No Date paid Amount 1 10 11 2009 80 0 2 12 01 2010 500 0 note _Preview Cancel 3 In the Note box type a note explaining why this loan payout is being reversed and click Preview to review your work 4 A summary of this action appears Be sure that you intend to reverse this payout as the action reverses all financial transactions made up to this date and the loan account status will be marked as canceled 5 If you are satisfied with this action click Submit The loan account is now marked canceled T his action is recorded in account notes and adjustment notes and the change is logged in account activity T he canceled loan is not included in loan counts for any reports HOW TO REDO A LOAN DISBURSAL If you have the ap
241. n will be displayed under the section T asks sent for execution Tasks sent for execution o o o o ApplyHolidayChangesTaskJob LoanArrearsAgingTaskJob ApplyCustomerFeeChangesTaskJob LoanArrearsAndPortfolioAtRiskTaskJob To verify that all the selected tasks have indeed been sent for execution check the field Previous Run Status for these tasks The Previous Run Status for these tasks should read Started 4 ApplyCustomerFeeChangesTaskJob Next start 01 Mar 2011 00 00 00 Task Priority 5 Previous run start 28 Feb 2011 00 00 00 Previous run status Started Most recent successful run 27 Feb 2011 00 00 00 Tasktype CronTrigger Cron expression 000 61 23 HOW TO CLOSE MONTH Month closing option enables you to close month so there is no possibility to enter transaction before that date You cannot edit transactions prior to the accounting close out date thus ensuring that portfolio tracker and accounting remain reconciled To close month follow instruction below 1 Click on Admin tab to see a screen like below Admin Month Closing Month Closing Information Welcome to the Mifos Month Closing management area Current Month Closing date Change to 2405 2 Change 2 Month Closing Date is default on current date You may select different one by clicking on calendar EE or type it manually 3 Click on Change button Note that Current Month Closing date is changed
242. nce 31469 0 Amount due 10570 0 Application bLoan1 Acct 000100000000537 Pending Approval Savings Lazima Savings Acct 000100000000463 E Active Balance 200 0 Client charges View details Amount Due 0 0 View all closed accounts Another way to create savings accounts Is from the quick links in Mifos 218 e From the Quick Start left navigation list click Open New Savings Account Quick start e From the Clients amp Accounts left navigation panel click Create Savings Account Clients amp Accounts Tasks All these methods ask for the name system ID or account number for a center group or client When you type this information and click Search you see a list of all possible choices for your search information Click the correct one or if you don t see the customer you were expecting try retyping the search information carefully and then click Search again Once you have selected the customer you are creating the account for the procedure is the same 219 1 T he following screen appears Create Savings account Enter Savings account information Select a Savings instance Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to Clients amp Accounts without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Account Owner Mati Teacher Savings Individual Savings Account Cano 2 In the Savings Product Name list click the type of account you want to crea
243. nd automatically refreshed on the Chart of Accounts list v 45 fd Mitos w Mame Glemskaccows Repons ETT mancia accountng Administrative tasks Admin Manage Chart of Accounts Chart of Accounts as ise sendero e 411 ClientLoan Portfolio Add Modify Delete e 412 Client Loan Portfolio Add Modify Delete e 5 Cash and bank balances Add 655 LoanLoss Provisions Add Modify Delete e 6612 Write offs Add e 20000 LIABILITIES Add e 30000 INCOME Add e 40000 EXPENDITURE Add 66 13 If you want to remove account if account wasn t previously used then click on Delete link next to account Delete Charts of Accounts code page will be displayed lh l fd Mitos w tome Clemsanccewis Repons ETI nant accountng Administrative tasks Admin Manage Chart of Accounts Delete Charts of Accounts code Delete Charts of Accounts code Name of account Loans and Advances GL code 725 14 Click Delete button to remove account Account will be deleted and will no longer exist in the system lt a YS Mitos we Administrative tasks Admin Manage Chart of Accounts Chart of Accounts ee 2 2 411 Client Loan Portfolio Add Modify Delete 412 Client Loan Portfolio Add Modify Delete e 5 Cash and bank balances Add e 655 Loan Loss Provisions Add Modify Delete e 6612 Write offs Add e 20000 LIABILITIES Add e 30000 INCOME Add e 40000 EXPENDITURE Add Managing Chart of Accoun
244. nd to the absence of any warranty and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 334 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Program and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change b You must cause any work that you distribute or publish that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License c If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run you must cause it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty or else saying that you provide a warranty and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions and telling the user how to view a copy of this License Exception if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement your work base
245. nder the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or b Accompany it with a written offer valid for at least three years to give any third party for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution a complete machine readable copy of the corresponding source code to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or c Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code T his alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer in accord with Subsection b above 335 The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For an executable work complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable However as a special exception the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable If distribution of executable or object code is made by o
246. nds M Can modify funds Can modify funds M Fees Fees M Can define new fee type Can define new fee type M Can modify fee information Can modify fee information M Checklists Checklists M Can define new checklist type Can define new checklist type Can modify checklist M information Can modify checklist information M Can define Accepted Payment M Type Can define Accepted Payment Type M Office management M Offices Offices M Can create new office Can create new office M Can modify office information Can modify office information M Can modify office hierarchy Can modify office hierarchy 3 In the Role Name box type a name for this role such as Loan Officer or Branch Administrator Note that loan officers can see information only on their clients 4 If you want to give a role all personnel permissions for example check the Personnel box If you want to give the role only certain of these permissions check them individually 5 When you are satisfied with the permissions you have assigned to this role click Submit 22 How to change a role 1 Click Admin gt Manage Roles and Permissions The list of defined roles appears 2 Click a role to see the screen with all its permissions Check and uncheck boxes to make any changes 4 When you are satisfied with the changes you have made click Submit HOW TO WORK WITH SYSTEM USERS m When you create system users the people who deal directly with clients they are
247. ne and click Submit if you are satisfied with your entried or click Cancel if you do not want to change anyting at this time 6 If you want to delete previously defined customize text choose and mark an item to delete then click on Remove button A definition of customize text will disappears from the list Admin Define customized text Define customized text Click Add to enter in new customized text Select an item and click Edit to edit the customized text Select an item then click Remove to remove the custom text Click Done to return to the Admin page Add Edt Remove Done HOW TO DEFINE AND CHANGE LOOKUP OPTIONS In many procedures within Mifos you choose among items in a list These are called lookup options For some of these lists you can control the items that appear there to fit your local circumstances either by adding new options or editing the existing ones For example in the list of salutations you might want to add Sri or Rev 53 Note You can add new lookup options or edit the ones that appear there but you may not delete any Follow these instructions to change lookup options 54 1 Click Admin gt Define Lookup Options A screen appears showing all current lookup options for lists that you can change This screen in two pieces looks like this Define Lookup Options Salutation User Title Marital Status Ethnicity Education level Prima
248. ng on this link removes the choice along with its tags o Both the answer choices and the associated tags are stored as responses o Tags cannot contain special characters including white space only alphanumeric characters are allowed o Tags are not arranged in alphabetical order o The user cannot view the tags associated with an answer choice on the Add Question page once a question has been added to preview e Click Add Question to post the question Home Clients amp Accounts Reports admin Admin Add Questions Add Questions Question Answer Type Free Text X Question Answer Type Choices How many previous loans Single Select one two three _ Submit Cancel 3 After the question is completed the user may 2 6 remove Remove the question by clicking the Remove link Add another question by following steps 2 1 2 3 Click Submit to save the changes and return to the Administrative tasks page The changes are reflected on the View Questions page Click Cancel to discard the changes and return to the Administrative tasks page None of the changes made are saved 211 72 HOW TO VIEW AND EDIT QUESTION GROUPS View Question Groups lists all question groups created with the workflow to which it is applied Because a question group can be applied to multiple workflows a question group may be listed multiple times TO VIEW A QUESTION GROUP 1 On the Admin tab
249. ngle loan account and the group is the primary unit that the MFI interacts with a single repayment schedule is maintained for the entire group The group provides credit worthiness to all its members if one member is delinquent in the group then all the contracting group members are also considered delinquent If your MFI wants to do things differently that is if it wants to keep the credit worthiness of each individual in a group loan separate it can use GLIM group loans individual monitoring which calculates performance history separately for each individual participating in a group loan With a GLIM loan the group is still the primary unit that participates in transactions but the performance history of each contracting member is calculated in a slightly different way when compared to how it is calculated for a regular group loan In a GLIM loan all transactions disbursals payments adjustments bulk entry and so forth take place at the group level The only major difference between GLIM and the usual group loans is that the initial loan account creation specifies the amounts given to each individual the purposes for these amounts and the way these loans affect the calculation of individual performance metrics Payments made on the GLIM loan are applied to Group loan account and also pro rated across the individual schedule of every Group member Note At the time of configuration you must decide whether your group loans
250. nmeeting days Management Information System MIS Software for aggregating and analyzing information from a business designed to answer essential management questions Welcome MFI Hierarchy See hierarchy MFI MFI Principles HowT oCreateANewClient The essential information that clients should know about the purposes and practices of a microfinance institution Microfinance Institution MFI Bank or NGO engaged in microfinance Welcome 323 Microfinance Making small loans to poor people without collateral based on their ability to repay from a new or expanded business Begun by Muhammad Yunus founder of Grameen Bank Welcome Mifos Microfinance Open Source software Web based software for microfinance institutions Welcome Minimum Balance The required minimum amount of money that must be kept at all times in a savings account National ID HowToWorkWithRolesPermissionsAndSystemUsers Government ID national ID or social security number Also called UID NGO A nonprofit corporation or other organization for some public good which is not an agency of a government or a treaty organization such as the UN or a for profit business The legal basis for such organizations differs significantly in various countries not found Notes T he following section of the loan account dashboard shows the Recent Notes of a loan account It shows various notes that have been appended to the loan account The loan dashboard
251. nt 000100000000078 Also See MyOfficeDHMFT Default Center 15 Default Group Eda Group stars BActve System 2 0002 000000011 Loan oficer ban officer Clients assigned sd Cher Click on a Client below to view the Client details opon new secoue ta sues E Actve in Good Standing E Active in Good Standing Group charges View details Amount due 0 View al hosed accounts Group information Eat Geom Intecmabso Group approval date 2202 2011 Exemal kt Recruited By loan officer Note If you want create GroupEmergencyLoan 000100000000082 Disburse Loan Fields marked with an asterisk are required Disbursal Date 23 DD 04 MM 2012 YYYY Receipt ID Receipt Date DD MM yYYY Disbursement details Loan amount Payment details Amount 0 90 Mode of payment Sel ect Iv Group Loan account the group should have at least two active clients 4 You will see Group details Under Account Information section click on Loan to create a new Group Loan account 5 Choose Loan product name from drop down list and click Continue Create Loan Account Enter Loan Account Information Select a Loan instance Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to Clients amp Accounts without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Account Owner Default Group Loan product name Select EI Cance 6 You will see a page where you need to enter Loan Account Info
252. nt information Save changes Facilitation Cost Rate Rate Type Declining Balance Equal Principal Installment Interest rate 12096 APR Facilitation Cost Rate deducted at disbursement No Currency UGX Frequency of Installments 1 Month s Principal due on last installment No Grace Period Type Principal only grace Grace period for repayments 1 Installments No of installments 21 Allowed Number of Installments 1 60 Source of fund OFT Funding Line gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt lt lt lt 4 Click on to move fields in right order 5 After you sort fields as you wanted click on Save changes 94 HOW TO MANAGE GROUPS CENTERS AND CLIENTS 33 CENTERS GROUPS AND CLIENTS OVERVIEW 34 HOW TO CREATE A NEW CENTER 35 HOW TO CREATE A NEW GROUP 36 HOW TO CREATE A NEW CLIENT 37 HOW TO USE DASHBOARD WITH METRICS 38 HOW TO IMPORT CLIENT DATA 39 HOW TO CHANGE A MEETING SCHEDULE FOR A CENTER 40 HOW TO VIEW AND CHANGE DETAILS FOR CENTERS GROUPS AND CLIENTS 41 HOW TO CHANGE THE STATUS OF CENTERS GROUPS AND CLIENTS 42 HOW TO VIEW PERFORMANCE HISTORY 43 HOW TO ATTACH AND COLLECT QUESTION GROUPS 44 HOW TO LINK GUARANTOR TO CLIENT 95 33 CENTERS GROUPS AND CLIENTS OVERVIEW Below the level of the branch your MFI can have centers and groups to organize and empower clients Usually a single Loan Officer works in a center and has responsibility for several groups
253. nt of last loan The most recent loan with closed obligations met status Number of active loans Loans with active in good standing and active in bad standing statuses Delinquent portfolio Amount of overdue loan principal Total original value of all outstanding loans Loans with active in good standing active in bad standing statuses and rescheduled loans are still overdue Total savings All the savings accounts of the client Meetings attended Meetings missed Loan cycle per product The number of times a loan product has been used for a loan account If the client has taken two agricultural loans and three cattle loans for example the performance history displays the following education loan 2 cattle loan 3 The counter is incremented when a loan account is approved and decremented for rescheduled loans or written off loans This data is also viewable from the client and group dashboards at the bottom from the View Summarized Historical Data link 126 43 HOW TO ATTACH AND COLLECT QUESTION GROUPS Question Groups are ways for loan officers and others working in the branch to collect information about groups and clients These question groups can include demographic information income family size types of business that might change over time and they enable you to know your clients and serve their needs better The process of attaching question groups is the same for centers groups and clients
254. nts HOW TO UPLOAD ADMINISTRATIVE DOCUMENTS 1 Click Admin gt Upload admin documents This screen appears Upload administrative document Enter document information Complete the fields below Click Cancel to return to Admin without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Administrative document details Administrative Document voucher receipt Title Account Type Savings Partial Application Active Application Pending A Add gt gt Cancel Closed _ lt lt Remove Inactive Select Administrative Choose File no file selected Document _Preview Cancel 2 Enter information using the descriptions in the following table Administrative he title for this document oucher Document title receipt Show When Status The status during which this Active document will be available to the user to print Click the status and click Add gt gt T he document can be available in more than one status Click Choose File browse your Administrative computer for a BIRT created Document administrative document and double click it Its name appears next to the box 3 Click Preview to review your choices 4 If you want to make changes click Edit document information make changes and click Submit again 5 When you are satisfied with your choices click Submit HOW TO VIEW AND EDIT ADMINISTRATIVE DOCUMENTS To view the entire list of administrative documents
255. nts now 301 ER RE ES CDU ej AL You have successfully created a new Loan account Please Note A new Loan account for Livia Alvarez has been assigned account 000100000000636 details View Loan account details now Suggested next steps Open another account for Livia Alvarez Open a new Savings account Open a new Loan account Pasay Branch Barangay 01 Marcelo Group Livia Alvarez Standard Client Loan Standard Client Loan 000100000000637 Application Pending Approval Disbursal date 21 02 2011 Purpose of Loan Edit account status Account summary View repayment schedule Original Loan Amount paid Loan balance Principal 1000 0 0 0 1000 0 Interest 12 0 0 0 12 0 Fees 0 0 0 0 0 0 Penalty 0 0 0 0 0 0 Total 1012 0 0 0 1012 0 Account details Edit account information Interest rules Interest Rate Type Declining Balance Interest rate 24 096 APR Interest deducted at disbursement No e In the account status page that displays 1 Select Application Approved 2 Enter a note in the Note text box 3 Click Preview r x EE H or n e jents amp Ac unts Report is Ac nin ents amp Accounts acke Pasay Branch Barangay 01 Marcelo Group Livia Alvarez Standard Client Loan Standard Client Loan 000100000000678 Change status Current status Application Pending Approval Select from the status options below Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to Loan account details without su
256. nts are closed 104 3 6 HOW TO CREATE A NEW CLIENT The individual client can have savings accounts and borrow money according to the rules of your MFI If the client is associated with a group that client inherits the loan officer the meeting schedule and the meeting location of the group Follow these instructions to create a client account 1 Click Clients amp Accounts In the left navigation panel click Create New Client The following screen appears Create new Client Select Group Enter a Group name and click Proceed Click Cancel to return to Clients amp Accounts without submitting information Group Name pasay Cancel Click here to continue if Group membership is not required for your Client 2 Inthe Group Name box type the name of the group that this client is assigned to and click Proceed A list of groups by that name appears click the correct one If the correct group name is not on this list perhaps you mistyped it type the group name again and click Search to try again When you see the correct group name click it 3 If group membership is not required for your client click that link to proceed A screen for information about the client appears The first section contains personal information All fields with an asterisk are required Personal information Salutation Select v f First Name Middie Name Marital Status Select v
257. o Clients amp Accounts without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Branch Office Selected Pasay Branch Center details Name Rafaela Center Loan oficer por assigned ji John Smith w Meeting schedule Schedule Meeting Useful if necessary to cross reference a client within a system External Id sed prior to Mifos MFl joining date 2 DD 4 MM 2010 YYYY 3 Enter information about the center using the descriptions in the following table name Branch 01 T he center s name make sure that this is Fina unique within the MFI Center T he loan officer assigned to the center Groups associated with this center inherit this value Sri Nagesh Click Schedule Meeting to set the number of The 12 times meetings are to be held within a time dayar period Groups associated with this center pai inherit this value Click Weeks or Months PAG month 97 If you click Months set a meeting for a specific day in each period or a specific day of a Meeting m i specific week in each period If you click Weeks th schedule The 4 type the number of weeks between meetings T uesd and in the list next to it click the day of the E ud week on which the meeting takes place bile i second In the Location of Meeting box type where the month meeting is to take place Click save to save this schedule and return to the previous page T he type of collection sheet used for collecting pa
258. o be assessed and collected up front at the time in which they ve been assessed Specifically this feature could be used by MFls to charge a fee for withdrawal from a savings account Currently Mifos does not provide any option to assign penalties or fees to a savings account If your MFI has a business need to charge fee for withdrawal from a savings account the early fee repayment feature can be used to assign and charge that fee at the client level as described in the section below When an early payment is made it is paid off in the following order e Overdue charges e One time fee e Recurring fee In general fee repayment can be entered into the system in two ways e hrough the Apply payment option for a client center group e hrough Collection Sheet Entry The Apply payment feature can be used to collect fee payment before the meeting on the day of meeting and back dating of meeting Collection Sheet Entry cannot be used to make an early repayment of fee for a meeting date which has not occurred yet It can either collect payments on the day of the meeting or it can be used to collect back dated payments before the next meeting date The next section describes the process of applying fee repayment through apply payment and collection sheet entry For each of the below scenarios let s assume the following scenario T he entity client group or center has a monthly meeting date of Dec 5 You would like to apply an
259. o create a new loan account anita Anderson 2010 Modifications Adam Feuer 2010 Adam Monsen 2010 Clytie Siddall 2010 Ed Cable 2010 How to make transactions for a savings account Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Clytie Siddall 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kay Chau 2010 How to manage savings account details Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 anita Anderson 2010 Clytie Siddall 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kay Chau 2010 How to manage reports Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Ajay Kumar 2010 anita Anderson 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kay Chau 2010 How to view and create surveys Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 anita Anderson 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kay Chau 2010 Tracy Mehoke 2010 How to work with holidays Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Forest Monsen 2010 Kr Pierce 2010 How to manage collection of PPI data India only Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 anita Anderson 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Tracy Mehoke 2010 Introduction to loan accounts Adam Monsen 2010 332 Modifications anita Anderson 2010 Clytie Siddall 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Introduction to savings accounts Ed Cable 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Kay Chau 2010 Mike Dash 2010 Rules for how to reschedule payment Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 anita Anderson 2010 Clytie Siddall 2010 Kay Chau 201
260. oan account information page select a loan instance name in the text box menu and click Continue los Edit Client status Open new account Loan Savings Active in Good Standing Active in Good Standing Application Pending Approval Application Pending Approval Application Pending Approval Z Q Loan account information Create Loan account Enter Loan account information Select a Loan instance Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to Clients amp Accounts without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Account Owner Educational Loan Emily s Loan ForHolChk HOUSE LOAN 1 IGL 1 IGL 14 Individual Medical Loan INTRATETEST jbIntRecalc Kay s Loan Product 3 Loan with Cashflow Loan 1 e In the page that displays complete the necessary fields and select Preview 300 cancz Im Create Loan account Enter Loan account information Complete the fields below Then click Preview Click Cancel to return to Clients amp Accounts without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Account Owner Loan instance name Standard Client Loan Loan Product Summary Description A flat interest loan for individuals ranging from 100 to 10000 Interest Rate Type Declining Balance Frequency of Installments 1 Week s Principal due on last installment No Account details Amount 1000 0 Allowed Amount 100 0 100
261. of the holiday 05 08 2010 Repayment If repayments are due during Next the holiday how to calculate Meeting Repayment when they are due afterward Choices are o Same Day no change to repayment schedule Next Meeting Repayment payment due that falls on this holiday is now due at the next scheduled repayment date Next Working day payment is now due on the next working day Applies to You may mark the name of MyOfficel Branch Office to which a new defined holiday should be applied When you have specified holiday details click Preview to review them If you want to change details of the holiday click Edit Holiday make the changes and click Preview again When you are satisfied with the details of the holiday click Submit If you decide not to create a new holiday at this time dick Cancel HOW TO VIEW EXISTING HOLIDAYS Click Admin gt View Holidays From here you can click Add a New Holiday if you want to create a new one follow the instructions above 48 19 HOW TO DEFINE ACCEPTED PAYMENT TYPES For all kinds of payments fees from clients groups centers loan disbursements repayments and savings withdrawal deposits you can specify what forms of payments you will accept By default Mifos puts cash cheque and voucher as accepted choices You could specify additional payment types to choose from as well click Admin gt Define Lookup Options to do this Once you have defined them as lookup o
262. offices View offices Click on an office below to view details and make changes or define a new office Mifos HO Define new Regional Office Define new Divisional Divisional Office 77 ua Area Office Define new Area Office Define new Branch Branch office Mine s Mifos HO o petal oroquieta o Tbilisi o Branch 1 o Kochi If a level of office is checked this is set during configuration see How to Set Office Structure it is possible to create offices at that level Click the name of any office to see details about it as shown below Admin View offices Andaman Region Andaman Region Edit office information B Active Office short name ADR Office type Regional office Parent office srf finance Itd Address Port Blair Andaman Nicobor Island Andaman India Additional information I HOW TO DEFINE AN OFFICE You can define an office two ways e From the previous screen you can click the Define new xxxx office link where xxx Is the type of office e You can click Admin gt Define New Office Either way you see this screen next 18 Add a new office Enter office information Complete the fields below Then click Preview Click Cancel to return to Admin without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Office details Office name laredo Office short name LP Office type Area Office 4 a SE Parentoffice Regional office Nagarcov
263. ommended deposit amount If your MFI has defined additional fields you can change those in this section as we 1 2 m From the savings account dashboard click Edit Account information The following screen appears Family Savings Account 000100000000114 Edit Savings account information Edit the fields below Then click Preview Click Cancel to return to Savings account details without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Savings account details Recommended 25 0 amount for deposit Additional information Savings Guarantor _ Preview Cancel Make any changes to the account Click Preview to review them 4 When you are satisfied with the changes click Submit 224 58 HOW TO IMPORT NEW SAVINGS ACCOUNTS Import savings accounts functionality allows users to create a multiple savings accounts in Mifos by importing them from xls file Template to create xls file with savings accounts can be downloaded from here Use following table to fill all necessary fields Column description Account Number Savings account global identification number It should be unique for each account Customer Global Number of customer for which we create new ID account Customer must exist in the system and have Active state Product Name Name of savings product which will be used as a base for new savings account Product must exist in the system Status Name
264. on Import information Import Status 1 rows parsed successfully The following row s contain errors and will not be imported Error in row 3 Column 1 Duplicate global number 2345 6 Click Submit button to save imported rows if any of them were parsed successfully 7 System will save data and presents a simple summary 226 59 HOW TO MAKE TRANSACTIONS FOR A SAVINGS ACCOUNT e How to make deposits to or withdrawals from a savings account e How to make adjustments to a savings deposit e How to transfer funds from one Savings account to another HOW TO MAKE DEPOSITS TO OR WITHDRAWALS FROM A SAVINGS ACCOUNT 1 Click Make Deposit Withdrawal A screen like the following appears Lazima Savings 000100000000463 Make deposit withdrawal Fields marked with an asterisk are required Date of 757 transaction 3C DD 0 MM 2010 YYYY Payment type Deposit H Enter amount 600 0 Mode of 3 B payment Receipt ID 90088 Receipt date 30 DD 0 MM 2010 YYYY Review Transacion Canoe 2 Enter information using the decriptions in the following table Date of he date of this deposit or 03 04 2010 ransaction withdrawal Payment Type Deposit or withdrawal E Enter Amount The amount of deposit or withdrawal Mode of he way the money will be Cash Payment transferred Receipt ID he number of the receipt if 00034 you use one Receipt Date he date the recei
265. on Savings account to apply Loan payment ClientVoluntarySavings Edit account status 000100000000045 Make itwithdrawal Apply adjustment B Active Apply transfer Close account Account balancej 101 398 83 Total amount due on 06 07 2012 0 Performance history 2 Date account opened 14 05 2012 Recent activity View all account activity Total d its 100 000 Date Description Amount Total interest earned 1 398 83 31 07 2012 Interest Posting 1 275 54 Total withdrawals 0 30 06 2012 Interest Posting 123 29 gt Question Groups 27 06 2012 Savings Adjustment 65 598 36 Attach a Question Group Account details x Recommended amount for deposit 0 Edit Account Information 14 05 2012 note mifos Type of deposits Voluntary Max amount per withdrawal 0 See all notes Interest rate 15 Add a note 2 Go to Loan Account and click on Apply payment link ClientBiWeeklyFlatLoan Edit account status 000100000000043 E Active in Good Standing Disbursal date 27 06 2012 Purpose of Loan Account summary View repayment schedule of payments 0 Total amount due on 06 07 2012 7 098 of missed payments 0 Amount in arrears 0 Days in arrears 0 View installment details Original Loan Amount paid Loan balance Question Groups Principal 65 000 0 65 000 N Interest 5 984 0 5 984 Fees 0 0 0 Recent notes Penalty 0 0 0 27 06 2012 Account Reopened Total 70 984 0 70 984 mifos A 27 06 2012 Account Reopened Recent activity View all a
266. on groups at any stage of a workflow A question group can be created for any of the following workflows Create Client View Client Close Client Create Group View Group Create Office Create Personnel Create Center View Center Create Savings View Savings Create Loan View Loan Disburse Loan Approve Loan ASSOCIATING QUESTION GROUPS TO CREATE WORKFLOWS To associate a question group with a Create workflow perform the following actions 1 On the Admin tab click Add New Question Group under Manage Questions Manage Questions o View Questions Add New Question o View Question Groups Add New Question Group o Activate Question Group 2 In the Add Question Group page that displays 294 1 Enter a question group title in the Question Group Title text box 2 In the Applies To text box select a Create workflow 3 If the response will be editable indicate this by clicking on the checkbox Leave it unchecked if the response will not be editable 4 Keep the default section heading that is displayed in the text box or enter a new section heading Home Clients amp Accounts Admin Add Question Group Add Question Group Reports Question Group Title TestGroup 1 Applies To EE View Client Close Client Create Group View Group Create Office Create Personnel Create Center View Center Create Savings View Savings Create Loan View Loan Approve Loan Disburse Loan
267. ose one or multiple choices for answers o Any number of answer choices can be added o The answer choices added do not have to be unique o Each choice can be removed by using the associated Remove link before adding the question o Tagging is not available for this answer type o If applicable enter an answer choice and click Add to post the answer choice e Multi Smart Select Single Smart Select This answer type can be used for questions that have categories and for which the dient should see the answer choices and their respective tags when entering answers For example the user may want to ask a cient what his or her business activity is and have categories of business activity Answer choices could be entered as Cow Purchase Pig Purchase etc A tag can be added to these answer choices as Animal Husbandry Then when the Loan Officer is entering the answer for this client s business activity Animal Husbandry can be entered to see the detailed choices o For Multi Smart Select option there is no limit to the number of answer choices that can be selected o For Single Smart Select option only one choice from the list of added answers can be selected o A maximum of five tags can be added per answer choice to give the client an idea of what the answer choices incorporate o Tags can be a maximum of 50 characters o A tag can be removed by clicking the cross beside it o There is a remove link for each answer choice Clicki
268. ot equal The result of taking Equal will be displaying a question linked to source question only if answer will be positive 6 Type choose value It should be answer on the question If for example answer type will be Select than you will see drop box instead of text box 7 Mark Applies to field You may choose Question than you will link just one separate question or you can choose Section than you will link whole section where may be a couple of questions Section must be previously created 8 Affected question is a question that will be linked to source question If answer value is not positive than this question will not be displayed 309 ACCESSING MIFOS VIA MOBILE DEVICES 78 MIFOS ANDROID CLIENT 79 MOBILE BROWSER INTERFACE 310 78 MIFOS ANDROID CLIENT We have developed an Android application to run Mifos on your smartphone You can freely download the Mifos Android client from the Google Play store View the Mifos Android Client User Manual to use the Mifos mobile app 31 79 MOBILE BROWSER INTERFACE HOW TO OPEN MIFOS ON MOBILE DEVICE e Currently mobile optimized pages e How to change site type o How to change site type temporarily o How to change site type permanently Mifos is a system which can be opened not only on computer but also on mobile devices You may use special prepared mobile options which help you to see Mifos pages optimized for your device Based on the device you re lo
269. oup s details page The changes are reflected on that page If the status is changed to inactive the status is displayed on the View Question Group page e f Cancel is selected the changes are discarded and the user returns to the selected question group s details page None of the changes made are saved HOW TO MANAGE ROLE BASED PERMISSIONS FOR QUESTION GROUPS User has ability to manage role based permission after creating a new Question Group The additional permission for new Question Group is automatically created so there is a possibility to grant access to this Question Group only to certain users To manage Question Group permissions follow those steps 1 Once the new Question Group is created in this case QGT est click on Admin tab 2 Click on Roles and permissions under Manage organization section 3 Choose a role which you want to edit 4 Under Configuration Management section there is Can Edit question groups checkbox 281 5 Under this checkbox there is a list of available Question Groups 6 Check checkbox next to the Question Group if this QG should be BEBE EB E KI Permissions CanDefineLabels Can define hidden mandatory fields Can Define Lookup Values Permissions CanDefineCustomFields Can manage question groups Can activate question groups Can Edit question groups Can edit CreateLoan3 Can edit CreateLoan2 Can edit CreateLoan1 Can edit QGcenterloa Can edit closeqg
270. oval the following confirmation message is displayed You have successfully created a new loan account Please Note A new loan account for Monthly User has been assigned account 000100000000128 You can enter an accoL boxto access account details View loan account details now Suggested next steps e Open new savings account e Open new loan account Note In the above case of a client that meets monthly the client can now have both weekly and monthly loans as shown in the snapshot below 150 Monthly User Edit Member status B Active System ID 0002 000000036 Loan officer Joe officer Activities Account information Open new account Loan Savings Loan Test Prd 3 Acct 000100000000128 Application Pending Approval Test Prd1 Acct 000100000000129 Application Pending Approval Member charges View details Amount Due 0 00 In the screenshot above displaying the two loans assigned to the monthly client Test Prd 3 is a weekly loan and Test Prd 1 is a monthly loan HOW TO CREATE A GROUP LOAN WITH GLIM OPTION ENABLED gt Mifos provides extended Group Loan functionality GLIM which allows to track individual repayment schedules of every member of the Group Loan To enable GLIM functionality you need to activate the right configuration option in the database for more datails please refer to section about Loan with Individual Monitoring on http mifos org documentation configuratio n id30 No
271. ow to create a report How to run reports Mifos ships with a large set of standard reports The majority of these are written in Pentaho and part of the Mifos Business Intelligence Suite A limited number which are being phased out are written in BIRT and directly embedded in the Mifos User Interface T his section applies to those Accessing and using these reports does not require that you install BIRT Business Intelligence and Reporting Tools a free open source application from Eclipse However if you want to customize the reports you must install BIRT You can also create your own reports using BIRT The three reports are as follows 1 Collection Sheet Report Helps Loan Officers organize and prepare for their repayment collection meetings with clients and groups See How to enter Collection Sheet data for information on how to collect the data that will appear in this report 2 Branch Cash Confirmation Report Assists management and accounting in tracking daily cash inflows and outflows 3 Branch Progress Report Helps management monitor office progress You generate reports from the Reports tab To change how the reports appear on the Reports tab or to edit the appearance of the reports themselves by editing or creating your own reports templates click Admin gt View report templates and Admin gt Upload report templates For complete information on the current state and usage of Mifos reports see th
272. p between installments N A Minimum installment amount N A Installments Installment Due Date Principal 1 09 Apr 2011 Hs 99 1 2 02 May 2011 Hs 99 5 3 06 Jun 2011 Ez 95 2 4 13 Jun 2011 i 100 2 5 20 Jun 2011 55 106 0 Please refer to the previous section Creating new loan with variable installments for details on how to edit the installment dates and total installment amount Cash Flow Summary Months Cumulative Cash Flow Cumulative cash flow Total installment amount Total installment amount per month as of cash per month flow March 2011 400 0 400 0 0 0 April 2011 1000 0 899 0 10 1 May 2011 1200 0 1099 0 8 4 June 2011 1500 0 1194 2 20 4 July 2011 1800 0 1800 0 0 0 Walidate Preview Cancel The Cash Flow summary table displays the following fields Months Name of the installment month Cumulative Cash Flow This is calculated as Cash flow for present installment Sum of cash flows for all previous installments Cumulative Cash Flow Total Installment Amount per month This value is the difference between the cumulative cash flow for a particular installment month and the total installment amount for that month Total installment amount per month as of cash flow If this value exceeds the warning threshold specified at the time of loan product creation then Mifos will not allow the loan to be created Notes Any notes recorded in the system for that particular installment month 9 To proceed with the lo
273. pletely paid off 2 The account can be moved to this status manually without validating if the amount has been paid off he system moves to this status any time the loan account terms are violated for example if there is he system automatically moves the account to Active in Good Standing once the amount overdue has been paid Closed he loan account can be written off if the MFI or Loan ritten Off Officer determines that the loan cannot be repaid A loan can be cancelled before it gets to Active and in Good Standing status The loan can be cancelled if the customer withdraws the application or an officer of the MFI rejects the application Cancelled To approve or cancel a loan follow these instructions 159 1 From any Search screen search for the borrower name client or group or the loan account number if you know it 2 In the list of clients or groups that appears click the correct one 3 In the Account Information section find the loan you need to approve all loans that need approval have a yellow square next to them Click that link 4 Click Edit Account Status A screen like the following appears Individual Medical Loan 000100000000609 Change status Current status Application Pending Approval Select from the status options below Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to Loan account details without submitting information Status Partial Application Application Approve
274. propriate permissions you can redo the disbursal of a loan that was previously reversed You can apply any repayments for the erroneous loan to the new loan Follow these instructions 169 1 Click Admin gt Redo Loan Disbursal 2 In the screen that appears in the Name box type the client or group who holds the loan account and click Search 3 All clients groups with that name appear Click the link for the correct one 4 n the screen that appears in the Loan Instance Name list click the type of loan product that you want to replace the incorrect one and click Continue 5 In the screen that appears make your choices about the terms of the loan For instructions see How to create a loan account Note that the disbursal date must be earlier than today s date 6 Click Continue A screen appears for redoing and reviewing the repayment installments 7 For each installment the Actual Payment Date and the Actual Amount Paid are already filled and can be changed Update the appropriate values in each repayment 8 Click Preview to review your work 9 If you need to make changes click Edit Loan Account Information make changes and click Preview again 10 When you are satisfied with the new loan click Submit A confirmation page appears 170 49 HOW TO MANAGE LOAN ACCOUNT DETAILS Once a loan account is created you can change a few details about it Follow these instructions 1 In any search box type
275. pt was 03 04 2010 Issued if you use one When you are done click Review Transaction to review your work 4 If you want to make changes click Edit Transaction make any changes and click Review Transaction again 5 When you are satisfied with all changes click Submit HOW TO MAKE ADJUSTMENTS TO A SAVINGS DEPOSIT 227 Sometimes errors occur when savings accounts transactions are recorded If you need to cancel the full amount of the last deposit or withdrawal you can do this by making an adjustment If you need to cancel several transactions you must do each one separately Follow these instructions 1 From the Transactions box at the upper right of the screen click Apply Adjustment A screen like the following appears showing the last payment made Family Savings Account 000100000000114 Apply adjustment Last transaction can be modified if required If the adjustment is made system will make a reverse transaction entry and the account balance will be updated Last made 1 5 Correct Amount Notes Review Adjustment Cancel 2 In the Correct Amount type the accurate deposit or withdrawal amount 3 In the Notes box type information describing why you made this adjustment 4 When you have made the adjustment click Review Adjustment to review your work and click Submit Adjustments appear in performance tracking summarized historical data and the change log HOW TO TRANSFE
276. ption Enabled The Amount is calculated by waiving off all the future fee future interests and the payment due interest The penalty is not waived off 3 Select the appropriate mode of payment from the list provided The receipt ID and receipt date are optional fields After entering the required details click Review Transactions A screen like the following appears 4 If any changes need to be made click Cancel This will direct back to the Loan Details page Click Repay Loan again to make the necessary changes to the transaction If all details are in order click Submit 5 The status of the loan should read Closed obligation met as shown below 183 To further verify that the transaction has indeed been recorded as closed by the Mifos system check that the Loans Balance field in the Accounts Summary section reads O refer screenshot above Click View Repayment Schedule in the Accounts summary section The Repayment schedule should display all installments under the Installments Paid section HOW TO RECORD AND CLEAR OVERPAYMENT Mifos provides possibility to make payment greater then remaining balance of the loan an overpayment by using import transaction functionality Sometimes it is only a few dollars over sometimes an entire extra installment is mistakenly paid It may occur only during repayment of the last installment Mifos validates loan balance and shows overpayment amount which may be returned to clients
277. ptions you can decide which ones are accepted at present and you can change these choices at any time 1 Click Admin gt Define Accepted Payment Types A screen like the following appears Define Accepted Payment Types Specify the accepted payment types below Click on a payment type in the left boxto select Then click Add To remove click on a payment type on the right box to select Then click remove Clients Groups Centers Fees Cheque Add lt lt Remove Loans Disbursements Cheque Add gt lt lt Remove Repayments Cash Cheque Add gt lt lt Remove Savings Withdrawals Cheque Add gt lt lt Remove Deposits Cheque Add lt lt Remove _ Submit Cancel 2 The payment types that show in the right box are the ones accepted and the ones in the left box are not accepted Click a payment type and use the Add gt gt and lt lt Remove buttons to move that type from one box to another 3 When you are satisfied with any changes you have made click Submit 49 20 HOW TO VIEW ORGANIZATIONAL SET TINGS It can be helpful to see all of the settings for your organization on one screen If you click Admin gt View Organizational Settings you will see a screen something like this Organizational Settings Fiscal year Working days Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Allow calen
278. r must choose one from this list In some cases the items on this list are based on user entries in other cases they are configured by the MFI e In some cases when the data is selected values that depend on it are displayed automatically and cannot be changed e Fields that require no data entry are dimmed Mandatory fields have a red asterisk before the field name The user must enter data in this field before the form can be completed e Where the form is longer than the screen use the scroll bar to display more fields e Use the keyboard to move from one field to another after you have entered data in a field press Tab to move to the next field e he data entry pages indicate the numbers of steps to be completed The above section of the create loan account screen at the top shows that the current step is the Loan Account Information You can click the previous step to go back to it ADMINISTRATION TASKS 8 HOW TO SET UP MFI OPERATIONS OVERVIEW 9 HOW TO SWITCH BETWEEN LANGUAGES 10 HOW TO SET OFFICE STRUCTURE 11 HOW TO WORK WITH OFFICES 12 HOW TO WORK WITH ROLES PERMISSIONS AND SYSTEM USERS 13 HOW TO DEFINE AND CHANGE FEES 14 HOW TO APPLY FEES CHARGES 15 HOW TO SET UP AND CONFIGURE A LATE PENALTY 16 HOW TO WORK WITH FUNDS 17 HOW TO WORK WITH USER CHECKLISTS 18 HOW TO WORK WITH HOLIDAYS 19 HOW TO DEFINE ACCEPTED PAYMENT TYPES 20 HOW TO VIEW ORGANIZATIONAL SETTINGS 21 HOW TO SET RULES
279. ransaction Party Details column in the spreadsheet being imported Otherwise during import you will receive an error noting Missing required data You can confirm whether or not the order to apply transactions has been defined by going to Admin View organization settings Underneath the miscellaneous heading you should see MPESA transaction order and a status of DEFINED or NOT DEFINED HOW TO IMPORT M PESA TRANSACTION FILE 243 To import the M PESA transaction file into Mifos click Admin gt Manage Imports gt Import Transactions From the Import format dropdown box select M PESA and then choose the Excel file from Safaricom which needs to be imported into the Mifos system o Import information Import transactions Enter file information Complete the fields below Click Cancel to return to Admin without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required lmportformat Select Select importfile Choose File No file chosen _ Review Cancel Following are the columns in the imported m PESA file Receipt required Receipt ID is proof of payment and a unique MPESA identifier that can be cross referenced with clients phone receipt T his must be imported into Mifos since needed as reference in the Collection Sheet Date required Payment Date The payment date cannot be before the present date However if backdated transactions have been enabled in Mifos then the date can be befo
280. rdance with these conditions This feature is available for loans with variable installment and without To enable comparison with cash flow mark the checkbox Compare with Cash Flow The following parameters will be displayed Compare with Cash Flow J Warning Threshold 45 0 0 99 0 Indebtedness Rate 34 0 0 50 0 Repayment Capacity 300 150 0 1000 0 96 194 Warning Threshold This value expressed as a percentage is the fraction of a customer s cumulative cash flow and the upper limit for loan installment for any period In other words this field will be used to alert a user if the loan installment for any period is above a certain percentage of the cumulative cash flow cash flow calculation explained is explained in the following section The warning threshold can be between 0 and 99 It cannot be a 100 because it would then mean that loan installments for any period can be equal to a customer s cumulative cash flow Indebtedness Ratio This value specifies the range within which a client s indebtedness rate can fall Formula for calculation of indebtedness rate is explained in the following section Mifos allows loans to be created only if the calculated Indebtedness Rate for a client is lesser than this pre specified value This value is expressed as a percentage and can be between 0 and 50 Repayment Capacity This value specifies the range within which a client s repayment capacity can fall Form
281. re date is a future date Error in row Column Date of BirthyDate of Birth cannot be greater or lower than Given age is out of range Age must be specified age range in configuration file between value and value Error in row lt gt You must specify either If Branch short name and Group global number Branch short name or Group globallare not defined in the file number Error in row lt gt Column column name gt jCell contains value which is not defined in Mifos Invalid cell value value Error in row lt gt Column column name 1lf there is Status column in the file create Client Group status should be higher than that of in Mifos in specified state If status of Client is greater than status of the Group then Mifos throws this error message Error in row lt gt Column column name 1Group is in wrong state Group with global number number is closed Error in row lt gt Column column Group with global number number is canceled Error in row lt gt Column column name 1Group Gloabal number does not matach with Invalid group global number global any Global number defined in Mifos number gt Error in row lt gt Column column name 1lf the same Client has been imported or already Client already exists exists in Mifos Error in row lt gt Column column name 1Client with the same global number has been Duplicate global number value imported or already exists in Mifos
282. re running will run as per the specified schedule Scheduler status Active _ Suspend Task Priority 5 Previous run status Failed Show Details Cron expression 00 0 Task Priority 5 Previous run status Failed Show Details Cron expression 000 Task Priority 5 Previous run status Failed Show Details Cron expression 000 Task Priority 5 Previous run status Failed Show Details Cron expression 000 59 Admin Batch Jobs Batch Jobs Information Welcome to the Mifos batch jobs management area Scheduler status Active The whole batch job scheduler can be put in standby mode by using the Suspend option Clicking on the suspend button will ensure all scheduled batch runs are suspended T he scheduler status will now show Standby Admin Batch Jobs Batch Jobs Information Welcome to the Mifos batch jobs management area Scheduler status Standby Activate HOW TO MANUALLY EXECUTE SPECIFIC BATCH JOBS TO RUN AND CHECK STATUS First select the batch jobs that need to be manually executed This selection is done by clicking the respective check boxes to the left of each Job After the required jobs are selected click on Run Selected Tasks This will execute the selected batch jobs Scheduled Tasks 1 ApplyHolidayChangesTaskJob Next start 01 Mar 2011 00 00 00 Task Priority 5 Previous run start 28 Feb 2011 00 00 00 Previous run status Failed Show Details Most recent suc
283. re the present date up until the previous meeting date Details Contains information payment received from phone number telephone number MFI account number T he value of this column is ignored Status required One of four statuses displayed Completed Attempted Cancelled Declined T his value must be Completed or else it is ignored Withdrawn Amount paid from MFI This is the amount of the payment out from the MFI in the form of a disbursal Paid In Transaction amount paid to MFI This is the amount of the repayment deposit from the customer to the MFI Balance Balance of MFI This value is ignored during import Balance confirmed This value is ignored during import Transaction Type required This field determines if this is a repayment or disbursal For the M PESA plug in support repayments and disbursals if this value is Pay Utility it will be treated as a repayment and there must be a corresponding value in the Paid In column If the value is Business Payment it will be treated as a disbursal and there must be a corresponding value in the Withdrawn column For prior versions of the plug in that only supported repayments all values other than Pay Utility will be ignored Other Party Info required This field is required and is Safaricom generated phone number and is the phone number that is used to cross reference the Safaricom M PESA account with the account in Mifos The 10 digit number in this co
284. red Account Owner Loan instance name Select 5 The Loan Account information page is displayed The loan product summary shows the variable installments configuration details minimum and maximum gap between installments etc Loan Product Summary Description Variable Loan No cash flow comparison Interest Rate Type Declining Balance Frequency of Installments 1 Week s Principal due on last installment No Can configure variable installments Yes Minimum gap between installments 1 days Maximum gap between installments N A Minimum installment amount N A 208 Amount 500 0 Allowed Amount 1 0 10000 0 nterestrate 20 Allowed Interest rate amount 15 0 25 0 No of installments 5 Allowed Number of Installments 1 7 Disbursal date 18 DD 04 MM 2011 YYYY Repayment day week s on month s If weeks specify the following Recur every 1 week s on Monday A Grace period for repayments 0 Installments Source of fund Select Purpose of Loan Select Collateral type Select Collateral Notes External Id 7 The Cash Flow Details screen is displayed The screen will look something like this Cash Flow Details Note System adds loan amount to the revenue of disbursal month Month Expense Revenue Notes March 2011 April 2011 May 2011 June 2011 July 2011 Total Capital Total Liability Continue Cancel All the months which f
285. required Account Owner Loan instance name Select 5 The Loan Account information page is displayed T he loan product summary shows the variable installments configuration details minimum and maximum gap between installments etc Loan Product Summary Description Variable Loan No cash flow comparison Interest Rate Type Declining Balance Frequency of Installments 1 Week s Principal due on last installment No Can configure variable installments Yes Minimum gap between installments 1 days Maximum gap between installments N A Minimum installment amount N A 6 In the account details section enter the account details Amount 500 0 Allowed Amount 1 0 10000 0 nterestrate 20 Allowed Interest rate amount 15 0 25 0 96 No of installments 5 Allowed Number of Installments 1 7 Disbursal date 18 DD 04 MM 2011 YYYY Repayment day 9 week s on month s Ifweeks specify the following Recur every 1 week s on Monday Grace period for repayments 0 Installments Source of fund Select Purpose of Loan Select Collateral type Select Collateral Notes External Id 7 Enter information using the descriptions in the following table note that these fields may vary somewhat depending on the details of the loan product itself 201 Field name escription Example Amount he loan amount forthe 100 00 client limited to the mini mum and m
286. riginally chose 5 To change this product mix click Edit Product Mix Information make changes and click Preview again 6 When you are satisfied with the product mix click Submit If you decide not to make any changes to the product mix at this time click Cancel T o change an existing product mix click Admin gt View Product Mix click the link for the product you want to change and click Edit Product Mix Information Make your changes and click Submit when you are done 87 3 0 HOW TO VIEW SYSTEM INFORMATION AND MANAGE A MIFOS SHUTDOWN e How to view system information e How to manage a Mifos shutdown HOW TO VIEW SYSTEM INFORMATION At any point you can check the basic information about the system you are using to run Mifos Click Admin gt View System Information to see items such as the following e Operating system version e Application server version e Database server name HOW TO MANAGE A MIFOS SHUTDOWN When you need to shut down Mifos for upgrades or maintenance for example you must give users a chance to finish their work first and you must prevent any new users from logging on For that reason the process includes ways to see how many users are currently working and to notify them of the shutdown To manage the shutdown of Mifos follow these instructions 1 Click Admin Shutdown A screen like the following appears Shutdown Information Welcome to the Mifos shutdown management
287. rmat list click the format of the transaction information 3 In the Select Import File section click Choose File to browse your files and double click the one you want to import The filename appears on the screen Click Review to review your choice Check with your MFI for further instructions u R 240 HOW TO IMPORT M PESA TRANSACTIONS M PESA is a mobile phone based money transfer service designed to enable users to complete basic banking transactions without the need to visit a bank branch This form of a branchless banking service would allow borrowers to conveniently receive and repay loans through mobile phones This would enable microfinance institutions MFls to offer more competitive loan rates to their users as there is a reduced cost of dealing in cash The users of the service would gain through being able to track their finances more easily OVERVIEW OF THE M PESA IMPORT PLUG IN The M PESA import plug in is the basis for mobile money integration with Mifos This plugin integrates with Kenya s leading mobile money platform by supporting the import of an Excel xls spreadsheet into Mifos MFls accepting transactions via M PESA currently download a spreadsheet with a record of each transaction from Safaricom Safaricom is a mobile network operator in Kenya What the plug in does T his plugin allows for the import and validation of these transactions via the mobile phone number of the customer Currently t
288. rmation If GLIM function is enabled you need to choose individual details for each member of Group Loan Check checkboxes next to the clients who are members of Group Loan individual repayment schedule will be created for them type amount value and choose loan purpose from the drop down list 152 Create Loan Account Enter Loan Account Information Select a Loan instance Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to Clients Accounts without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Account Owner Default Group Loan Product Summary Description Interest rate type Frequency of instaliments Fixed repayment schedule Individual Details O Account Owner Ciient S5tu1233266299995 j Client1233266299995 Client id 0002 000000012 Ciient 5tu1233266309851 Clienti233266309851 Client Id 0002 000000013 Ciient 5tu1233266319760 Client1233266319760 Client ki 0002 000000014 Client Holiday TestClent Client id 0002 000000023 Loan product name WeeklyGroupDeciineLoanWithPeriodicFee gt Declining Balance 1 week s No Amount Purpose of loan 1000 LoanPurposes 0002BuftaoPurchase vj 2000 LoanPurposes O002BufiaioPurchase gt 0 LoanPurposes 0003GoaiPuchase Sekect zi Total 750000 XAlowed amount 1 amount 100 000 7 After fulfilling all necessary fields click Continue button 8 On Review installments page click Preview button 9 On Preview Loan account info
289. rmation page check account information and then click on Save for approval button 10 If you display group details page you will see a newly created account Default Group BActve System s 0002 000000011 Loan oficer loan oficer Cheras assigned Add Chent Chick on a Chem below to view the Cbent denis 111223264299995 Chen 233266299905 StL 233266 30985 1 Cheer 23326630085 3101222265212760 Cher 233266319760 Hobday TestiCbeof Open new account Loan Savings E Active in Good Standing B Actve in Good Standing Application Pending Approval Click on Loan Name to display its details On the Group details page you will see the GLIM table with listed Group Lona members as itis shown below 153 WeeklyGroupDeclineLoanWithPeriodicFee 000100000000078 Eo account satis 8i Application Approved Disbursal date 27 04 2012 Purpose of Loan Account summary View repayment schedule Original Loan Amount Loan balance Principal 7500 merest 20 Fees 0 Penary 0 Total 7580 alalsialall 68 Recent activity Account details Ed account etemason interest rules interest Rate Type Dectining Balance interest rate 10 APR Prerest deduced at disbursement No Repayment rules Frequency of Instaliments 1 Week s Principal due on last instaliment No Grace Period Type None No of instaliments 10 Allowed Number of installments 1 100 Grace period kx repayments 0 Instaliments Source of und
290. roval Client charges View details Amount Due 0 0 View all closed accounts MFI information Edit MEI information External ID abc 6 In the client s attach survey page 1 Click the down arrow on the Select a Question Group menu box 2 Select the desired question group Note The question group must be Active to display in the selection menu 3 Click Continue Te i a eer eT rere Home Clients amp Accounts Reports ASUNT UL ME BCE GZK DIEE E eee I ORZEKA I EE T ZEN Performance History Loans Cycle 1 Amount of last Loans 10000 0 of active Loans 1 Delinquent Portfolio 0 0 Total Savings 0 0 Meetings Attended 2 Meetings Missed 0 Loans Cycle per Product Individual Medical Loan 0 Standard Client Loan 1 Surveys 17 11 2008 Attach a Survey Client Business Information Recent Notes 09 11 2010 TEST ACCOUNT DO NOT MODIFY 14 07 2008 active TEST ACCOUNT DO NOT MODIFY Pasay Branch Maria Cipriano Attach Survey Maria Cipriano Attach Survey Select a survey from the list below Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to client details without submitting information Select a Question Group Select One Continue testing Client Business Information PPI Survey Philippines 291 7 Enter the requested data in the text box and click Submit to save the entry entries Cancel to discard the entry e If Submit is selected the entry is saved and t
291. rpose of Loan Account summary View repayment schedule Original Loan Amount paid Loan balance Principal 500 00 0 00 500 00 Interest 11 00 0 00 11 00 Fees 0 00 0 00 0 00 Penalty 0 00 0 00 0 00 Total 511 00 0 00 511 00 Account details Edit account information Interest rules Interest Rate Type Flat Interest rate 13 096 APR Interest deducted at disbursement No Repayment rules Frequency of Installments 1 Month s Principal due on last installment No Grace Period Type None No of installments 2 Allowed Number of Installments 1 5 Grace period for repayments 0 Installments 147 In the above screenshot of Test Prd1 under section Account Details gt Repayment Rules the Frequency of Installments reads 1 Month Test Prd 3 000100000000128 E Application Pending Approval Disbursal date 01 08 2011 Purpose of Loan Account summary Original Loan Principal 500 00 Interest 5 00 Fees 0 00 Penalty 0 00 Total 505 00 Account details Interest rules Interest Rate Type Flat Interest rate 12 096 APR Interest deducted at disbursement No Repayment rules Frequency of Installments 1 Week s Principal due on last installment No Grace Period Type None No of installments 2 Allowed Number of Installments 1 5 Grace period for repayments 0 Installments Source of fund Amount paid 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 In the above screenshot of Test Prd3 under section Account Details Repayment Rules
292. rt of Accounts page four main categories will be displayed Mifos SS Clients amp Accounts Reports Financial Accounting Administrative tasks Admin Manage Chart of Accounts Search by client mezo zz Chart of Accounts number e 10000 ASSETS Add e 20000 LIABILITIES Add _ Search e 30000 INCOME Add 40000 EXPENDITURE Add 3 You can expand each main category by clicking on its name 63 w 5 05 NATOS mam Administrative tasks Admin Manage Chart of Accounts Chart of Accounts By cha ares 411 Client Loan Portfolio Add Modify Delete 412 Client Loan Portfolio Add Modify Delete e 5 Cash and bank balances Add 655 Loan Loss Provisions Add Modify Delete 6612 Write offs Add e 20000 LIABILITIES Add e 30000 INCOME Add e 40000 EXPENDITURE Add 4 Next to each account there is a link to Add a new under it or if possible link to Modify and Delete account 411 ClientLoan Portfolio Add Modify Delete 5 To add a new GL Code under the e g ASSETS category click on Add link next to the ASSETS Admin Manage Chart of Accounts Chart of Accounts e 10000 ASSETS A e 411 Client Loan lio Add Modify Delete e 412 Client Loan Portfolio Add Modify Delete e 5 Cash and bank balances Add 655 Loan Loss Provisions Add Modify Delete e 6612 Write offs Add e 20000 LIABILITIES Add e 30000 INCOME Add e 40000 EXPENDITURE Add 6 Define new Charts of Accounts code page will be displ
293. rtial repayment of penalty The balance amount now appears as the opening balance to be repaid by the dient at the next meeting Any amount greater than the required savings penalty is applied against fee repayment if any If there is no fee due then the system throws an error for repayment of an amount greater than the expected amount e As mentioned above the fee payment is applied in the following order o Overdue charges o One time fee o Recurring fee So when a fee payment is made all overdue charges are repaid first T he remaining balance is adjusted against the one time fee If some balance still remains it is adjusted against the number of recurring meetings for which the fee can be repaid Example If overdue charges 5 one time fee 10 and recurring fee 2 for a period of 5 installments Suppose the client makes a repayment of 19 then the amount is adjusted in the following manner e Overdue charges totalling 5 are repaid first So the remaining balance is 19 5 14 e he one time fee of 10 is repaid next Remaining balance 14 10 4 e he balance of 4 can be applied against 2 schedules of recurring fee The balance remaining is now O e he fee amount owed by the client is now equal to the remaining recurring fee 2 remaining 3 installments 6 This amount is displayed by default as the opening balance amount to be repaid by the client For more scenarios and examples please look up documentation availabl
294. ry Education xx Secondary Education High School Graduate College Degree Citizenship Natural Born Citizen Immigrant with Citizen Non Citizen 55 Business Daily Labor Activity Agriculture Add Animal Husbandry Edit Micro Enterprise Production Purpose of Animal Husbandry Loan Animal Purchase Add Equipment Purchase Edit Materials Purchase Income Yes USD per No Add month 400 to 200 Edit Collateral None Type Savings Fund Add Equipment Edit Officer Title President Vice President Add Secretary Edit Treasurer Kay s Title Payment Gash a Modes Voucher Add Cheque Edit Kay s Payment Mobile transaction 2 To add a lookup option click that option and click Add A screen appears with an empty box for that option Type the new option and click Submit 4 To edit a lookup option click that option and click Edit A screen appears with a box showing the current option 5 Type the changed option and click Submit HOW TO SPECIFY THAT FIELDS BE MANDATORY AND OR HIDDEN w For many of the fields in Mifos if you have the appropriate permissions you can decide whether a field is mandatory meaning that the procedure cannot be completed until this field is filled in and also whether a field is hidden For example if it is essential to fill in the purpose of a loan before that loan is granted you can mark the Purpose of loan field as mandatory If a field such as A
295. s Mifos provides a set of fund codes that Administrators can name as appropriate GI Code HowT oDefineNewLoanProducts General Ledger code GLIM Group loans individual monitoring In a GLIM loan all transactions disbursals payments adjustments bulk entry and so forth take place at the group level The only major difference between GLIM and the usual group loans is that the initial loan account creation specifies the amounts given to each individual the purposes for these amounts and the way these loans affect the calculation of individual performance metrics See also Group loan 322 Group A collection of clients working together that is assigned to a center or a branch The group can act together to borrow money and hold a savings account HowT oCreateANewGroup Group Loan Common tasks Loan to a member of a group where the entire group takes responsibility for managing the loan and making sure that the borrower repays it Group Loan In a group loan the group has a single loan account and the group is the primary unit that the MFI interacts with a single repayment schedule is maintained for the entire group The group as a whole is responsible for repayment and fees and each individual in the group has a designated responsibility to pay their part of the debt See also GLIM Individual lending Hierarchy MFI The structure of offices in an MFI is an inverted tree with the central office at the top and up to
296. s a client who has a meeting frequency of every third or sixth or ninth week a multiple of 3 is eligible for loan instances that have a repayment frequency of weeks in a multiple of 3 A dient whose meeting frequency is the last Monday of every 2 months is eligible for loan instances that have a repayment frequency of months in a multiple of 2 This condition does not apply to clients who have no scheduled meetings If you attempt to change a meeting schedule so that it violates any of the above conditions the change will not be possible Note The only loans that appear on this list have a status of Eligible for New Accounts T here are no built in restrictions on the number of loans that a client group can have Your MFI is responsible for the approval of any loan and for the mix of loan products that any client or group is allowed to have See How to manage the product mix for information In the Loan Product Name list click the type of loan you want to create and click Continue Enter information using the descriptions in the following table note that these fields may vary somewhat depending on the details of the loan product itself Amount he loan amount for the client 100 00 limited to the minimum and maximum amounts shown in brackets Interest Rate Applicable interest rate limited to thel 8 minimum and maximum values shown in brackets If a default field was defined for the product this field shows t
297. s are repaid first The remaining balance is adjusted against the one time fee provided the repayment date is for a period already elapsed or if repayment is scheduled for the current meeting date Recurring fee for future meeting dates are not accepted by the system Example If overdue charges 5 one time fee 10 repayable on the first installment meeting and recurring fee 2 for a period of 5 installments Suppose the client makes a 35 repayment of 19 on the meeting date of the first installment then the amount is adjusted in the following manner o Overdue charges totalling 5 are repaid first So the remaining balance is 19 5 14 o The one time fee of 10 is repaid next Remaining balance 14 10 2 4 o The balance of 4 can be applied against only 1 schedule of recurring fee since the other recurring fees are for period that haven t occurred yet T hus the system accepts only 2 as recurring fee and throws an error saying the amount entered is greater than expected For more scenarios and examples please look up documentation available here When you have typed all collection data click Preview to review your work All values that you changed from their expected amount appear in red 7 If you need to make changes click Edit Data make the changes and click Preview again 8 When you are satisfied with the collection data click Submit Applying misc charge or misc penalties to loans after payment has
298. s below Status of Loan Account will be changed to Closed Written Off 1 Click on Clients amp Accounts tab type a name of group or client and click Search You will see a list of groups clients with Loan Accounts assigned to them 1 Client MemberWeekly Group ID 0002 000000026 Status E Loan officer loan officer Also See MyOfficeDHMFT WeeklyMeetingCenter GroupWeekly 2 Group group1 ID 0002 000000004 Status E Loan officer loan officer Loan Account 000100000000011 Account 000100000000042 Also See MyOfficeDHMFT Default Center 3 Group groupWithoutLoan ID 0002 000000009 Status B Loan officer loan officer Also See MyOfficeDHMFT Default Center 2 Choose appropriate loan account and click on it to display its details You will see a page like following 164 MyOfficeDHMFT Default Center group1 GroupEmergencyLoan GroupEmergencyLoan 000100000000011 E Application Approved Disbursal date 25 02 2011 Purpose of Loan Account summary View repayment schedule Original Amount paid Loan balance Loan Principal 1 000 0 1 000 Interest 0 0 0 Fees 0 0 0 Penalty 0 0 0 Total 1 000 0 1 000 Recent activity Edit account Account details zranienie m Interest rules Interest Rate Type Flat Interest rate 0 APR Interest deducted at disbursement No 3 Click Edit account status to write off transaction You will see a screen like following Edit account status Status Closed R
299. s follows e Principal The principal is calculated as the sum total of principal due in unpaid due and future installments e Interest Interest is calculated depending on whether the waive interest feature is enabled this is explained in greater detail in the next section e Fees The fees due for all future installments is not included but the fees due for all past unpaid installments and the current installment is included in the total due e Penalty This includes miscellaneous penalties and penalties due to late repayments if any The total includes miscellaneous penalties both for the current instalment and for those due through the last installment Early repayment of Loans Repay Loans and Waive Interest Scenario If the client repays the loan earlier than the due date and the loan product has been marked as Can Waive Off Interest 1 Click Repay Loan link on the Loan Details page top right of the screen A screen like the following appears 2 As shown in the screenshot above the Can Waive Off Interest option is enabled This is because the loan product has been marked as Can Waive Off Interest Depending on your MFIs current requirement you have the option to disable it or retain it e Waive Interest Option Disabled The Amount is calculated by waiving off all the future fee future interests The payment due interest is included in the calculate amount and the penalty is not waived off e Waive Interest O
300. s of Accounts code Modify Charts of Accounts code EE Fields marked with an asterisk are required Name of account Petty Cash Accounts GLcode 725 GL code of parent 10000 ads Preview e 20000 LIABILITIES e 30000 INCOME e 40000 EXPENDITURE 10 On Modify Charts of Accounts code page it is possible to change name of the account GL code number and also move it to another parent account At the bottom there is a section in which there is a possibility to see the whole Chart of Accounts tree and you can check to which parent it can be moved 65 TEK Mitos mam Administrative tasks Admin Manage Chart of Accounts Modify Charts of Accounts code Modify Charts of Accounts code OO Fields marked with an asterisk are required Name of account Pety Cash Accounts Gode s GL code of parent 10000 e 10000 ASSETS Preview e 411 Client Loan Portfolio e 412 Client Loan Portfolio e 5 Cash and bank balances e 655 Loan Loss Provisions e 6612 Write offs e 725 Petty Cash Accounts e 20000 LIABILITIES e 30000 INCOME Tl After modifying account parameters click on Preview button and then on Submit button to save the changes Administrative tasks Admin Manage Chart of Accounts Modify Charts of Accounts code Modify Charts of Accounts code a Name of account Loans and Advances GL code 725 GL code of parent 10000 12 Account will be modified a
301. s on a holiday 9 After the errors are resolved and the due dates adjusted click Preview A screen similar to this will be displayed Account Owner Karen May Abu Loan account information Loan instance name VariableLoan1 Instance information Description Variable Loan No cash flow comparison Interest Rate Type Declining Balance Frequency of Installments 1 Week s Principal due on last installment No Grace Period Type None Amount 500 0 Allowed Amount 1 0 10000 0 Interest rate 20 Allowed Interest Rate Amount 15 0 25 0 No of installments 5 Allowed Number of Installments 1 7 Disbursal date 2011 04 18 Grace period for repayments 0 Installments Source of fund Interest deducted at disbursement No Purpose of Loan Materials Purchase Collateral type Collateral Notes External Id Charges Applied 205 Installments Amount due Installment DueDate Principal Interest Fees 1 29 Apr 2011 98 0 3 0 0 0 2 18 May 2011 96 8 4 2 0 0 3 11 Jun 2011 97 0 4 0 0 0 4 23 Jun 2011 99 6 1 4 0 0 5 20 Jul 2011 108 6 1 6 0 0 Edit Loan Schedule Information 10 If any of the above details need to be edited click Edit account information or Edit Loan Schedule Information depending on what needs to be edited Tl When you are satisfied with all changes click Submit for Approval or if you want to wait to submit this loan click Save for Later If you decide not to create the loan at all at this
302. schedule Can configure variable installments J Minimum gap between installments 40 days Maximum gap between installments days Minimum installment amount Grace period in variable installments To specify grace period for variable installment loans the grace period should first be set at the product level While creating the loan product under section Repayment Schedule fill in the grace period details as explained in the How to Define and Change New and Existing Loan Products section This is how grace period is implemented in the case of variable installment loans if Grace period duration 3 installments frequency of installments for variable installment loan product 1 week Then only after the completion of 3 installments of one week each will the loan move to active in bad standing Creating New Loan Account with Variable Installments For a detailed explanation on how to create new loan refer to section section How to Create a Loan Account under chapter Loan Accounts The loan creation process is also explained below briefly including the variable installment feature Loans can be created for individual clients or groups The process of creating loans is the same for both clients and groups 1 Click Clients amp Accounts on the main panel The following screen appears 197 198 To review or edit a Client Group or account Search OT Select a Branch Office Search by name system ID or acco
303. search boxes provided on the home page Ensure that the selected client has meetings scheduled on a weekly basis Weekly User B Active System ID 0002 000000035 Loan officer Joe officer Activities Account information Member charges View details Amount Due 0 00 MFI information External Id Member start date 18 07 2011 Recruited By Joe officer Training Status Trained On Group Membership amp Meeting Details Meeting Recur every 1 Week s on Tuesday ioiioh group tuesday 2 Under the account information section of the client s details click Open new account gt Loan A screen similar to the following is displayed Create Loan Account Enter Loan Account Information Edit Member status Edit Member status Open new account Loan Savings View all closed accounts Edit MEI information Edit Remove Group membership Select a Loan instance Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to Members amp Accounts without submitting i Fields marked with an asterisk are required Account Owner Weekly User Loan product name Select el _ Continue Cancel 3 Select the required product name from the dropdown menu and click Continue Make sure that the loan product selected has monthly installments On click of Continue a screen similar to the following is displayed 145 Create Loan Account Enter Loan Account Information Select a Loan instance Then click Continue Click Cancel
304. sed payments The total number of payments installments that are missed and are in arrears e Days in arrears T he number of days the loan account is behind on payment that is the number of days overdue e Loan maturity date The date on which the loan matures and the outstanding loan balance is due HOW TO VIEW MISSED INSTALLMENTS If an installment payment is missed it is displayed in the overdue information and the Total Amount Due includes the missed installment For example if a client has to repay 100 principal 2 80 and Interest 20 every month and she defaults for the month of August then for the month of September the following amounts are displayed in the Next Payment details Principal Due 80 Interest Due 20 Penalty Due 2 for the missed defaulted installment Principal Overdue 80 for the missed defaulted installment Interest Overdue 20 for the missed defaulted installment Total Amount Due 202 HOW TO VIEW THE CHANGE LOG Any changes that have been made to loan details are contained in the change log These might include Account information changes Addition removal of fee types Addition of notes and change in collateral notes Status changes includes changes that were made by the user and the system However changes related to transactions such as payment of principal interest fees and penalties are not logged At the bottom of the screen click View Change Log to see these The
305. sen 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kay Chau 2010 Kris Mani 2010 How to view and change details of centers groups and clients anita Anderson 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Sonia Lyris 2010 How to view performance history Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 anita Anderson 2010 Ed Cable 2010 How to view system information and manage a Mifos shut down anita Anderson 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kay Chau 2010 How to work with funds define view assign Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kris Mani 2010 Tracy Mehoke 2010 How to work with offices Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Feuer 2010 Adam Monsen 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kay Chau 2010 Kris Mani 2010 Tracy Mehoke 2010 How to work with roles permissions and system users O anita Anderson 2010 Modifications Adam Feuer 2010 Adam Monsen 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kris Mani 2010 Tracy Mehoke 2010 How to work with user checklists O Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 anita Anderson 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kris Mani 2010 Tracy Mehoke 2010 How to change a meeting schedule for a center Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kay Chau 2010 Sonia Lyris 2010 33 How to change the status of a savings account Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Feuer 2010 Adam Monsen 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kay Chau 2010 How t
306. sh Confirmation Report Edit report information Complete the fields below Then click Preview Click Cancel to return to report details without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Report details Report title Branch Cash Confirmatior Report category Analysis H Report Status Active 3 Select report template Choose File no file selected _Preview Cancel 2 Enter information using the descriptions in the following table Field Description Report Title Change the title here Report Category Change the category here Report f P Active or Inactive Click Choose File browse your computer for a BIRT file and double click it T he new filename 3 Click Preview to review your work 4 If you want to make changes click the Edit button make changes and click Preview again 5 When you are satisfied with your changes click Submit If you want to make further changes to the reports you need to download them click the Download button make changes within BIRT and upload them again HOW TO DEFINE A NEW REPORT CATEGORY You can divide the reports available in Mifos into categories Default categories are as follows Report l Collection Sheet report General ledger Client detail Membership IDs 264 Financial indicators Program performance Performance sy indicators Daily Activity Summary Loan Product Loan Disbursement Det
307. siness Growth Rate Do all children in the family of ages 6 to 14 go to school Do any family members have salaried employment e Click Submit to save the changes Select from list of existing questions Add new question Asad Business Reference 1 Business Reference 1 Comments Business Reference 2 Business Reference 2 Comments Client Neighbor Reference 1 Current Loan Cycle Mandatory Add new question Remove remove remove remove remove Order a a 297 ASSOCIATING QUESTION GROUPS TO APPROVE LOAN WORKFLOW To associate a question group with the Approve loan workflow perform the following actions 1 On the Admin tab click Add New Question Group under Manage Questions Manage Questions o View Questions Add New Question o View Question Groups Add New Question Group o Activate Question Group 2 In the Add Question Group page that displays 1 Enter a question group title in the Question Group T itle text box 2 In the Applies To text box select Approve Loan workflow 3 If the response will be editable indicate this by clicking on the checkbox Leave it unchecked if the response will not be editable 4 Keep the default section heading that is displayed in the text box or enter a new section heading 5 Check the appropriate radio button to indicate whether an existing
308. sits Define Accepted Payment Types Specify the accepted payment types below Click on a payment type in the left boxto select Then click Add To remove click on a payment type on the right box to select Then click remove Clients Groups Centers Fees Cheque Cash MPESA Add gt Voucher MPESA ZAP Remove same Loans A Lr EB Disbursements Cheque Cash MPESA Add gt gt Voucher MPESA ZAP Remove Repayments Voucher Cash Cheque Add gt gt MPESA MPESA ZAP a Remove Savings T Withdrawals Cash Voucher MPESA Add gt gt Cheque MPESA ZAP z Remove Deposits Cash a Voucher Cheque Add gt gt MPESA MPESA ZAP Remove i 2 Since M PESA has already been added as a lookup option it will be displayed on the left box under each category Add M PESA as an accepted payment type T o do this click on M PESA on the left box to select T hen dick Add 242 Define Accepted Payment Types Specify the accepted payment types below Click on a payment type in the left box to select Then click Add To remove click on a payment type on the right box to select Then click remove Clients Groups Centers Fees Cheque Cash MPESA ZAP Add gt gt Voucher MPESA a lt Remove Loans Disbursements Cheque Cash MPESA ZAP Add
309. specified minimum amount If you create a savings account for a group or a center all members of the group or center can deposit to and withdraw from these accounts Usually when a transaction is made the user chooses the client name from a list of approved clients belonging to that group or centre A center group or client can have more than one account of the same or different savings products but a single account cannot be shared by more than one center group or client In addition no conversion is allowed between individual client accounts and center group accounts MANDATORY VERSUS VOLUNTARY SAVINGS Some MFls make their savings accounts mandatory T he minimum deposit amount is considered due at every meeting day of the account owner Partial payments are allowed If the client or group does not make this minimum deposit on time the required deposit amount at the next meeting is increased by that amount For example if the minimum deposit is 50 and the client does not pay then at the next meeting the required deposit will be 100 If the minimum deposit is 50 and the client pays 25 then at the next meeting the required deposit will be 75 If the savings account is held by a center the deposit amount is applied to all clients in Active or On Hold states If the savings account is held by a group and the minimum deposit applies to each group member separately the deposit amount is applied to clients in Active or On Ho
310. srf Itd sri Add gt gt SID Funding Org C z lt lt Remove Funding Org D M Product GL code Interest Select Principal Select 1 In the box on the left are all funds currently defined in Mifos T he box on the right contains any funds used as sources for this loan Click any fund on the left and then click Add gt gt to move it to the box on the right You can add more than one fund to this loan product To remove the fund from this loan product click it in the box on the right and then click lt lt Remove 2 The Product GL Code refers to general ledger codes set at the time of configuration Every transaction has a corresponding GL code for further financial tracking To apply a GL code to the interest for this loan product click a code in the Interest list To apply a GL code to the principal for this loan product click a code in the Principal list 3 When you are done setting up the loan product click Preview to review your work 4 If you want to make changes click Edit Loan Product Information and make changes 5 When you are satisfied with all the details click Submit If you decide not to create a loan product at this time click Cancel HOW TO USE MULTICURRENCY FEATURES If Mifos has been set up in configuration to handle more than one currency then when you define a new loan product you can keep the default currency or specify an additional currency T he same choice appears wh
311. sses are completed Checklists are defined by the head office and associated with certain states of customer records or accounts For example if the head office defines a checklist for the state Pending approval of a loan account every time a user attempts to change the state of a loan account to Pending Approval no matter what the state of the loan application was up to this point the checklist appears T he user can then go through the list and make sure that all items on the checklist have been satisfied Each state for clients groups and products can only have one checklist attached Note You can change an existing checklist but you may not delete it HOW TO DEFINE A CHECKLIST 44 1 Click Admin gt Define New Checklist You can also click Admin gt View Checklists and click the Define a New Checklist from that screen The following screen appears Add new checklist Enter checklist information Complete the fields below Then click Preview Click Cancel to return to Admin without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Checklist details Name Type Select iv Displayed when moving into __Seject v Status items Enter text for each item and click Add to save the item in the list below _ Preview Cancel 2 Enter information about the checklist using the descriptions in the following table name Name Type a unique name for the checklist Click
312. ssibility to adjust historical transactions If you have made incorrect transaction in the past you can make adjustment of any transaction you want When you have made an adjustment Mifos divides the canceled payment into principal interest and fees and makes adjustments in each of these categories to the total amount still due for the loan To apply adjustment follow these instructions 179 1 In the Transactions box at the upper right of the screen click Apply Adjustment Note If no payments have been made up to the present for this loan this button does not appear A screen like the following appears showing all payments ClientEmergencyLoan 000100000000015 Choose payment to adjust Date of Amount Mode of payment Receipt ReceiptID Apply transaction date adjustment 2012 05 24 20 00 Voucher tment 2012 05 24 12 00 Cheque z tment 2012 03 27 11 00 LookUpOption AudiBankSal 1335425554961 You can choose any payment including those in the past and click Apply Adjustment to see a scren like following AUTO LOAN 2 000100000000897 Apply adjustment The payment can be reversed if required If the adjustment is made system will make a reverse transaction entry and the account balance will be updated Amount to be adjusted 10 LJ Check to revert the last payment Amount 10 0 Date of transaction 21 DD 0z MM 2012 YYYY Mode of payment Voucher v Notes 2
313. stallment Amount specified during product creation whichever is greater After the edits are done click Validate T his function will check if the modified due dates and modified installment amounts are in accordance with the conditions specified Possible errors are as follows e he first installment date could be before the loan disbursal date e he gap between two installments is less than the allowed minimum e he due date falls on a pre specified holiday e he installment amount is less than either the minimum installment amount or sum of fee and interest for that period whichever is greater Below are two sample error screens Error Type Gap between installment due dates less than allowed minimum 204 Create Loan account Review installments Review the payment schedule below Click Preview to continue Click Cancel to return to Clients 8 Accounts Gap between the due dates of installment 1 and the previous installment is less than allowed Gap between the due dates of installment 2 and the previous installment is less than allowed Gap between the due dates of installment 4 and the previous installment is less than allowed Gap between the due dates of installment 5 and the previous installment is less than allowed Error Type Installment due date falls on holiday Create Loan account Review installments Review the payment schedule below Click Preview to continue e Installment 2 has due date which fall
314. sword Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Kris Mani 2010 How to change the status of centers groups and clients O Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 anita Anderson 2010 Ed Cable 2010 How to create a new center O anita Anderson 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kay Chau 2010 Mike Dash 2010 Sonia Lyris 2010 How to create a new client O anita Anderson 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Clytie Siddall 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Mike Dash 2010 How to create a new group O anita Anderson 2010 Modifications 327 Adam Monsen 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Sonia Lyris 2010 How to create a new savings account anita Anderson 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Edward Cherlin 2010 Kay Chau 2010 How to create and view the office structure anita Anderson 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Clytie Siddall 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kay Chau 2010 Mike Dash 2010 How to create multiple loans bulk loan creation anita Anderson 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 Clytie Siddall 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kay Chau 2010 Mike Dash 2010 Tracy Mehoke 2010 How to define accepted payment types Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Feuer 2010 Adam Monsen 2010 Tracy Mehoke 2010 How to define change apply fees O Mike Dash 2010 Modifications Adam Monsen 2010 anita Anderson 2010 Ed Cable 2010 Kris Mani 2010 Tracy Mehoke 2010 How to de
315. t Question Groups page with a new section title and two existing questions selected Section Heading testing Select from list of existing questions Add new question Select Questions Area Asad 4 Business Growth Rate Business Reference 1 4 Business Reference 1 Comments Business Reference 2 Business Reference 2 L Comments x A j Qu sstions Misc Question Name Mandatory Remove My Test w remove ESTRATO v remove PIN Number v remove 280 The following graphic depicts the Edit Question Groups page with the new section title and two existing questions posted Order 6 Select from list of existing questions Add new question Select Questions Area Asad m Business Reference 1 Business Reference 2 Business Reference 2 Comments Client Neighbor Reference 1 Current Loan Cycle r E E testing remove Question Name Mandatory Remove Order Business Growth Rate remove Business Reference 1 Comments remove Misc 4 Question Name Mandatory Remove Order My Test v remove e o remove a section heading or a question click Remove Clicking Remove at the section heading level removes the entire section including questions 3 Make the desired changes 4 Click Submit to save the changes or Cancel to discard the changes e If Submit is selected the changes are saved and the user returns to the selected question gr
316. t account Survey Common tasks Surveys are ways for loan officers and others working in the center to collect information about groups and clients for analysis and reporting HowT oViewAndWorkWithCenterDetails System User A person who works with clients such as a Loan Officer User A person authorized to use Mifos Users are limited to performing the activities that are associated with a defined role Virtual Branch Office HowT oCreateAndorViewT heOfficeStructure A branch office defined within the head office if that head office is to offer services directly to clients 325 04 LICENSE All chapters copyright of the authors see below Unless otherwise stated all chapters in this manual licensed with GNU General Public License version 2 This documentation is free documentation you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 of the License or at your option any later version T his documentation is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANT Y without even the implied warranty of MERCHANT ABILIT Y or FIT NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU General Public License for more details You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this documentation if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110
317. t as an administrative document You can also use sample file which can be downloaded from here for Savings and for here Loans Loan Savings Details document is displayed on Loan Savings details page depending on the status of the Loan Savings During document upload you need to select from the box Show when status in which Loan Savings statuses this document should be displayed and also you need to select type Loan Administrative Document Savings Administrative Document Once document is uploaded you will see this document on every Loan Savings details page which has status selected during upload Account details Facilitation Cost Rate rules Facilitation Cost Rate Rate Type Flat Interest rate 12096 APR Facilitation Cost Rate deducted at disbursement No Repayment rules Frequency of Installments 1 Month s Principal due on last installment No Grace Period Type None No of installments 3 Allowed Number of Installments 1 90 Grace period for repayments 0 Installments Source of fund OFT Funding Line Collateral details Collateral type Collateral Notes External Id Administrative documents Template Recurring account fees One time account fees Facilitation INS 1 2 000 Facilitation APP 2 4 000 Recurring account penalties Payment Receipt 269 If you want to generate and print payment receipt during apply payment you need to first upload previously prepared in Pentaho Report Designer
318. t based on this loan product Grace Period An initial grace period is the time Grace on All Type between the disbursal date of a loan and Repayments the collection of the first regular payment Click one of the following choices for the type of extra time allowed for repayment None No extra time is allowed Grace on All Repayments T he client is not required to start repayment until the grace period ends and interest is not charged during this period T hat is extra time is given for both principal and interest Principal only Grace Extra time is allowed only for the principal not the interest of the loan The client must make regular interest payments but is not required to make payments against the principal during the grace period Grace Period This is the number of initial due dates at 3 first duration the beginning of the loan when no payment due instalments payment is due The first payment at period 4 would be due on the next instalment date How to create Variable Installment Loans Overview Often times MFls face the need to tailor loan disbursement loan repayment recovery and loan maturity to suit the cash flow patterns of the borrower This is especially true of products like agricultural loans where clients repayments can be quite volatile T he volatility arises due to increased vulnerability of the agricultural industry to factors like inclement weather Consequently returns in such sectors are se
319. t below to view details and make changes or Define a new Savings product o Family Savings Account o FreeSavings o Group Savings o Group Savings Account o Individual Savings Account o Jewel o Lazima Savings o Mandatory Savings o savprodA o TermSavings 2 Click the link for the product you want to change In the screen that appears review the terms of the product 4 Click Edit Savings Product Information and proceed as in the procedure above clicking Submit when you are done w 32 HOW TO SORT CLIENT AND LOAN FIELDS It is possible to sort client s and loan s fields on details page to enable better customization You can select the fields order which is the most suitable for your needs Follow steps below to sort client s or loans s fields 1 Open client s loan s details page 2 Click on Change fields order Edit account information Account details Change fields order Facilitation Cost Rate Rate Type Declining Balance Equal Principal Installment Interest rate 12096 APR Facilitation Cost Rate deducted at disbursement No Currency UGX Frequency of Installments 1 Month s Principal due on last installment No Grace Period Type Principal only grace Grace period for repayments 1 Installments No of installments 21 Allowed Number of Installments 1 60 Source of fund OFT Funding Line 3 You will see buttons which will enable you to sort client s loan s fields desi dessin Edit accou
320. t matched the frequency of a client s meeting schedule to be disbursed For example a client that had weekly meetings was not allowed to have monthly loans Inother words if a client s meeting schedule was set to weekly only loan products that had repayments scheduled every N weeks could be disbursed Thus meeting schedule was a rigid constraint in Mifos This new feature serves to remove some of that rigidity This feature only works when LSIM Loan Schedule Independent of Meeting is on For details on enabling LSIM look up here Since this only works when LSIM is enabled its scope is restricted to only loans and does not affect customer account related aspects like savings and fees This feature is available for groups as wellas individual members In addition this feature is available for both variable and non variable loans The below sections details the procedure to be followed to create loans of multiple frequencies Scenario 1 Workflow to create monthly loan for client that meets weekly non variable installment loan Before proceeding to create a monthly loan for a client that meets weekly ensure that the following two conditions are met e Ensure that the particular client has been created in Mifos and approved for meetings on a weekly basis For details on how to create a client with weekly loan look up How to create a new client Note While creating a new client the client s Member Status initially reads Appl
321. t this branch whose collections fall onthe day you specified It might look like the following mifoscollsheet2a mifoscollsheet2b e The relevant fields for applying fees will be in the following columns o To enter the early fee repayment for a particular client group center enter the respective fee amount against that client group center under the A C collections column This field is pre populated with the list of charges fee assessed against the client center group Enter the fee amount repaid by the client A validation is performed by the system to make sure the amount entered is not greater than the fees due o To enter penalty for withdrawal against a savings account at the client level enter the required penalty amount against the client in the A C collections column The field is pre populated with the required penalty amount o Note Loan fees which don t have the early repayment capability will show up under Due Collections containing the short names of each loan and or savings product appear To understand the capability of the new early repayment of fees features let s revisit our original example Assume you have a client whose monthly meeting date is Dec 5 On Dec 5 the day of the meeting you would like to assess a client fee of 10 You manually apply the fee to the client In the Collection Sheet Entry page for Dec 5 this fee of 10 will Show up under the A C collections column Prior to the early repayment of
322. t wiki T ranslating Mif os stats New languages can be translated by using the online translation tool at Translatewikinet or by downloading the translation message files and translating them offline in a tool like poedit To add a new local to Mifos you need to have some development skills to write the code If you don t have such abilities you need to request that new language locale should be added into Mifos T o do that send an email to the mifos developer list with the subject line Please add LOCALE into Mifos Database and then new locale will be added to the new version of Mifos 16 0 HOW TO SET OFFICE STRUCTURE Your MFI can have as many as five levels of offices which can be organized according to geographical or functional divisions All users and clients of the MFl must be attached to offices Head office Regional office Divisional office Area office Branch office T he head office is the main or parent office for an MFI Mifos automatically creates it and there can be only one in an MFI During initial configuration see the Configuration guide you must decide on specifications for at least one branch office this is the level at which all client interactions take place You can also decide on specifications for the other three types of offices which are optional T he following screenshot shows how to choose which levels of offices you want in Mifos Admin View office Hierarchy View office
323. te To checkif GLIM is added properly click Admin gt Organizational Settings Under Miscellaneous section find Group loan with individual monitoring GLIM it should be set to Yes Group loan with individual monitoring GLIM enables you to allocate principal amounts and select different loan purposes to individual group members A loan is distributed to group and you are able to see not only group repayment schedule but also schedule for each individual group member This functionality more clearly shows the amounts needed to repay by individual persons To create GLIM Group Loan account follow the steps below 1 Click on Clients amp Accounts tab 2 Search for a Group where you want to create a Group Loan Account 3 You will see alist of groups matched to your Group Name choose appropriate one Search for group Al Brancnofces gt 11 results for group 1 Client MemberWeekly Group ID 0002 000000026 Status E Loan officer loan officer Also See MyOfficeDHMFT WeeklyMeetingCenter GroupWeekly 2 Group group1 ID 0002 000000004 Status B Loan officer loan officer Loan Account 000100000000011 Account 000100000000042 Also See MyOfficeDHMFT Default Center 3 Group groupWithoutLoan ID 0002 000000009 Status Bi Loan officer loan officer Also See MyOfficeDHMFT Default Center 4 Group Default Group ID 0002 000000011 Status E Loan officer loan officer Loan Account 000100000000075 Accou
324. te and click Continue A screen appears summarizing the terms of the savings product For information O n these terms see How to define and change new savings products Create Savings account Enter Savings account information Complete the fields below Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to Clients amp Accounts without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Account Owner Mati Teacher Savings instance name Individual Savings Account Savings product summary Description Individual Savings account Used at client s discretion and as extra insurance against the loan in case the client defaults Type of deposits Mandatory Max amount per 0 0 withdrawal Balance used for Interest Average Balance rate calculation Time period for Interest 30 day s rate calculation Frequency of Interest 1 month s posting to accounts Min balance required for 0 0 Interest rate calculation Interest rate 7 5 96 Savings account details Recommended amount for 10 0 deposit 3 Review the terms If you are satisfied click Preview 4 If you want to change anything about this savings account click Edit Savings Account Information make changes and click Preview again 5 When you are satisfied with all details click Submit for Approval or if you want to submit this account later Save for Later If you decide not to create a savings account at all at this time dic
325. te only if Back dated transactions allowed Yes option is enabled in the system You can check if this option is enabled in your system in Admin tab on View organization settings page If LSIM option is enabled only the last payment matters and you can enter date which cannot be before the last payment date If LSIM is disabled then transaction date must not be before the previous meeting date or last payment date To repay loan follow this instructions 1 In the Transactions box at the upper right of the screen click Repay Loan A screen like the following appears Date of transaction 2 DD 3 MM 2012 YYYY Amount 1 380 5 Mode of payment Select y Receipt ID Receipt Date DD MM YYYY Review Transaction Cancel 2 Enter information using the descriptions in the following table LANE eee Mode of Payment The way the payment was made Receipt ID A number for the receipt if you use one Receipt Date The date the receipt was issued if you use one Date of transaction The date when transaction was made or backdate if transaction is made in different date than repayment 3 When you are done click Review Transaction to review your work 4 lf you want to make changes click Edit Transaction make any changes and click Review Transaction again 5 When you are satisfied with all changes click Submit HOW TO APPLY CHARGES AND FEES If you want to apply fees or
326. tem days Set Dormancy Definition Savings Specify the numberofdaysto 75 define Dormancy in Savings Accounts The account status will be changed to On Hold by the system days Cancel 2 In the Loan box type the number of days to wait after nonpayment before the account is marked Active Bad Standing 3 In the Savings box type the number of days to wait after no activity before it is marked On Hold 4 When you are satisfied with the changes click Submit If you decide not to make any changes to the definition at this time dick Cancel 15 28 HOW TO DEFINE NEW LOAN PRODUCTS e How to waive interest on early loan repayment e How to configure variable loan installments e How to use multicurrency features In Mifos a loan product is a type of loan account A single MFI typically has several loan products for example a 4 year housing loan and a 2 year educational loan The product provides the terms and definitions of these different programs to the Mifos system Loan products are available to the whole MFI If a customer wants to borrow a 2 year educational loan the MFI uses the 2 year educational loan to create an account for the customer T he loan account is used to track transactions related to the loan which include interest repayment and any applicable charges The loan account is a specific instance of a loan product with a specified interest rate and an account number and
327. tes how these two hierarchies are related L Edit MFI and Branch B1 sk personal officer i information Edit MFI and Branch B2 Other personal information Edit MFl and Headquarters Other personal information Edit MFI and Loan Branch B2 personal officer information Permissions apply only to centers groups and clients assigned to the loan officer 2 This is an example of a permission See the full listing of possible permissions in Default roles and their activities HOW TO WORK WITH ROLES AND PERMISSIONS Many system users can have the same role How to create a role 1 Click Admin gt Manage Roles and Permissions If some roles are already defined you might see a screen like this Roles and permissions A role is the name for set of users with like permissions for system tasks Select a role from the list below to view or edit role name and task permissions You can also add a new Role Admin Delete role loan officer Delete role office manager Delete role 2 To define a new role click the New Role link A screen with many types of possible permissions appears A partial list looks like this Modify Role Check the boxes below to allow permissions for the specified role Click Submit to apply changes Click Cancel to return to Modify roles amp Permissions without saving changes Role Name Admin V Organization Management M Funds Funds M Can create funds Can create fu
328. that appears in the Account Information and Center Group Client charges section click View Details and then Apply Charges Account information Open new account Loan Savings Group charges View details Amount due 0 0 View all closed accounts 2 If the fees are for a specific loan account in any Search box type the ID for the account and click Search or navigate to that account from the center client group details page Click the link that appears for that loan In the details page that appears in the Transactions box in the upper right corner click Apply Charges Transactions Apply payment Apply charges Apply adjustment Repay Loan 3 Click Apply Charges A screen like the following appears testcentre Apply charges Select charge type Select gt Amount Cancel 4 In the Select Charge Type list click the appropriate charge If there is a set amount for this charge it appears in the Amount box 5 In the Amount box type the amount to apply 6 Click Submit T he charge now appears in the Upcoming Charges and the Recent Account Activity list It will appear in Transaction History when posted EARLY REPAYMENT OF FEES This feature provides MFls the ability to collect fees in advance of the repayment date However early repayment of fees is applicable only at the client group and center level It cannot be applied to loan accounts 29 This feature part of Mifos 2 1 enables fees t
329. that have already been uploaded click View admin documents You will see following site 267 View administrative documents Below is the list of administrative documents To edit click on the Edit link to download click on Download admin document link or to upload a new administrative document Template Edit Download administrative document Active Loan Edit Download administrative document Return to Admin page If you want to edit the basic fields of the document as in the table above click Edit make changes and click Preview and then Submit If you want to change the layout or the data fields click Download make changes in BIRT and upload the document to Mifos again HOW TO ATTACH ADMINISTRATIVE DOCUMENTS MFls can use Pentaho Report Designer the same reporting tool used to create reports at the head office level to create a set of administrative documents that can be attached to specific loan and savings accounts and printed as needed The following might be available as administrative documents a voucher payment book disbursal receipt and payment receipt HOW TO GENERATE PRINT ADMINISTRATIVE DOCUMENTS T here is possible to generate print receipts or voucher in the following cases 1 Loan Agreement for each loan 2 Details of the account 3 Apply Payment If you want to be able to attach and print Administrative documents you have to upload them first see How to upload administrative documents
330. the Frequency of Installments reads 1 Week SCENARIO 2 WORKFLOW TO CREATE WEEKLY LOAN FOR CLIENT THAT MEETS MONTHLY NON VARIABLE INSTALLMENT LOAN Before proceeding to create a weekly loan for a client that meets monthly ensure the following two conditions are met e Ensure that the particular client has been created in Mifos and approved for meetings on a monthly basis For details on how to create a client with monthly loan look up How to create a new client Note Change Member status for a new client as per the steps mentioned in the above section e Ensure that the required loan product has been created with a frequency of installments set to 1 week The loan product should not be a variable installment loan For details on how to create a non variable installment loan product with weekly installment frequency look up How to create a new loan account Once the client has been created follow these steps to create a weekly loan for a client that meets monthly 1 Log in to the Mifos system and select the required client for whom the loan has to be disbursed The client can be selected through the search boxes provided on the home page Ensure that the selected client has meetings scheduled on a monthly basis 148 Edit account status View repayment schedule Loan balance 500 00 5 00 0 00 0 00 505 00 Edit account information Monthly User Edit Member status E Application Pending Appro
331. the grace period if the grace period has not yet expired he grace period starts as of the day the loan is disbursed to the client Click the applicable source Tsunami of funds for the loan as defined by the MFI Purpose of he purpose for which the Material Loan loan has been disbursed Purchase Business work The type of activity the Farming activities client is engaged in he type of collateral the Type 1 client has provided for the loan Explanatory notes about Land title the collateral type deed applicable to the loan verified by External ID If this loan has an ID number from some other system type it here Additional Enter any additional information required by pply any set fees for this loan as defined by your MFI If you want to change the default fee amount for any ee displayed type the amount in the box If you want to remove this fee check the Check to Remove Box Additional FeelApply up to a maximum of 3 different fee types as defined by your MFI Click Submit after entering the required details 8 The loan installment schedule for the client is summarized and displayed The screen looks something like this 203 Account Owner Stu1233171716380 Client1233171716380 Loan amount 1 000 Disbursement date 27 Apr 2012 Fixed repayment schedule No Installments Installment No Due date Principal Interest Fees Total 1 7 04 05 12 i 100 0 5 0 100 i 2 1
332. the type of checklist you want to create from the list of values The list includes Center Group Client Loan Savings Client Select the status that the checklist will be displayed for if that status is attached to the type above For example if the checklist type is Clients and the status is Pending Approval the checklist is displayed whenever any client Pending Approval record status is changed to Pending Approval Type the text for the checklist item and click Add gt gt to include the item in the checklist below the item field The text can accept a maximum of 250 characters The checklist can have any number of check items defined for it All the listed check items will be considered mandatory and will have to be checked before the status change can be accepted by the system Remove o remove a checklist item click the item Selected and click Remove Selected 3 When you have finished typing all the items in the checklist click Preview to review the list 4 If you want to change anything in the checklist click Edit 45 Checklist Information make the changes and click Preview again 5 When you are satisfied with the checklist click Submit or click Cancel if you decide not to create a checklist at this time HOW TO VIEW EXISTING CHECKLISTS 1 Click Admin View Checklists If any checklists are defined they appear divided by type T he screen might look like this Admin View c
333. their characteristics Savings products can be set up for mandatory or voluntary deposits If the account holder does not make any deposits to or withdrawals from the account in a certain period of time the default is 30 days the account becomes dormant Note If you want to see the savings products that have already been created before making a new one click Admin gt View Savings Products and click any of the products displayed on that screen From that display you can make changes to the existing savings products Follow these instructions 1 Click Admin gt Define New Savings Product A screen appears with all the specifications for the product The first part of the screen looks like this Savings product details Product instance education name Shortname ne Description Deposits to cover educational fees transportation child care books etc ES Product category Standard Savings Start date 3 DD 0 MM 2010 YYYY End date DD MM YYYY a Applicable for Clients 2 Enter information using the descriptions in the following table he full name of the savings product being defined An abbreviated version of the name used in reports or menus where space is limited such as the Collection Sheet A description of the savings product its purpose eligible recipients or other information that will help an employee determine whether it is appropriate for a part
334. tion MyOfficeDHMFT Default Center groupWithoutLoan ChentWahLoan 20110221 ClientEmergencyLoan ClientEmergencyLoan 000100000000085 E Closed Obligation met Disbursal date 26 04 2012 Performance history Purpose of Loan of payments 17 Account summary jew r n sei pre ca 0 n arrears Original Loan Amount paid Loan balance Loan maturity date 29 06 2012 Principal 1 000 1 000 0 Interest 0 0 0 Overpayments Fees 0 0 0 100 00 Clear Penalty 0 0 0 Total 1 000 1 000 0 2 Attach a Question Group Recent activity View all account activity Recent notes Date Description Amount R I 26 04 2012 Payment rcvd 800 Mifos MFI 26 04 2012 Loan Adjusted 800 26 04 2012 Payment rcvd 800 26 04 2012 efef Mifos MFI 5 lf you want to clear overpayment amount click on Clear link You may see a screen like following Allowed overpayment amount is loaded automatically and you can not change it Allowed amount 30 Amount 50 Cancel 185 Type Amount value which you want to clear it may be less than overpayment amount but it can not be greater otherwise you will see validation message Then click Sub mit Note that overpayment value has been changed in Overpayments section Apply adjustment Performance history of payments 17 of missed payments 0 Days in arrears 0 Loan maturity date 29 06 2012 Overpayments 25 00 Clear You may also clear a full amount at one time To do that enter the fu
335. tive Loan Officer Lorenz Guzman Savings Account 000100000000050 Loans Account 000100000000439 Account 000100000000571 Account Also See Pasay Branch Barangay 01 Marcelo Group 4 Client Client Mary Asanti ID 0004 000000017 Status Bi Active Loan Officer Jenna Barth Loans Account 000100000000226 Account 000100000000435 Account t Also See Paranaque Branch Center3 Group3 e n the Results page select the desired client Choose a loan with Application Approved status e n Transactions section click on Disburse loan link In the page that displays complete the necessary fields and click on Review Transaction button AUTO LOAN 2 000100000000713 Disburse Loan Fields marked with an asterisk are required Disbursal Date 0 DD 04 MM 2011 YYYY Receipt ID ReceiptDate DD MM YYYY Disbursement details Payment details Amount 1000 Mode of payment Select Y You will see a Question Group which you previously added to Disburse flow Additional Comments age Alimentation Areas to Improve Business LJ Increase Cash Flows LJ Increase Production LJ Reduce Expenses LJ Diversity offerings Li Expand resources Lj Identify new customers Complete all necessary information and click Continue and Submit 306 ASSOCIATING QUESTION GROUPS TO MULTIPLE WORKFLOWS You may add a new Question Group to multiple flows ant one time T o do it fol
336. tly At any point you can view the list of batch jobs scheduled to run along with other details specific to each job Click Admin gt gt Batch Jobs under System Administration to view the following details for each batch Job XY Batch Jobs Information Welcome to the Mifos batch jobs management area Scheduled Tasks 1 ApplyHolidayChangesTaskJob Next start 01 Mar 2011 00 00 00 Previous run start 28 Feb 2011 00 00 00 Most recent successful run 27 Feb 2011 00 00 00 Tasktype CronTrigger rj 2 SavingsintPostingTaskJob Next start 01 Mar 2011 00 00 00 Previous run start 28 Feb 2011 00 00 00 Most recent successful run 27 Feb 2011 00 00 00 Task type CronTrigger F 3 LoanArrearsAgingTaskJob Next start 01 Mar 2011 00 00 00 Previous run start 28 Feb 2011 00 00 00 Most recent successful run 27 Feb 2011 00 00 00 Task type CronTrigger EF 4 ApplyCustomerFeeChangesTaskJob Next start 01 Mar 2011 00 00 00 Previous run start 28 Feb 2011 00 00 00 Most recent successful run 27 Feb 2011 00 00 00 Tasktype CronTrigger 5 BranchReportTaskJob Name of the Batch Job Next Start Previous Run Start Task Type Task Priority Previous Run Status Cron expression HOW TO SUSPEND SCHEDULED BATCH JOBS T he current status of the scheduler is displayed under the Batch Jobs Information section on the Batch Jobs page This status can be either Active or Standby If the scheduler status is Active it indicates that all batch jobs a
337. to Mifos Click on Settings link at the top of the page Help Sign out O KOPO KOPO Dashboard Payments Campaigns Customers hours days weeks months Select date 22 06 2012 29 06 2012 Go Sales Ksh 4 Select Account settings Settings Help Sign out Mobile money accounts Dashboard Payments Manage users Profile Audit logs SMS logs Select date 22 06 20 5 In HTTP S POST Configuration section click on Edit button and enter Mifos URL and login credentials 252 suotpesuel HTTP S POST Configuration Notification URL http ci mifos org 8085 mifos Notification parameters Username Mifos Password 0 te After that Mifos will be configured to import M PESA trasactions using Kopo Kopo 7 When Kopo Kopo receives mobile payment M PESA it is displayed in Payments section KOPO KOPO Settings Help Sign out Dashboard Payments Campaigns Customers Select date 01 06 2012 29 06 2012 Go 9 330 37 Transactions Total Amount Ksh Average Ksh Transactions Export CSV Export PDF Show 10 2 entries Search Export As Name Phone Amount Reference ID Date X M money A C Status Payment 502345678 100 230 4567 29 06 2012 Reconciled Showing 1 to 1 of 1 entries 8 Transaction is automatically transferred from Kopo Kopo to appropriate account in Mifos 233 Standard Client Loan 000100000001256 Bi Active in Good Standing Disbursal date 25 06 2012 Purpose
338. to a screen similar to the following Vijayanagar2 Apply payment Fields marked with an asterisk are required Date of transaction 05 DD 05 MM 2011 YYYY Amount 0 0 Mode of payment Select Receipt ID Receipt date DD MM YYYY 32 Date of transaction his records the date of the transaction By default it is set to the current date Amount This is amount of fee that is being repaid Mode of payment This is the mode in which repayment is made T ypical modes include Cash Voucher Cheque and MPESA Receipt ID If a receipt ID is used it is entered here Receipt Date The receipt date if a receipt was used is entered here 5 Enter the amount of fee repaid When payment is made it is applied in the following order all overdue charges are applied first followed by one time fee followed by recurring fee 6 System validations and other notes When an amount is entered the system performs the following validations e he amount entered should not be greater than the total fee owed by the client In case the amount exceeds the system throws an error message e he amount repaid can be less than the amount expected for that period In this case the system simply transfers the remaining unpaid amount towards the next payment assessed as overdue charges e n the case of repayment of savings penalties too if an amount less than the expected amount is repaid the system simply considers it as a pa
339. to the details page for that client group or center You can do this by searching for the client group or center from the Search on the Home screen or navigating to the details page directly e From the Home screen search function You can navigate your way through Mifos using the links to the left the search tool below the tabs at the top To quickly find a Client Centre Group or account you can Search by name system ID or account number Search 21 e From the Clients amp Accounts main panel click a Branch Office from the list on the right to narrow down the search for the customer Continue to click on the Loan Officer then finding the client group or center to create a savings account for To review or edit a Client Group or account Search OT Select a Branch Office Search by name system ID or account number Bangalore branch1244723261188 m All Branch Offices 3 Bangalore_branch1244724101456 Mmi OZ ea Branch 1 Sai oa chennai A chennai Alandur NI ime Ses FI e f you are creating a savings account for a client navigate to the client details page A screen shows details about this client s information and history with your MFI In the Account Information section find the Open new account line and click the Savings link Account information Open new account Loan Savings Loan Household Improvement Loan Acct lil Active in Bad 000100000000464 Standing Outstanding bala
340. ts functionality has its own permission so it is possible to control which users can add modify delete accounts Configuration Management amp Can define customized text Can define customized text amp Can define hidden mandatory fields Can define hidden mandatory fields EZ Can Define Lookup Values Can Define Lookup Values amp Can manage question groups Can manage question groups Can activate question groups Can activate question groups Can Modify Chart Of Accounts Can Modify Chart Of Accounts When permission is disabled then Add Modify Delete links are not displayed next to the accounts 67 a Mifos e Home cemadaccama Repons RITU Enancaiaccouning Administrative tasks Admin Manage Chart of Accounts Chart of Accounts 10000 ASSETS e 411 Client Loan Portfolio e 412 Client Loan Portfolio e 5 Cash and bank balances e 655 Loan Loss Provisions e 6612 Write offs 20000 LIABILITIES 30000 INCOME e 40000 EXPENDITURE 68 25 HOW TO UPLOAD ATTACHMENTS Mifos enables to attach any type of files pdfs word docs etc during client creation or creating a new loan account It is possible to upload max 2 MB size files T o upload file follow these instructions 1 pg ee Create new client loan account to see how to do this please review How to create a new client and How to create a new loan account During client loan account creation you will see Attachments Max
341. turn to Your Settings without modifying information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Your details First Name Mifos Middle Name Second Last Name Last Name MFI Government ID 123 Email Date of Birth 12 12 79 Marta Status Language Preferred English English United Kingdom en GB v Site Type Preferred User Name mifos Address Address 1 Bangalore Address 2 Address 3 City District Bangalore State Bangalore Country Bangalore PostalCode Telephone R Choose your preferred language from drop down list language pretenen rti En Ue reme v Site Type Preferred User Name Address Address 1 Address 2 Address 3 City District State Country Select Arabic J Algeria ar_DZ Chinese 32 China zh_CN English English United Kingdom en GB Georgian Georgian ka German Deutsch de Hindi fit India hi IN Hungarian magyar Hungary hu HU Icelandic islenska Iceland is IS Khmer Khmer Cambodia km KH Lao Lao Laos lo LA Portuguese portugu s Angola pt AO Russian pycckMi ru Spanish espanol Spain es ES Swahili Swahili Kenya sw KE Tamil Tamil India ta IN Telugu Telugu India te IN 5 Click Preview to check your entries 6 I
342. u o Educational Loan o Emergency Loan o Emily s Loan o ForHolChk o Group Livestock Loan o Group Loan 11 o House loan o HOUSE LOAN 1 o Household Improvement Loan o IGL 1 o IGL 14 o Individual Medical Loan o INTRATETEST o jbintRecalc o Kays Loan Product 3 o Livelihood Loan o LMF Test Loan o Loan a c o Loan with Cashflow o Loan 1 o LP n lukas nrarliirt 2 Select the loan product which needs to be modified by clicking on it The loan product s details are displayed as shown in the screenshot below 196 House loan B Active Loan product details Product instance name House loan Short name hou Description p Product category Property Loan Start date 25 08 2009 End date Applicable for Clients Include in Loan cycle counter Yes Can waive interest on repay loan No Calculate Loan Amount as Same for all loans Min loan amount Max loan amount Default amount 50000 0 9000000 0 100000 0 Associated Question Groups Client Business Information Interest rate Interest rate type Flat Max Interest rate 50 0 96 Min Interest rate 24 0 96 Default Interest rate 36 0 96 3 Click Edit Loan Product Information on the top right of the page The loan product details page appears in Edit mode Scroll down to section Repayment Schedule 4 Check the Can configure variable installments checkbox and fill in the installment details as explained in the previous section Repayment
343. ude the following items Savings account header Recent Activity Account Details More account and transaction details Transactions Performance history Recent Notes 222 Savings account number current status balance and amount due at next meeting if account is mandatory A list of transactions that have taken place with regard to the account Shows the savings account details which include recommended or mandatory amount for deposit type of deposit maximum amount allowed per withdrawal and interest rate Shows the status history change log and change history for the loan account Provides the links to making a deposit withdrawal or adjustment or closing the savings account Show various account performance indicators such as total deposits withdrawals and interest Shows the three most recent notes appended to the account with additional links to add a new note or view all the notes 56 HOW TO CHANGE THE STATUS OF A SAVINGS ACCOUNT You can change the status of a savings account depending on what status it is in T he following table shows the descriptions of all the statuses a savings account can have Depending on how your MFI is configured and in what status the savings account is in you may not see all of these status choices Partial If the record has been created but data is incomplete or pplicationiif the user does not want the status to be pending approval status can be mar
344. uired Category Details Product Type Savings 3 Category Mania education Category Accounts for school fees books transportation etc Description 2 Enter information using the descriptions in the following table Savings or Loan These hierarchies are separate so a loan product cannot be assigned to a savings product category and vice versa Category Name his name will be used to 3 year education loan refer to the category when new products are defined and also in the reports where data are summarized or filtered by the product category 23 Category ype a description that will B year education loan Description help system users decide who to provide the product for 3 When you are finished click Preview to review your work 4 If you want to make changes to the category click Edit Category Information make the changes and click Preview again 5 When you are satisfied with the details of the category click Submit If you decide not to add a new category at this time click Cancel HOW TO VIEW AND CHANGE EXISTING PRODUCT CATEGORIES 1 Click Admin gt View Product Categories A list of existing categories appears It might look like this View Product Categories Click on a category below to view details and make changes or define a new product category Loan o Cr dit Automobile o Cr dit Fonctionnement o Cr dit Investissement o Festival Loans o Kay s Loan
345. ula for calculation of repayment capacity is explained in the following section Mifos allows loans to be created only if the calculated Repayment Capacity for a client is is between the pre specified range This value is expressed as a percentage and can be between 150 and 100095 HOW TO CREATE A NEW LOAN ACCOUNT WITH VARIABLE INST ALLMENT S As discussed in the previous section variable installment loans can be created with or without the compare with cash flow option We first look at the process of creating a variable installment loan without cash flow comparison enabled Before creating a loan with variable installment ensure that the required loan product has variable installment option enabled If variable installment has already been enabled for the loan product please skip the following steps and move to the next section Creating New Loan If a new loan product with variable installment has to be created follow the steps mentioned in the previous section to create new loan product with variable installments T o have variable installment configured for an existing loan product follow these steps 1 Click Admin2 Manage Loan Products View Loan Products A list of existing loan products is displayed 195 View Loan products Click on a Loan product below to view details and make changes or Define a new Loan product o adsaq o Apply payment test loan product o Big business DB o cip o dassa o Dec Bal o DEc eq
346. ule Information depending on what needs to be edited Tl When you are satisfied with all changes click Submit for Approval or if you want to wait to submit this loan click Save for Later If you decide not to create the loan at all at this time Click Cancel Total 101 0 101 0 101 0 101 0 110 2 213 SAVINGS ACCOUNTS 54 INTRODUCTION TO SAVINGS ACCOUNTS 55 HOW TO CREATE A NEW SAVINGS ACCOUNT 56 HOW TO CHANGE THE STATUS OF A SAVINGS ACCOUNT 57 HOW TO MANAGE SAVINGS ACCOUNT DETAILS 58 HOW TO IMPORT NEW SAVINGS ACCOUNTS 59 HOW TO MAKE TRANSACTIONS FOR A SAVINGS ACCOUNT 60 HOW TO TRACK SAVINGS ACCOUNT HISTORY TRANSACTIONS PERFORMANCE 214 54 INTRODUCTION TO SAVINGS ACCOUNTS WHAT IS A SAVINGS ACCOUNT You can create savings accounts for centers groups and clients based on the savings products defined in Mifos All accounts inherit the rules of the product they are created from Note The savings product must be in an Active state before you can create an account based on it Savings accounts are vital to the economic health of the client or group MFls encourage regular contributions to these accounts and in some cases make contributions mandatory Your MFI could make a rule that you cannot create loan accounts for borrowers unless their savings accounts are at a minimum level You may also make a rule that the client or group does not earn interest if the savings account is lower than a
347. un 2010 182 0 10 0 0 0 192 0 _Preview Cancel The list of installments shows the following The number of installments The due date for each installment The principal for the loan at each installment The interest at each installment Any fee charged at the time of the installment The total amount of money due for each installment 7 Click Preview to review all the loan information If you want to make changes in the loan click Edit Account Information make the changes and click Preview again 8 When you are satisfied with all changes click Submit for Approval or if you want to wait to submit this loan click Save for Later If you decide not to create the loan at all at this time click Cancel A screen confirming the loan appears it might look like this 142 Group Livestock Loan 000100000000616 Confirm status change New status E Application Approved 19 03 2010 This group is a good candidate for this loan TEST ACCOUNT Do Not Change MFI Complete and check off the following tasks Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to Loan account details without submitting information O Client has completed loan survey Edit status Cancel 9 After creating Loan you need to change the status of the account To do that click on Edit account status link and then select appropriate account state In some situations there can be a need to back date transactions and record disbursements that have happen
348. unds between Savings accounts 23 60 HOW TO TRACK SAVINGS ACCOUNT HISTORY TRANSACTIONS PERFORMANCE How to view the history of all transactions How to view status history How to view performance history How to view the change log How to view and add notes about the savings account HOW TO VIEW THE HISTORY OF ALL TRANSACTIONS 1 At the bottom of the screen click View Transaction History A screen like the following appears only part of the screen shows here Group Savings Account 000100000000075 Transaction history Date PaymentiD TransactioniD Type GLCode Debit Credit Clientname DatePosted PostedBy Savings Suarez 03 04 2010 3447 7725 Interest 4603 5 9 Grou 31 03 2010 null Posting p Savings Suarez 03 04 2010 3447 7725 Interest 41102 539 31 03 2010 null Posting Group T his screen shows the following Date of transaction Payment ID Transaction ID Type of transaction General ledger code Amount of debit or credit Client or group name Date posted User who posted the transaction Adjustment notes if any HOW TO VIEW STATUS HISTORY At any point you can see the history of a savings account the original application whether it was approved and its current status At the bottom of the screen click View Status History A screen like the following appears Group Savings Account 000100000000075 Status history Date OldStatus NewStatus User TEST ACCOUNT 21 07 2008 Pending
349. unt number Banqalore branch1244723261188 po EH All Branch Offices Bangalore branch1244724101456 Branch 1 chennai A chennai Alandur 1 CAL JAP 2 Client group search can be done with the name system ID phone number or account number When you type this information and click Search a list of all possible choices matching the search information is displayed Click the correct one or if you don t see the customer you were expecting try retyping the search information carefully and then Click Search again A screen similar to the following is displayed 199 147 results for a in All Branches 1 Client Karen May Abu ID 0002 000000044 Status M Active Loan Officer Sally Magalang Savings Account 000100000000249 Account 000100000000255 Account 000100000000307 Account 00010 Loan Account 000100000000467 Account null00000000481 Account null00000000505 Account null0000000 000100000000577 Account 000100000000607 Also See Pasay Branch Barangay 06 Ramos Group Client Bani Adam ID 0005 000000091 Status M Active Loan Officer Brata2 Astritama Loan Account null00000000506 Account null00000000507 Account null00000000508 Account null00000000 Also See Brata Brata Center Brata Group Finance 3 Client Charisse Ann Aquinaldo xxx ID 0002 000000038 Status Bi Active Loan Officer Lorenz Guzman Loan Account null00000000475 Account 000100000000572 Account 000100000000612 Also See Pasay Branc
350. unt of the fee in the Amount box The next section is for savings accounts Create Savings accounts Savings instance name Family Savings Account H Savings instance name Individual Savings Account a Savings instance name Select T 109 12 f you want to create a savings account for this client now click the name of the savings product from the Savings Name list You can create up to three savings accounts 13 When you have finished click Preview to review your work 14 If you want to make changes click Edit MFI related Information and make the changes 15 When you are satisfied with all the changes click Submit for Approval If you want to submit this client later click Save for Later the account goes into a Partial Application state and you can build a custom report to find all client records in this state If you decide not to create this client at all at this time click Cancel A screen appears that might look like this You have successfully created a new Client Please Note ibi nima has been assigned the system ID number 0009 000000251 You can enter a system ID number into the search box to access Client details which also include a Client s account and performance data View Client details now Suggested next steps Create new Group Create new Client Note the system ID number for this client so that you can use it to search for details about that client later The cli
351. unt other than normal disbursements and payments T his can include rescheduling missed installments and Administrative Document A document that can be attached to a specific loan or savings account and printed as needed The administrative documents that ship with Mifos include a voucher payment book disbursal receipt and payment receipt Administrator A user role giving permission to view and modify the structure of the MFI product definitions and other internal settings Attributes HowT oSetProductRulesAndAttributes The attributes of a product include currency interest rate and repayment schedule BIRT HowT oCreateReports Business Intelligence and Reporting Tools is Free Libre Open Source Software for generating reports See http www eclipse org birt phoenix Blacklist A list of people that have been barred from getting loans Branch or Branch Office T he level at which all client interactions take place Bulk Loan Bulk Loan Approval Bulk Loan Creation A bulk loan is several loans that can be created or approved all at once Category HowT oSetProductRulesAndAttributes A named group of products Center or Kendra CentersGroupsAndClientsOverview HowT oCreateANewCenter In an MFI hierarchy a collection of multiple groups In India this is called a Kendra Change Log Common tasks The changes made to any of the following items on the accounts page will be logged in the change log Account in
352. ustment Apply charges No Due date Date paid Principal Interest Fees Penalty Total Installments due 1 04 Jun 2012 37 8 0 55 100 2 11 Jun 2012 37 5 0 0 42 3 18 Jun 2012 37 4 0 0 41 It is possible to repay penalty in two ways e Apply payment link located on Loan details page 40 e Collection Sheet Entry which is located on left menu on Home or Clients amp Accounts pages Clients amp Accounts Tasks 41 6 HOW TO WORK WITH FUNDS e How to view existing funds e How to define funds e How to edit fund names A certain number of fund codes are included in Mifos You can associate these codes with specific named funds such as funds made available by donors that you use for loans and other services HOW TO VIEW EXISTING FUNDS 1 Click Admin gt View Funds 2 A list of funds and their codes appears It might look like this Admin View funds View funds Name Fund code srf Itd 00 Edit sri 00 Edit SID 00 Edit Funding Org C 00 Edit Funding Org D 00 Edit FWWB 04 Edit Assurance d c s 01 Edit Lokhit Savings 01 Edit HOW TO DEFINE FUNDS If you have the appropriate permissions you can define a new fund and assign it a fund code T his fund is then available when you create a loan product You can also assign a new fund to a loan account after it has been created 1 Click Admin gt Define New Fund A screen like this appears Define new fund Enter fund information Complete the fields b
353. ut this client s information and history with your MFI 138 Mati Teacher Edit Client status B Active System ID 0011 000000148 Loan officer wqe adw Activities Micro Enterprise Account information Open new account Loan Savings Loan Household Improvement m Active in Bad Loan Acct ndn 000100000000464 9 Outstanding balance 31469 0 Amount due 10570 0 Application jbLoan1 Acct Pending 000100000000537 00100000000537 Approval Savings Lazima Savings Acct 000100000000463 E Active Balance 200 0 Client View details Amount Due 0 0 View all closed accounts 139 1 2 140 In the Account Information section find the Open New Account line and click the Loan link The following screen appears Create Loan account Enter Loan account information Select a Loan instance Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to Clients Accounts without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Account Owner Loan instance name General Loan 1 3 Continue Cancel The list includes all loan products that are available to this account owner If the account owner is a client the loan products listed are restricted to those applicable to Clients in the product definition and products applicable to groups are not listed In addition the list includes only those products with a repayment frequency that is a multiple of the client s meeting frequency T hat i
354. val System ID 0002 000000036 Loan officer Joe officer Activities Account information Member charges View details Amount Due 0 00 MFI information Edit MFI information External Id Member start date Recruited By Joe officer Training Status Trained On Group Membership amp Meeting Details Edit Remove Group membership Meeting Recur on First Monday of every 1 month s ww MonthlyGroup Personal information Edit personal information Date Of Birth 15 12 1983 27 years old 2 Under the account information section of the client s details click Open new account Loan A screen similar to the following is displayed Create Loan Account Enter Loan Account Information Select a Loan instance Then click Continue Click Cancel to return to Members amp Accounts without submitting information Fields marked with an asterisk are required Account Owner Monthly User Cancel 3 Select the required product name from the dropdown menu and click Continue Make sure that the loan product selected has monthly installments On click of Continue a screen similar to the following is displayed Account Owner Monthly User Loan product name Test Prd 3 Loan Product Summary Description test loan account weekly Interest rate type Flat Frequency of installments 1 Week s Loan Account Details Amount 500 0 Allowed amount 100 5000 Interest rate 12 0 Allowed interest rate 10 20 96
355. view to review your work and if you like render the actual report template 5 If you want to make changes click the Edit button make changes and click Preview again T o change report information see the How to change report templates procedure below 6 When you are satisfied with the template click Submit HOW TO VIEW REPORT TEMPLATES Mifos includes three standard reports that are already uploaded into BIRT the standard reporting tool for Mifos To see other report templates click Admin gt View Reports Templates T he list of templates might look like the following View reports Click on the Edit link to make changes to report s status category or report design document To install a new BIRT report click on upload a new report Client Detail Collection Sheet Report Edit Download Performance Center Loan Product Detail Status Analysis Branch Cash Confirmation Report Edit Download Branch Progress Report Edit Download Miscellaneous 263 HOW TO CHANGE REPORT TEMPLATES You can change certain things about existing uploaded report templates within Mifos e itle e Category e Report Status active or inactive inactive reports do not appear on the Report page e emplate Follow these instructions 1 From the list of report templates click the Edit button next to the report template A screen like the following appears Admin View reports Branch Cash Confirmation Report Branch Ca
356. vity Amount 14 05 2012 note mifos See all notes Add a note 27 06 2012 Loan Repayment 65 598 36 7 Go to Savings account to see that balance has been reduced as it is shown below ClientVoluntarySavings Edit account status 000100000000045 Make it withdrawal Apply adjustment B Active Apply transfer Close account Account balance 100 385 68 Total amount due on 06 07 2012 0 Performance history sy Date account opened 14 05 2012 Recent activity View all account activity Total d its 100 000 Date Description Amount Total interest earned 1 385 68 31 07 2012 Interest Posting 1 262 80 Total withdrawals 1 000 30 06 2012 Interest Posting 122 88 Question Groups 29 06 2012 Withdrawal 1 000 Attach a Question Group Account details GREG Recommended amount for deposit 0 Edit Account information 14 05 2012 note mifos Type of deposits Voluntary Max amount per withdrawal 0 See all notes Interest rate 15 Add a note 178 NOTE You can apply payments via savings transfer only if Transfer from Savings Account payment type is added to right group eg Repayments Fees on Define accepted payment types page in Admin tab HOW TO APPLY ADJUSTMENTS Sometimes errors occur when payments for a loan are recorded If you need to cancel the full amount of the last repayment you can do this by making an adjustment If you need to cancel several repayments you must do each one separately You have also a po
357. w for comparison The month immediately following the last installment month is added to allow the MFI to see what sort of an impact loan payment will have on the customer If there is a sudden drop of cash of the customer into the month right after the loan payment then it may lead to a situation where the customer may default T hus to better understand the customer s position after repayment of loan MFls capture the cash flow for the following month as well After the revenue and expenses for each month are entered and you click Continue the system calculates the indebtedness rate and repayment capacity of the client with the information provided in the cash flow capture page If the client s indebtedness rate is greater than the allowed value specified during creation of the loan product or if the client s repayment capacity is less than the threshold value specified during creation of the loan product the loan account cannot be created Formula for calculation of Indebtedness Rate Indebtedness Rate Total liability loan amount 100 T otal capital Example During loan product definition the indebtedness rate has been set as 100 Assume a Rs 1000 loan is being applied for T otal liability 2 Rs 5000 T otal capital 2 Rs 4000 entered by the user Indebtedness rate 5000 1000 100 4000 150 T he client s indebtedness rate is greater than the permissible limit hence Mifos will not allow the loan to be created An error
358. will be standard or will use GLIM Once set this option cannot be changed after deploying Mifos 136 46 HOW TO CREATE A NEW LOAN ACCOUNT e Loan schedule independent of meeting LSIM e Group loan with individual monitoring GLIM You can create individual loans for clients and for groups All the loan products defined by your MFI are available for use and you can adjust the amount of these loans in the ranges set for those products You can also define and adjust the interest rate for each loan choose options for the payment schedule set a grace period extra time for repayment set fees in addition to the loan repayment choose the fund that this loan comes from and associate the loan with your general ledger codes Note If you want to make several loans at the same time to clients or groups see How to create multiple loans bulk loan creation Loans can be held by clients and groups To create a new loan for one of these you must navigate to the details page for that customer You can do this in several ways From the Home screen search function You can navigate your way through Mifos using the links to the left the search tool below the tabs atthe top To quickly find a Client Centre Group or account you can Search by name system ID or account number Search From the Quick Start left navigation list click Open New Loan Account Manage Create new Group Create new Client Manage Accounts
359. y also click Cancel instead Submit during an import If you do so Mifos will return you to admin section The data will not be imported You can also go back to step 2 by clicking on Edit Client information button and select different Excel file 113 How to set client s activation date Currently it is possibility to set customer activation date T his functionality enables to create history in Mifos and create and disburse loans in the past Before client s activation date was automatically set on day of import To set client s activation date there is only need to type appropriate date in Excel template file in column Activation Date Here you can download template COMMON ERRORS WHICH MAY OCCUR DURING IMPORT CLIENTS DATA Note User can not correct errors during the import If any error occurred user can stop importing data make changes and start import again Error in row lt gt Column column name 1lf a row contains a cell that s missing a required lt value gt does not exist field Mifos displays an error message for each row this occurs Error in row lt gt Column Date of BirthyDate of Birth is in the format YYYY MM DD If Invalid date lt value gt any value under Date column does not start in format of YYYY MM DD then Mifos displays an error message for each row this occurs Error in row lt gt Column Date of Birth1Mifos throws this error message if Date of Birth Date of birth cannot be a futu
360. y Source of Funds As On Date 2011 05 09 Source of Funds All Office office 2 Office office 2 Fonds Diebeed Amount Paid Quttending _ Ande Lowe Clients 2 890 994 00 2 887 034 00 3 960 00 0 00 503 382 fund 47 153 681 00 40 521 513 70 6 632 167 30 0 00 5755 1691 fund 2 89 989 00 89 989 00 0 00 0 00 16 10 fund 3 5 000 00 5 000 00 0 00 0 00 1 1 Total 50 139 664 00 43 503 536 70 6 636 127 30 0 00 6275 PDF will be generated in the same tab Pressing Clear Report will clear out the report and allow you to generate it once more with different parameters in the same tab Note When attempting to save the report some browsers like Chrome might not display the full Adobe Reader toolbar and you may need to right click the report itself to bring up the Save As option GENERATING A REPORT IN EXCEL FORMAT Running a report in Excel format is good for sets of data that you need to sort manipulate or analyze further This example will show to how generate an Excel spreadsheet of the Mifos Transactions Detail Report a report can be run at the end of day to display all transactions made in Mifos that day This report shows each detailed transaction This report is useful for reconciliation with accounting and a good example of a report to be generated in Excel 259 This report displays every transaction in Mifos if a small date range or applicable filters or not selected it can be a very lengthy report
361. y been selected for the question group it cannot be added again e Within a question group a question cannot be a part of more than one section e To select an existing question click Select from list of existing questions e ype the question name in the Selected Questions text box When the desired name displays click the checkbox beside the name e Use the scroll bar or the up and down arrows on the question name menu box to locate the desired name When the name displays click the checkbox beside the name 204 e o add a new question click Add new question Refer to How to add a new question e o change the order of a section and or question click the up or down arrow beside the section and or question to be moved e The user can mark each question as mandatory To mark a question as mandatory click the Mandatory checkbox By default each question added is mandatory e o remove a section and or question click the Remove link 285 J PROGRESS OUT OF POVERTY INDEX INTRODUCTION TO THE PPI The Progress out of Poverty Index PPI Survey is a country specific question group that is used to determine the likelihood of a client belonging to a specific poverty level A MFl uses this information on a portfolio level to calculate overall poverty rates At the client level the information is used to determine which products to offer a client or to track loan repayments retention recruitment rates of clients f
362. yFlatLoan GroupWeeklyFlatLoan 000100000000083 Review transaction Review the transaction below If satisfied click Submit Click Cancel to return to account details without submitting information or to try again with changes Date of transaction 28 06 2012 Amount 100 Mode of payment Cash Receipt ID Receipt date Edit transaction 17 Payment is applied to Group Loan account 156 Ashanti Branch Office Bekwai Center Municipal Group GroupWeeklyFlatLoan GroupWeeklyFlatLoan Edit account status 000100000000083 Bl Active in Good Standing Disbursal date 27 06 2012 Purpose of Loan Account summary View repayment schedule Total amount due on 29 06 2012 946 Amount in arrears 0 Original Loan Principal 10 000 Interest 461 Fees 0 Penalty 0 Total 10 461 And is also pro rated across the individual schedules of every member Payment is pro rated depending on the contribution of every member in a Group loan account In this case there are two Group members one member has 8000 and second member has 2000 So that payment of 100 is divided into 80 and 20 as it shown below GroupWeeklyFlatLoan 000100000000083 Repayment Schedule as of 28 06 2012 0002 000000028 Keith Foster Running No Due date Date paid Principal Interest Fees Penalty Total Principal Installments paid 1 29 Jun 2012 28 Jun 2012 43 18 36 82 1 29 Jun 2012 757 0 0 0 757 2 06 Jul 2012 800 18 36 82 0 0 837 3 13 Ju 2012
363. yment from members belonging to the center A unique identifier of the center in another system This will be used to link the center in Mifos system and center s details in another system Date when the center was first approved and saved in the system T he next section is for the address of the center Address Address 1 Address 2 Address 3 City District State Country Pastal Cade Telephone Center Address 224 Wheeler Road Address lines 1 3 city State Bangalore Karnataka country Postal code and INDIA 560090 T elephone 91 80 23456787 T he next sections are for additional information and any fees 98 Additional information Center Bank ID Administrative set fees Center Membership 40 0 Periodicity One time C Check to Remove Charge Apply additional fees Fee Type Select v Amount Fee Type Select w Amount Fee Type Select v Amount Additional information Fields that are configured by the system administrator to allow the MFl to capture more information Fee charged to be a member process membership application etc These fees are 2 50 set as default when defined T he frequency the fee is applicable in a given One period time fee A user can check this box if they wish to remove the default fee An unchecke
364. you want to make changes dick Edit make changes and click Submit The note now appears in the Recent Notes section HOW TO VIEW THE CHANGE LOG In the center group or client dashboard details page you can see a record of all changes that have been made At the bottom of that screen click View Change Log It might look like the following screen N7 18 Mati Teacher Change log Record Creation Date 26 08 2009 04 11 2009 Status OldValue NewValue User Application Pending Active mifos Approval 41 HOW TO CHANGE THE STATUS OF CENTERS GROUPS AND CLIENTS e Overview of status states for centers groups and clients e How to change the status of a center e How to change the status of groups and or clients OVERVIEW OF STATUS STATES FOR CENTERS GROUPS AND CLIENTS From the details page dashboard for centers groups and clients you can change the status from active to inactive or vice versa Clients and groups can have other statuses as well The procedure is the same for all three entities A green square next to the center group or client name means that it is active The following rules apply when a center becomes inactive Any periodic fee linked to the center record is not stopped Transactions can still be made A miscellaneous penalty or any amount that is due remains due The system will not allow users to apply any periodic fee type to the account except for an upfront fee and any misce
365. ys if the head office configures it to be Next Repayment Day no penalty will be calculated for that period Penalty calculation will start if the client does not pay on the next repayment day T he date when payment for the installment was received 135 Principal Principal paid or due in the next payment or in the future Interest paid or due in the next payment or in the future Fees paid or due in the next payment or in the future Total of the Interest Principal Fees Missed Installments If a client or group misses payment for an installment the same amount is included in the next installment due For example if the client has to repay 100 principal 80 and interest 20 every month and he or she defaults for the month of August then for the month of September the installment due including penalty is 202 T he following computation shows how the 202 is arrived at Principal due 80 Interest due 20 Penalty due 2 for the missed defaulted installment Principal overdue 80 for the missed defaulted installment Interest overdue 20 for the missed defaulted installment Total amount due 202 Partial payments are accepted GROUP LOANS INDIVIDUAL MONITORING GLIM Mifos currently offers two major types of loans individual and group In an individual loan the individual is totally responsible for repayment of the loan and for payment of any associated fees In a group loan the group has a si

Mifos: HowToRunReports

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents